INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS INC
10-Q, 1997-08-12
RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: GENESIS ENERGY LP, 10-Q, 1997-08-12
Next: SANCHEZ COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INC, 10-Q, 1997-08-12



<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                  Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  ----------------------

                                      FORM 10-Q

/x/ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1997 

                              OR
/ / TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                           to    
                                ------------------------    --------------------

                           Commission file number 0-______
                                           
                       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS 
                    COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
         ------------------------------------------------------
         (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                  DELAWARE                           94-3248701
        ----------------------------            --------------------
       (State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)          Identification Number)

                        400 SOUTH EL CAMINO REAL, SUITE 1275
                            SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA  94402
                       --------------------------------------
                      (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (650) 548-0808
                   ---------------------------------------------------
                   (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


     Indicate by check /x/ whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days

            (1)   Yes    x            No    
                      ----------       ----------
            (2)   Yes    x            No    
                      ----------       ----------

          As of June 30, 1997, there were 816,720 shares of the Registrant's 
common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock") outstanding and 
16,915,076 shares of the Registrant's preferred stock, par value $0.01 per 
share ("Preferred Stock") outstanding. Each such share of Preferred Stock is 
currently convertible into one share of Common Stock.
                                           
                This document (excluding Exhibits) contains 36 pages.
                                           
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                 INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
                                           
                                      FORM 10-Q
                                           
                                        INDEX
                                           

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION 
 
Item 1.   Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3 
 
          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996
          (audited) and June 30, 1997 (unaudited) . . . . . . . . . . .      4 
 
          Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three
          and six month periods ended June 30, 1996 and
          1997 (unaudited) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       5 
 
          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
          six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited). . . . .       6 
 
          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . .       7 
 
Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
          Condition and Results of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . .      17
 
PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION  
 
Item 2.   Changes in Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      32
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. . . . .      32
 
Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      33 
 
SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      35
 
EXHIBIT INDEX  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      36
                                           


                                         2.

<PAGE>

PART I.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     



















                                        3.

<PAGE>

        INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND SHARE DATA)

                                    ASSETS

                                                       DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                        (AUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                           $  41,657   $  14,571
    Notes receivable from affiliates                          813       5,094
    Notes receivable                                        1,431       1,304
    License deposit                                         5,255          --
    Investments in affiliates held for sale                 2,062       3,444
    Other current assets                                    3,190      10,249
                                                       -----------  -----------
    Total current assets                                   54,408      34,662

Property and equipment, net                                18,426      21,838
Investments in affiliates                                  68,394      66,529
Telecommunication licenses and other intangibles, net      18,484      17,893
License deposit                                             3,042       1,004
Debt issuance costs, net                                    6,431       5,921
Other assets                                                  173         365
                                                       -----------  -----------
Total assets                                           $  169,358  $  148,212
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       -----------  -----------

               LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTERESTS, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
                      PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses              $    7,313   $   8,737
                                                       -----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities                               7,313       8,737
Long-term debt, net                                        75,466      83,640
                                                       -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities                                      82,779      92,377
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries             5,685       5,080
Redeemable convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value 
  per share; 21,541,480 shares designated; 15,973,200 
  and 15,981,876 shares issued and outstanding in 1996 
  and 1997, respectively; net of note receivable from 
  stockholder of $26 in 1996 and 1997; liquidation and 
  minimum redemption value of $107,459                    103,021     104,176

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Stockholders' deficit:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share;
    1,538,520 shares designated; 933,200 shares issued 
    and outstanding in 1996 and 1997; liquidation value 
    of $793                                                     9           9
  Common Stock, $.01 par value per share; 26,000,000
    shares authorized; 636,720 and 816,720 shares
    issued and outstanding in 1996 and 1997, respectively       6           8
  Additional paid-in capital                               31,060      33,303
  Note receivable from stockholder                           (152)       (152)
  Unrealized gain on investments                               68         --
  Cumulative translation adjustment                           271        (249)
  Accumulated deficit                                     (53,389)    (86,340)
                                                       -----------  -----------
        Total stockholders' deficit                       (22,127)    (53,421)
                                                       -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities, minority interests, 
     redeemable convertible Preferred Stock and 
     stockholders' deficit                             $  169,358   $  148,212
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                           
             See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                           
                                           4.
<PAGE>

        INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED,     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              JUNE 30              JUNE 30,
                                                        -------------------     ------------------
                                                           1996       1997       1996       1997
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>
Operating revenues                                        $  183    $    498    $   183   $  1,017
Cost of revenues                                             180         659        180      1,248
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
                                                               3        (161)         3       (231)

Operating expenses: 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses             4,068       9,480      6,353     15,734
  Equity in losses of affiliates                           1,567       5,193      2,986      9,865
  Minority interest in losses of consolidated 
    subsidiaries                                              --        (244)       --        (463)
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
      Loss from operations                                (5,632)    (14,590)    (9,336)   (25,367)

Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                            182         574        424      1,101
  Interest expense                                           (82)     (4,515)      (201)    (8,751)
  Other                                                      (14)      1,133        (13)     1,140
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
      Net loss                                           $(5,546)  $ (17,398)   $(9,126)  $(31,877)
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
                                                        --------    --------    -------   --------
</TABLE>

             See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                           

                                      5.
<PAGE>

        INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED 
                                                                                JUNE 30, 
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                           1996           1997
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                               $  (9,126)    $(31,877)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating 
  activities:
  Depreciation                                                                 111          506
  Amortization of telecommunication licenses and other intangibles             284          591
  Amortization of debt issuance costs                                           --          510
  Amortization of long-term debt discount                                       --        8,174
  Equity in losses of affiliates                                             2,986        9,865
  Gain on sale of Mobilcom Mexico                                               --       (1,156)
  Minority interests in losses of consolidated subsidiaries                     --         (605)
  Issuance of Common Stock Warrants                                             --        2,281
  Unrealized gain on investments                                                --          (68)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Other current assets                                                      (631)      (7,407)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                     (113)       1,424
                                                                         ---------     --------
      Net cash used in operating activities                                 (6,489)     (17,762)
                                                                         ---------     --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Issuance of notes receivable from affiliates                              (1,095)      (4,916)
  Repayment of notes receivable from affiliates                               --            635
  Issuance of notes receivable                                              (3,106)        (773)
  Repayment of notes receivable                                               --            900
  Advances to affiliate                                                     (1,822)          --
  Investments in affiliates held for sale                                     --         (1,382)
  Proceeds from sale of Mobilcom Mexico                                       --          3,218
  Purchases of property and equipment                                         (660)      (3,918)
  Investments in affiliates.                                                  (215)     (10,062)
  Purchase of subsidiary                                                    (3,198)         --
  License deposit                                                           (3,042)       7,293
  Other assets                                                                (569)         156
                                                                         ---------     --------
      Net cash used in investing activities                                (13,707)      (8,849)
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Exercise of stock options                                                 --             45
                                                                         ---------     --------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                               --             45
                                                                         ---------     --------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents         47          (520)
                                                                         ---------     --------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                (20,149)       (27,086)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                          25,398         41,657
                                                                         ---------     --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                              $  5,249       $ 14,571
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                         ---------     --------
Supplemental cash flow information
  Cash paid for interest                                                 $     4       $    --
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                         ---------     --------
Non-cash financing and investing activities:
  Conversion of notes payable to related party and interest
  to redeemable convertible Preferred Stock                             $  2,052       $    --
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                         ---------     --------
  Net warrant exercises of redeemable convertible Preferred Stock        $    --       $     81
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                         ---------     --------
  Issuance of Common Stock Warrants                                      $    --       $  2,281
                                                                         ---------     --------
                                                                         ---------     --------
</TABLE>
           See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                           6.

<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

    NATURE OF BUSINESS 

   International Wireless Communications Holdings, Inc. ("IWC Holdings") was 
   incorporated in Delaware in July 1996 as a holding company whose primary 
   assets are all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of 
   International Wireless Communications, Inc. ("IWC") and a note receivable 
   from IWC in a principal amount equal to the net proceeds from the Debt 
   Offering (as defined below). (IWC Holdings and IWC are collectively 
   referred to herein as the "Company.") IWC was incorporated in Delaware in 
   January 1992 and develops, owns and operates wireless communications 
   companies in emerging markets in Asia and Latin America. These local 
   wireless businesses ("LWBs") provide a variety of communication services, 
   including cellular, wireless local loop ("WLL"), enhanced capacity 
   trunked radio ("ECTR") and paging.  Together with its strategic partners, 
   the Company has interests in Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, 
   New Zealand, Pakistan, Peru, and the Philippines.

   To date, the Company has invested principally in LWB's that are in their 
   early developmental stages.  In addition, the Company intends to pursue 
   additional investment opportunities.  The Company believes that its 
   existing cash balance is sufficient to meet its operating and contractual 
   obligations through fiscal 1997 .  It is not sufficient, however, to meet 
   the Company's business objective of participation in additional equity 
   rounds to finance the infrastructure buildout of its operating and 
   nonoperating LWBs.  The ability of the Company to make additional 
   investments is dependent on the availability of external financing.  In 
   the event the Company is unable to obtain external financing it may 
   ultimately be unable to either maintain its existing ownership interests 
   or fully realize the underlying potential value of the LWBs.

   In August 1996, IWC Holdings issued and sold 196,720 units, each 
   consisting of a $1,000 principal amount 14% Senior Discount Note due 2001 
   (an "Original Note," and, collectively, the "Original Notes") and one 
   nominally priced warrant now exercisable for 14.283 shares of Common Stock
   (a "Warrant," and, collectively, the "Warrants"), for total gross proceeds 
   of approximately $100 million (the "Debt Offering").  In November 1996, 
   pursuant to the indenture agreement that governs the Original Notes (the 
   "Indenture"), IWC Holdings exchanged new 14% Senior Secured Discount 
   Notes due 2001 (the "Exchange Notes") which were registered under the 
   Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), for the Original 
   Notes.  The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical 
   (including principal amount, interest rate, maturity, security and 
   ranking) to the terms of the Original Notes.  (The Exchange Notes and the 
   Original Notes are referred to collectively herein as the "Notes.")

   In connection with the Debt Offering, IWC Holdings and IWC completed a 
   reorganization in which IWC became a wholly owned subsidiary of IWC 
   Holdings through the conversion of each share of the then-outstanding 
   capital stock of IWC into 40 shares of the corresponding class and series 
   of stock of IWC Holdings (the "Stock Conversion"). All data related to 
   shares and per share amounts for all periods presented have been adjusted 
   to reflect the effect of the reorganization and the Stock Conversion.

   In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited financial 
   statements of IWC Holdings and its subsidiary, IWC, reflect all 
   adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered 
   necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial condition, 
   results of operation and cash flows for the periods presented.  These 
   financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's 
   audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1995 and 
   1996, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 
   31, 1996, including the notes thereto.  The results of operations for the 
   three and the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily 
   indicative of results that may be expected for the year ended December 
   31, 1997.  

                                         7.

<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

   The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company include 
   the accounts of IWC, its wholly owned subsidiaries, SRC Servicos de Radio 
   Comunicacoes Ltda. ("SRC"), TeamTalk Limited ("TeamTalk"), New Zealand 
   Wireless Limited ("New Zealand Wireless"), together with offshore holding 
   companies, and its four majority-owned subsidiaries, M/S Mobilcom (Pte) Ltd. 
   ("Mobilcom Pakistan"), PeruTel S.A. ("PeruTel"), Star Telecom Overseas 
   (Cayman Islands) Limited ("STOL"), and Promociones Telefonicas S.A. 
   ("Protelsa").  Wireless Data Services, Ltd. ("WDS"), although 50% owned 
   by the Company, has also been consolidated in the accompanying 
   consolidated financial statements as the Company has the ability to 
   exercise control over WDS.  All significant intercompany accounts and 
   transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(2) BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS 
          
    Balance sheet components are as follows (in thousands):

                                                       DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                          1996           1997
                                                      ------------   ----------
  Other current assets
    Other receivables                                   $  1,373      $   3,701
    Refund of license deposit                                 --          3,967
    Prepaid expenses and other                             1,817          2,581
                                                      ------------   ----------
                                                        $  3,190      $  10,249
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                       ------------   ----------
  Property and equipment
    Furniture and fixtures                              $    320      $     425
    Computer and office equipment                            935          1,705
    Automobiles                                              197            266
    Leasehold improvements                                   276            510
    Telecommunication equipment                            9,930         11,282
    Construction in process                                7,620          9,008
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                          19,278         23,196
    Less accumulated depreciation                            852          1,358
                                                       ------------   ----------
       Property and equipment, net                       $18,426      $  21,838
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                       ------------   ----------
    Telecommunication licenses and other intangibles
       SRC/Via 1                                        $  6,680      $   6,680
       Mobilcom Pakistan                                   5,439          5,439
       TeamTalk                                            1,760          1,760
       STOL                                                3,965          3,965
       Protelsa                                            1,557          1,557
       WDS                                                   221            221
       Other                                                 200            200
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                          19,822         19,822
    Less accumulated amortization                          1,338          1,929
                                                       ------------   ----------
       Telecommunication licenses and other 
        intangibles, net                                 $18,484      $  17,893
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                       ------------   ----------
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses
     Accounts payable                                   $  5,163      $   3,125
     Professional services                                   718            458
     Employee compensation and benefits                      619            577
     Equipment purchases                                      27          3,775
     Other                                                   786            802
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                        $  7,313      $   8,737
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                                       ------------   ----------
                                          8.
<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(3)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

     As of June 30, 1997, available-for-sale securities consisted of the 
     following (in thousands):

                                                    Unrealized      Estimated
                                           Cost    gains/(losses)   fair value
                                       ----------  --------------   ----------
     U.S government securities           $     50    $  --          $    50
     Corporate debt securities              1,700       --            1,700
                                       ----------  --------------   ----------
                                         $  1,750    $  --          $ 1,750
                                       ----------  --------------   ----------
                                       ----------  --------------   ----------

     As of June 30, 1997, cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale 
     securities were classified as follows (in thousands):
          

     Cash                              $   4,735
     Cash equivalents                      9,836      
                                       ----------  
                                       $  14,571
                                       ----------     
     
     Cash and cash equivalents includes $3,218,000 representing the proceeds 
     of disposition of the Company's interest in Mobilcom Mexico, which sale
     was consummated on June 27, 1997. Pursuant to the Indenture, these proceeds
     may only be used for a Permitted Investment (as defined in the Indenture),
     which includes investments in cash equivalents, investments in LWBs
     classified as Restricted Subsidiaries or Restricted Affiliates under the
     Indenture and, subject to certain limitations, investments in LWBs
     classified as Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Affiliates under
     the Indenture.  If all or a portion of such proceeds are not used for a
     Permitted Investment within 270 days after June 27, 1997, then the Company
     may only invest such unused proceeds in cash equivalents pending the making
     of an offer by the Company, under certain circumstances, to the then
     holders of the Notes to repurchase such Notes. For a more detailed
     description of the restrictions on the use of the proceeds from the
     Company's sale of its interest in Mobilcom Mexico, see "Description of
     Exchange Notes" in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1,
     declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on November
     21, 1996 (Reg. No. 333-11987).

     
(4)  INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES HELD FOR SALE
     
     In June 1997, the Company sold its 1.56% equity interest in Corporacion
     Mobilcom, S.A. de C.V. ("Mobilcom Mexico") for $3,218,000 to a third party
     affiliated with an existing shareholder in Mobilcom Mexico.  The Company 
     carried this investment in Mobilcom Mexico at its historical cost basis 
     of $2,062,000. As a result, the Company reported a gain of $1,156,000 
     (pre-tax and after-tax) in other income as of June 30, 1997. 

     In addition to the above, the Company has recently initiated the
     disposition of three additional ECTR investments as the Company re-aligns
     its investment strategy and re-distributes its resources to its larger
     cellular and WLL investments.  The investments held for sale include
     TeamTalk, the Company's wholly owned New Zealand subsidiary; Universal
     Telecommunications Service, Inc. ("UTS") in the Philippines and PT Mobilkom
     Telekomindo ("Mobilkom") in Indonesia.  The Company anticipates that the
     sale of all three investments will occur within the next 12 months.  These
     investments are carried at their historical cost and the Company
     anticipates that the proceeds from disposition of the three investments
     will exceed the Company's historical cost basis.
     
     Investments in affiliates held for sale are as follows as of December 31, 
     1996 and June 30, 1997 (in thousands):
                                                  
                                      1996        1997
                                    --------     -------
     Mobilcom Mexico                $  2,062       $  --
     UTS                                  --       1,944
     Mobilkom                             --       1,500
                                    --------     -------
                                    $  2,062    $  3,444
                                    --------     -------
                                    --------     -------

    The Company has not changed the basis of accounting for the three 
    investments held for sale. The Company continues to consolidate TeamTalk 
    and has not reclassified this investment as an asset held for sale. The 
    Company's investment in, and advances to, TeamTalk amounted to 
    $15,103,000 as of June 30, 1997.

                                      9.
<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(5)  INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

     The Company's investments in affiliates represent interests in various 
     LWBs in several developing countries. These investments are accounted for 
     under the equity or cost methods of accounting.
               
     EQUITY INVESTMENTS
               
     For those investments in companies in which the Company's voting interest 
     is 20% to 50%, or for investments in companies in which the Company 
     exerts significant influence through board representation and management 
     authority even if its ownership is less than 20%, the equity method of 
     accounting is used.  Under this method, the investment, originally 
     recorded at cost, is adjusted to recognize the Company's share in losses 
     of affiliates, limited to the extent of the Company's investment in and 
     advances to affiliates, including any debt guarantees or other 
     contractual funding commitments. All affiliated companies have fiscal 
     years ended December 31.  Investments in affiliated companies are as 
     follows as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (in thousands):














                                     10.

<PAGE>

            INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     MALAYSIA   INDONESIA     CHINA       PHILIPPINES     VARIOUS 
                                     ---------  ---------     -------    ------------     --------
                                     SYARIKAT 
                                      TELEFON                             UNIVERSAL 
                                     WIRELESS    PT RAJASA      STAR     TELECOMMUN- 
                                      (M) SDN    HAZANAH       DIGITEL    ICATIONS
                                        BHD      PERKASA       LIMITED   SERVICE, INC.    OTHER 
Affiliated company                   ("STW")    ("RHP")       ("SDL")      ("UTS")      COMPANIES     TOTALS 
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>

Percentage of ownership                    30%        28%          40%           19%     Various 

Investments in affiliated 
companies as of December 31, 1995      $20,241    $24,220      $ --           $   --      $  2,785     $47,246

Additional investment                    1,201      8,556       20,000          1,906       (1,658)     30,005

Amortization                               969      1,278          347             51          525       3,170
Losses (gains)                           3,563      3,468        1,000            (20)         602       8,613 
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
Equity in losses of affiliates           4,532      4,746        1,347             31        1,127      11,783 
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
Investments in affiliated 
companies as of December 31, 1996      $16,910    $28,030      $18,653         $1,875     $  --        $65,468 
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
Portion of investment 
exceeding the Company's 
share of the underlying 
historical net assets as of    
December 31, 1996                      $15,852    $28,030      $10,653         $  882     $  --        $55,417 
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
                                     ---------  ---------     --------   ------------    ---------     -------
1997 
                                      MALAYSIA  INDONESIA      CHINA      PHILIPPINES 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------
Affiliated company                      STW        RHP            SDL       UTS (1)       TOTALS 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
Percentage of ownership                    30%        28%           40%           19% 
 
Investments in affiliated
companies as of
December 31, 1996                      $16,910    $28,030       $18,653        $1,875      $65,468

Additional investment                   --           --           9,000        (1,662)       7,338
 
Amortization                               442        838           271            23        1,574
Losses                                   1,583      3,773         2,745           190        8,291 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
Equity in losses of affiliates           2,025      4,611         3,016           213        9,865 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
Investments in affiliated 
companies as of June 30, 1997          $14,885    $23,419       $24,637       $  --        $62,941 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
Portion of investment exceeding 
the Company's share of the 
underlying historical net assets 
as of June 30, 1997                    $14,885    $23,419        $19,382        $859       $58,545 
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
                                      --------  ---------      --------   -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
__________________________________

(1) During 1997, the Company decided to offer UTS for sale and has
    reclassified this investment as a current asset (see Note 4).

                                         11.
<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     On September 23, 1996, the Company entered into a subscription agreement 
     (the "Subscription Agreement") between Star Telecom Holding Limited 
     ("STHL"), the Company's partner in STOL, and SDL to purchase a 40% 
     interest in SDL.  Under the Subscription Agreement, the Company invested 
     $20,000,000 during 1996. The Company, including the Designated Assignee 
     of IWC, IWC China Limited, amended the Subscription Agreement, dated as 
     of September 23, 1996, among SDL and STHL. The Amendment to Subscription 
     Agreement and Waiver, dated as of June 18, 1997, ("Amendment and 
     Waiver") modified certain provisions in the Subscription Agreement, 
     including waiving the fulfillment of the conditions precedent to its 
     obligations to enter into and complete a second subscription of SDL 
     shares for an aggregate subscription price of $19,000,000 and pay and 
     deliver to STHL the second $9,000,000 premium on June 18, 1997.  The 
     Company funded the $9,000,000 premium on June 18, 1997.
               
     Financial information for affiliated companies accounted for under the 
     equity method of accounting is as follows (in thousands):
     
                                    AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                   ----------------------------------
                                    STW          RHP           SDL
                                   --------   --------      ---------
     Current assets                $    820   $  13,354     $  11,215
     Noncurrent assets               41,686      64,556        55,617
     Current liabilities              6,909      23,341        12,460
     Noncurrent liabilities          33,526      63,834        47,817
     Net revenues                     1,858      10,268           436
     Net loss                       (11,873)    (12,072)       (2,618)
     
     
                                    AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              JUNE 30, 1997
                                   ----------------------------------
                                    STW           RHP         SDL
                                 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED) 
                                 ----------- -----------  -----------
     
     Current assets                $  8,285    $  25,827   $  16,289
     Noncurrent assets               36,995       75,979      95,508
     Current liabilities              7,274       56,710      25,205
     Noncurrent liabilities          36,707       60,525      65,648
     Net revenues                     1,439        7,895         642
     Net loss                        (5,277)     (13,398)     (6,869)
     
     
     COST INVESTMENTS
     
     The Company uses the cost method of accounting for two other investments as
     of June 30, 1997. These are RPG Paging Services Limited ("RPSL") and
     Telecomunicaciones Globales, S.A. de C.V. ("Global Telecom").  The Company 
     owns its holding in RPSL indirectly through its interest in STOL.  STOL 
     purchased an additional 9% of RPSL in January 1997 for $2,100,000 which 
     increased the Company's indirect interest from 7% to 13.3%.  The 
     Company acquired its interest in Global Telecom, a Mexican long distance 
     company in January 1997 for $62,000. The Company considers the RPSL and 
     Global Telecom investments to be long-term in nature and are not held 
     for trading purposes.  As of June 30, 1997, the Company's ownership 
     interests in these entities were 13.3% and 1.56%, respectively.

                                       12.

<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


    The following represents the Company's carrying value of these 
    cost investments (in thousands):


                                DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
                                    1996          1997 
                                ------------    --------
     Mobilkom                   $  1,500       $  --
     RPSL                          1,426         3,526
     Global Telecom                   --            62
                                ------------    --------
                                $  2,926       $ 3,588
                                ------------    --------
                                ------------    --------
                                           
     During 1997, the Company reclassified Mobilkom as an investment in 
     affiliates held for sale (see Note 4).
     
     PRO FORMA SUMMARY
                                                
     The following pro forma summary combines the consolidated results of 
     operations of the Company as if (i) TeamTalk had been a wholly owned 
     consolidated subsidiary as of January 1, 1996, (ii) ownership in RHP had 
     been 28.3% as of January 1, 1996, (iii) the acquisition of STOL had 
     occurred as of January 1, 1996, (iv) the acquisition of SDL had occurred 
     as of January 1, 1996 and (v) the acquisition of Protelsa had occurred 
     as of January 1, 1996.  This pro forma summary does not necessarily 
     reflect the results of operations as they would have been if the Company 
     had acquired the entities as of January 1, 1996.
     
     Unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the various 
     acquisitions as described above are as follows (in thousands):
     

                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                     JUNE 30,
                                 -------------------
                                  1996        1997
                                --------    --------
     Revenues                   $    481    $  1,017
     Net loss                    (14,439)    (29,816)
     
     
(6)  NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM AFFILIATES
     
     In March 1997, the Company loaned $3,500,000 to SDL.  This loan, which 
     is evidenced by a promissory note, accrues interest at 9% per annum and 
     is due upon written demand by the Company.  The Company anticipates 
     repayment within the next 12 months.
     
     In June 1997, STOL loaned $1,500,000 to SDL.  This loan accrues interest 
     at 8.75% per annum and is due upon written demand by STOL.  The Company 
     anticipates repayment within the next 12 months.
               
(7)  NOTES RECEIVABLE

     In March 1997, the Company loaned $500,000 to an unrelated third party.  
     This loan, which has a one year term, accrues interest at the rate of 
     15% per annum and is guaranteed by another unrelated third party.  At 
     the sole discretion of the Company, the loan may be converted at any 
     time during its one year term into 51% of the outstanding capital stock 
     of Nexbeep S.A., formerly named Clasbeep S.A., an Ecuadorian paging 
     corporation that is wholly owned by the borrower. 
     
     In April 1997, the Company collected $900,000 on a loan the Company had 
     extended to a co-shareholder of Mobilcom Mexico.  The balance of the 
     loan, which is in the form of a promissory note, plus accrued interest, 
     was repaid in July 1997 (see Note 12).
     

                                       13.
<PAGE>


       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(8)  LICENSE DEPOSIT

     In August 1996, STOL and the Company deposited $3,005,000 and $2,250,000,
     respectively, for a 30% equity interest in a Taiwan paging project.  In 
     early February 1997, it was announced that the respective bid 
     applications were unsuccessful and the Company reclassified the deposits as
     a current asset.  In June 1997, STOL received a refund of $1,669,000 of its
     deposit, net of its pro rata share of application expenses of $347,000. 
     The remaining balance of $989,000 has been classified on the accompanying 
     balance sheet as other current assets and was received by STOL in July 
     1997.  In June 1997, the Company received a refund of $1,029,000, net of 
     its pro rata share of application expenses of $220,000.  The remaining 
     balance of $1,001,000 has been classified on the accompanying balance 
     sheet as other current assets and was received by the Company in August 
     1997.
               
     In June 1996, the Company deposited $3,042,000 for a 20% interest in a
     consortium pursuing ECTR licenses in Taiwan.  The consortium was successful
     in winning four of twelve license applications.  The Company is awaiting a 
     refund of $1,977,000, which represents its pro rata portion of the deposit 
     applied to the unsuccessful applications, net of the Company's pro rata 
     share of application expenses of $61,000.  This amount has been classified 
     on the accompanying balance sheet as other current assets. The remaining 
     deposit of $1,004,000 will represent the Company's initial capital 
     contribution to the ECTR venture to be formed.
     
(9)  REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND RETAINED DEFICIT
     
     On May 5, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with Vanguard 
     Cellular Financial Corp. (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, 
     Vanguard Cellular Operating Corp., "Vanguard"), pursuant to which 
     Vanguard surrendered then-outstanding warrants to purchase 323,880 
     shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 416,720 shares of Series D Preferred 
     Stock and 64,120 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in exchange for the 
     issuance by the Company of a warrant to acquire 249,970 shares of Common 
     Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share and a second warrant to 
     purchase 554,750 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.375 
     per share.  This second warrant was subsequently surrendered by Vanguard 
     in exchange for the issuance to certain officers and employees of 
     Vanguard of an option to purchase 53,330 shares of Common Stock at an 
     exercise price of $9.375 per share under International Wireless 
     Communications Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the 
     "1996 SO/SIP") and options to purchase an aggregate of 501,420 shares of 
     Common Stock at a purchase price of $9.375 per share outside the 1996 
     SO/SIP.  (The foregoing transaction is hereinafter referred to as the 
     "Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange.")  Such transaction and the issuance 
     of such options and warrants by the Company were approved by the Board 
     of Directors of the Company on February 28, 1997, and by the 
     stockholders of the Company on May 5, 1997.  The Company recognized an 
     expense of $2.3 million from the first warrant based on the difference 
     between its fair value and the $0.25 exercise price of each share.
     
     On or prior to June 12, 1997 holders of warrants to purchase an 
     aggregate of 28,800 shares of Series D Preferred Stock exercised such 
     warrants pursuant to the cashless "net-exercise" provisions thereof.  
     Upon such exercises, such warrantholders received an aggregate of 8,676 
     shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
     
     The holders of the Warrants issued in connection with the Debt Offering 
     were initially entitled to purchase 11.638 shares of Common Stock per 
     Warrant, representing in the aggregate approximately 10.0% of the 
     outstanding stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis as of August 
     15, 1996.  Because the Company did not complete a qualifying initial 
     public offering of Common Stock in which the Company raised at least $50 
     million in net cash proceeds on or prior to May 15, 1997, pursuant to 
     the terms of the Warrants, on May 15, 1997, each unexercised Warrant 
     entitled the holder thereof to purchase an additional 2.645 shares of 
     Common Stock or an aggregate of 14.283 shares of Common Stock.

                                  14.
<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(10) STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
     
     On May 5, 1997, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to 
     the 1996 SO/SIP increasing the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock 
     available for issuance over the term of the plan by 411,526 shares to a 
     total of 2,811,526 shares.  Such amendment was approved by the Board of 
     Directors of the Company on February 28, 1997. 
     
     On May 5, 1997, the Option Committee of the Board of Directors of the 
     Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 342,000 shares of 
     Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.375 per share under the 1996 
     SO/SIP to certain officers and service providers of the Company.  
     Also on May 5, 1997, as part of the Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange, 
     the Company issued an option to purchase 53,330 shares at an exercise 
     price of $9.375 per share under the 1996 SO/SIP to a director of the 
     Company.
     
     On May 15, 1997, the Company issued and sold 180,000 shares of Common 
     Stock to a former officer of the Company for an aggregate purchase price 
     of $45,000 upon the exercise by such officer of an option to purchase such 
     shares granted under the 1996 SO/SIP.

(11) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     In order to protect IWC's investments in affiliates from ownership 
     dilution, IWC anticipates making additional capital contributions to the 
     LWBs as approved.
     
     GUARANTEE OF DEBT OF EQUITY INVESTEE
     
     In connection with a Malaysian Ringgit 91,000,000 (approximately 
     $36.1 million as translated using effective exchange rates at June 30, 
     1997) senior credit facility through a syndicate of Malaysian banks 
     obtained by the Company's 30% equity investee, STW, the Company along 
     with other STW shareholders, executed a financial "keep well" covenant 
     pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to ensure that STW will remain 
     solvent and be able to meet its financial liabilities when due and (ii) 
     to ensure that the project is completed in a timely manner and to make 
     additional debt and equity as and investments in STW, as necessary to 
     meet cost overruns. The loan is repayable by STW in eleven semi-annual 
     installments beginning October 8, 1997. The Company and other STW 
     shareholders have separately executed an agreement, whereby each 
     shareholder has agreed to share in the liability on a pro rata basis in 
     relation to their interest in STW. In the event that the bank were to 
     seek repayment from the STW shareholders and the other shareholders were 
     unable to honor their pro rata share in the liability, the Company might 
     be liable for the full amount of the outstanding amount of the loan. As 
     of June 30, 1997, this credit facility was fully drawn down. 
     
     The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair 
     value of the guarantee and does not believe exposure to loss is likely. 
     Accordingly, no provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated 
     financial statements. 
     
     The Company, indirectly through its affiliate, New Zealand Wireless, 
     owns 15% of Mobilkom.  Mobilkom expects to fund the continued buildout of
     its network and the acquisition of subscriber terminals primarily through a
     seven-year $50 million revolving/reducing credit facility which it has
     obtained from a syndicate of Thai banks.  Borrowings under the credit
     facility bear interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR and are secured by
     substantially all of Mobilkom's assets and a pledge of all the capital
     stock held by the Company and Mobilkom's other shareholders. Another
     Mobilkom shareholder has guaranteed borrowings of up to $25 million under
     the credit facility. As of June 30, 1997, borrowings of approximately
     $22,637,000 were outstanding under this facility. 
     
     The Company indirectly owns a 19.8% equity interest in Mobisel, a 
     provider of cellular services in Indonesia through its 28.3% ownership 
     in RHP. Mobisel has obtained a six-year $60 million credit facility from 
     Nissho Iwai International (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. ("Nissho Iwai") to 
     finance the construction of its network. Borrowings under the 

                                  15.
<PAGE>

       INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     credit facility bear interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR and are 
     secured by all of Mobisel's assets and a pledge of all the capital stock 
     held by RHP and Mobisel's other shareholders. RHP has also guaranteed 
     the credit facility. As of June 30, 1997, this credit facility was fully 
     drawn down.
     
     The Company, indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiary, IWC China 
     Limited, owns a 40% equity interest in SDL.  The Company, including the 
     Designated Assignee of IWC, IWC China Limited, amended the Subscription 
     Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1996, among SDL and STHL.  The 
     Amendment and Waiver modified certain provisions in the SDL Subscription 
     Agreement, including waiving the fulfillment of the conditions precedent 
     to its obligations to enter into and complete a second subscription of 
     SDL shares for an aggregate subscription price of $19,000,000.  Pursuant 
     to the Amendment and Waiver, IWC China Limited is required to fund the 
     second subscription of SDL shares no later than June 17, 1998.
     
(12) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
     
     In July 1997, the Company, STOL and STHL entered into an agreement with 
     a third party providing for the issuance and sale to such third party of 
     new shares equivalent to up to a 20% equity interest in STOL subject to 
     the achievement by STOL of certain performance milestones.  As of August 
     1, 1997, no new shares in STOL had been issued to such third party. 
     
     In July 1997, the Company collected the remainder of the note 
     receivable, including accrued interest in the amount of $608,000 from 
     its former co-shareholder in Mobilcom Mexico.
     
     In July 1997, International Wireless Communications Limited ("IWCL"), a 
     wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into various 
     agreements relating to the purchase by IWCL of a 26% indirect equity 
     interest in Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt) Ltd. ("PMCL"), a 
     Pakistan cellular operating company, from Motorola International 
     Development Corporation ("MIDC") and Continental Communications Limited 
     ("CCL"), two current shareholders of PMCL, for an aggregate purchase 
     price of $28.6 million to be paid in a combination of cash and shares of 
     the Company's Common Stock (the "PMCL Purchase").  The Company 
     anticipates that Vanguard will co-invest with IWCL in the PMCL Purchase 
     by purchasing from MIDC and CCL an approximately 6% indirect equity 
     interest in PMCL, thereby reducing the indirect equity interest IWCL 
     purchases from MIDC and CCL to approximately 20%.  
     
     Pursuant to the terms of the agreements entered into in connection with 
     the PMCL Purchase, the PMCL Purchase will be consummated on or after 
     August 13, 1997, subject to the satisfaction of certain closing 
     conditions.  The Company is currently negotiating a bridge financing 
     facility with Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc. and Vanguard Cellular 
     Financial Corp. and has received written commitments from certain other 
     shareholders of the Company to provide an aggregate of $29 million in 
     exchangeable bridge loans to the Company and to an indirect wholly owned 
     subsidiary of the Company in order to finance the purchase of an 
     interest in PMCL, meet certain funding requirements of PMCL and for 
     general corporate purposes of the Company (the "Pakistan Bridge 
     Facility").  The closing of the Pakistan Bridge Facility is subject to 
     various conditions precedent, including receipt of requisite approvals 
     from the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company and the 
     satisfaction of all conditions precedent (other than funding of purchase 
     price) to the closing of the PMCL Purchase.  There can be no assurance 
     that such conditions precedent shall be satisfied or waived on or after 
     August 13, 1997, or that the PMCL Purchase or the Pakistan Bridge 
     Facility will be consummated as currently anticipated or at all.

                                     16.


<PAGE>


          INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
                              
ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

THE DISCUSSION IN THIS REPORT CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE DISCUSSED HEREIN. FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH
DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS
THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS" AS WELL AS THOSE DISCUSSED IN THIS SECTION AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS REPORT, AND THE RISKS DISCUSSED IN THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION
INCLUDED IN THE COMPANY'S ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1996, FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 15, 1997.

OVERVIEW

The Company develops, owns and operates LWBs in emerging markets in Asia 
and Latin America. These LWBs provide a variety of communication services, 
including cellular, WLL, ECTR and paging.  Together with its strategic 
partners, the Company has interests in LWBs in Brazil, China, India, 
Indonesia, Malaysia, New Zealand, Pakistan, Peru, and the Philippines.

The Company has recently undertaken a realignment of its investment strategy 
and has initiated the redistribution of its resources away from its smaller 
ECTR investments to its larger cellular and WLL investments. As part of this 
realignment, in June 1997, the Company sold its 1.56% equity interest in 
Mobilcom Mexico to an affiliate of a co-shareholder in Mobilcom Mexico for 
$3.2 million. In addition, the Company proposes to sell all or a portion of 
its interests in TeamTalk, Mobilkom and UTS. The Company anticipates that the 
sale of these three investments will occur within the next 12 months. 
However, in part because there exists no public market for the Company's 
ownership interests in these LWBs, there can be no assurance that any of 
these LWBs will be sold upon terms acceptable to the Company within such 
time period or at all.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997

    For the three month period ended June 30, 1996, the Company's net loss 
was $5.5 million compared to $17.4 million for the corresponding period in 
1997, an increase of 214%. This increase was due primarily to higher selling, 
general and administrative expenses, an increase in interest expense and 
increases in equity in losses of affiliates, as more fully described below. 
In addition, the Company recognized an expense of $2.3 million pursuant to 
the Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange. The net loss was partially offset by 
the gain on sale of an investment held for sale.

    For the three month period ended June 30, 1996, the Company's selling, 
general and administrative expenses were $4.1 million as compared to $9.5 
million for the corresponding period in 1997. This increase was primarily due 
to an increase in the selling, general and administrative expenses associated 
with the Company's consolidation of the SRC operations. SRC's selling, 
general and administrative costs increased from $666,000 for the three months 
ended June 30, 1996 to $1.8 million for the corresponding period in 1997, an 
increase of 167%, as the Brazilian ECTR venture expanded its coverage area and 
network operations. In addition, the Company's selling, general and 
administrative expenses were affected by the consolidated results of the 
Company's four developmental stage subsidiaries as their selling, general and 
administrative expenses increased from $56,000 for the three month period 
ended June 30, 1996 to $1.3 million for the corresponding period in 1997 as 
these entities continued to develop their network operations and commence the 
deployment of their wireless operations.

    For the three month period ended June 30, 1996, the equity in losses of 
affiliates was $1.6 million compared to $5.2 million for the corresponding 
period in 1997, an increase of 231%. For the three month period ended June 
30, 1996, the equity in losses in affiliates was attributable to $1.0 million 
of operating losses and $520,000 of expense relating to the amortization of 
telecommunication licenses. For the corresponding period in 1997, the equity 
in losses of affiliates was attributable to $4.5 million of operating losses 
and $732,000 of expense relating to the amortization of telecommunication 
licenses.

    The Company's equity in losses of affiliates attributable to RHP was 
$274,000 for the three month period ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $2.9 
million for the corresponding period in 1997. Mobisel continued to expand 
its operations and build out its nationwide cellular network. During this 
expansion phase, Mobisel's gross profit temporarily declined due primarily to 
greater pulse sharing and airtime costs and an increase in depreciation 
expense due to the Phase I build-out of Mobisel's nationwide cellular 
network. In addition, as part of its expansion effort, Mobisel experienced 
growth in its selling, general and administrative expense base in order to 
meet the anticipated growth in its operations. Also, interest expense 
increased for the three month period ended June 30, 1997.

     The Company's equity in losses of affiliates attributable to SDL for the 
three month period ended June 30, 1997 was $1.1 million, including expense 
attributable to the amortization of telecommunication licenses of $80,000.

    For the three month period ended June 30, 1996 the Company's interest 
expense was $82,000 as compared to $4.5 million for the corresponding period 
in 1997. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to interest 
expense associated with the Debt Offering.

    The Company's other income and expense improved from an expense of 
$14,000 for the three month period ended June 30, 1996 to other income of 
$1.1 million for the corresponding period in 1997. This increase resulted 
from the gain on sale of the Company's investment in Mobilcom Mexico in June 
1997.

   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997

   The Company's net loss increased from $9.1 million for the six month 
period ended June 30, 1996 to $31.9 million for the corresponding period in 
1997, an increase of 249%.  This increase was due primarily to an increase in 
interest expense, higher selling, general and administrative expenses and 
increases in equity losses of affiliates, as more fully described below.  In 
addition, the Company recognized an expense of $2.3 million pursuant to the 
Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange. The net loss was partially offset by the 
gain on sale of an investment held for sale.

   The Company's operating revenue increased from $183,000 for the six month 
period ended June 30, 1996 to $1.0 million for the corresponding period in 
1997, an increase of 456%.  The operating revenue, was offset by an increase 
in the cost of revenues from $180,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 
1996 to $1.2 million for the corresponding period in 1997, an increase of 
593% as the company's wholly owned subsidiary, TeamTalk, continued to expand 
its ECTR operations.  The Company anticipates that operating revenues and 
costs of revenues will continue to increase as the Company's consolidated 
subsidiaries shift from the development of their networks to the provision of 
their wireless services. 

   The Company's selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 
$6.4 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 to $15.7 million 
for the corresponding period in 1997, an increase of 148%.  This increase was 
primarily due to an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses 
associated with the Company's two operational consolidated subsidiaries, 
TeamTalk and SRC as their selling, general and administrative expenses 
increased from $1.2 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 to 
$5.0 million for the corresponding period in 1997, an increase of 307%.  
These two entities continued to develop their ECTR operations and expand 
their services resulting in the increase in selling, general and 
administrative expenses.  The Company believes that the consolidated selling, 
general and administrative expenses of its operational subsidiaries will 
stabilize, as future growth of expenses increases consistent with the growth 
in its operating revenues.  In addition, the Company's selling, general and 
administrative expenses were affected by the consolidated results of the 
Company's four developmental stage subsidiaries as their selling, general and 
administrative expenses increased from $54,000 for the six month period ended 
June 30, 1996 to $2.1 million for the corresponding period in 1997 as these 
entities continued to develop their network operations and commenced 
deployment of their wireless operations.  In addition to the consolidated 
subsidiaries, the Company experienced continued growth in its own general and 
administrative expenses, including salaries and benefits expense, 
professional fees and all other general and administrative expenses as the 
Company increased its corporate and regional operations to meet the needs of 
the local wireless businesses.  The Company's own general and administrative 
expenses increased from $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 
to $8.6 million for the corresponding period in 1997, an increase of 71%.

                                   17.

<PAGE>


   The Company's equity in losses of affiliates increased from $3.0 million 
for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 to $9.9 million for the 
corresponding period in 1997, an increase of 230%.  For the six month period 
ended June 30, 1996, the equity in losses of affiliates was attributable to 
$1.9 million of operating losses and $1.0 million of expense relating to the 
amortization of telecommunication licenses.  For the corresponding period in 
1997, equity in losses of affiliates consisted of $8.3 million of operating 
losses and $1.6 million of expense relating to amortization of 
telecommunication licenses.  The increase in the equity in losses of 
affiliates is attributable primarily to the increase in the underlying 
operating losses of RHP and SDL.

   The Company's equity in losses of affiliate attributable to RHP increased 
from $648,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 to $4.6 million 
for the corresponding period in 1997 as RHP's 70% owned consolidated 
subsidiary, Mobisel, continued to expand its operations and build-out its 
nationwide cellular network. During this expansion phase, Mobisel's gross 
profit temporarily declined due primarily to greater pulse sharing and 
airtime costs and an increase in depreciation expense due to the Phase I 
build-out of Mobisel's nationwide cellular network.  In addition, as part of 
its expansion effort, Mobisel experienced growth in its selling, general and 
administrative expense base in order to meet the anticipated growth in its 
operations. Interest expense increased for the six month period ended June 
30, 1997 as Mobisel had fully drawn down the $60.0 million construction 
facility, arranged in October 1996, to finance the construction of its 
nationwide network.  As part of this expansion effort, Mobisel entered into 
and utilized the majority of a syndicated short-term notes facility arranged 
in January 1997.  These funds enabled Mobisel to continue the build-out of 
its nationwide cellular network, and were utilized for general corporate 
purposes.

   The Company's equity in losses of affiliates attributable to its 40% 
interest in SDL, which the Company acquired in November 1996, was $3.0 
million for the six month period ended June 30, 1997, including the Company's 
amortization of telecommunication license expense attributable to SDL of 
$271,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 1997.  SDL operating losses 
are anticipated to increase throughout the foreseeable future as SDL 
continues to expand its regional operations in the Peoples Republic of China. 

   The Company's interest income increased from $424,000 for the six month 
period ended June 30, 1996 to $1.1 million for the corresponding period in 
1997, an increase of 160%.  This increase was due primarily to interest 
earned on the proceeds from the Debt Offering in August 1996, which were 
invested in short-term interest-bearing securities.

    The Company's interest expense increased from $201,000 for the six month 
period ended June 30, 1996 to $8.8 million for the corresponding period in 
1997. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to interest expense 
associated with the Debt Offering.

   The Company's other income and expense improved from an expense of $13,000 
for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 to other income of  $1.1 million 
for the corresponding period in 1997.  This increase resulted from the gain 
on sale of the Company's investment in Mobilcom Mexico in June 1997.  


                                     18.

<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
          
   To date, the Company has funded its cash requirements primarily through 
the use of the net proceeds of a series of Preferred Stock private 
placements, bridge loans and the Debt Offering. The bridge loans have 
generally been converted into Preferred Stock. The proceeds from these 
financings were mainly used to fund the Company's investments in operating 
companies and developmental stage projects, to provide working capital and 
for general corporate purposes, including the expenses incurred in seeking 
and evaluating new investment opportunities. As of December 31, 1996 and June 
30, 1997, the Company had cash and cash equivalents balances of $41.6 million 
and $14.6 million, respectively.

   The Company has generated negative cash flow from operations since 
inception, and its operating companies and developmental stage projects are 
not expected to provide any cash to the Company in the foreseeable future. As 
a result, the Company is and will remain dependent upon raising funds from 
outside sources to fund its working capital needs, investments in operating 
companies and developmental stage projects, other cash requirements and to 
repay the Notes and any other indebtedness it may incur when it becomes due 
and payable.

   The Company believes that its existing cash balance is sufficient to meet 
its minimum operating and contractual obligations through the end of fiscal 
1997. However, the Company will require additional financing prior to 
December 31, 1997 to meet its business objective of participating in 
additional equity rounds of financing on the operating company and 
developmental stage project level to finance the expansion of the operations 
of such operating companies and developmental stage projects. There can be no 
assurance that such additional financing will be available to the Company on 
acceptable terms when required by the Company or at all. The Company's 
inability to obtain such additional financing on acceptable terms would have 
a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company intends to 
pursue additional investment opportunities for wireless communications 
projects and will require additional sources of financing in order to pursue 
those investments. However, there can be no assurance that such additional 
financing will be available on favorable terms or at all. See "--Additional 
Factors That May Affect Future Results--Company Level Risks--Negative 
Operating Cash Flow; Dependence on Additional Financing; No Commitments for 
Additional Financing."

   The Company is currently negotiating the Pakistan Bridge Facility with 
Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc. and Vanguard Cellular Financial Corp. and 
has received written commitments from these and certain other stockholders of 
the Company for an aggregate of $29 million in exchangeable bridge loans as 
part of the Pakistan Bridge Facility. The Pakistan Bridge Facility is 
structured as a two-tier facility, with $7 million proposed to be loaned to 
IWC Holdings for general corporate and other purposes and $22 million 
proposed to be loaned to Pakistan Wireless Holdings Limited ("PWH"), a newly 
formed indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, for the specific 
purpose of financing the cash portion of the purchase price of the Company's 
investment in PMCL and the Company's pro rata share of shareholder capital 
calls and shareholder loans required to finance the operations of PMCL. The 
closing of the Pakistan Bridge Facility is subject to various conditions 
precedent, including receipt of requisite approvals from the Board of 
Directors and stockholders of the Company and the satisfaction of all 
conditions precedent (other than funding of purchase price) to the closing of 
the PMCL Purchase. There can be no assurance that such conditions precedent 
shall be satisfied or waived or that the PMCL Purchase or the Pakistan Bridge 
Facility will be consummated as currently contemplated or at all. Further, 
the Pakistan Bridge Facility, as currently contemplated, contains significant 
restrictions on the Company's ability to raise additional debt or equity 
financing until all amounts outstanding under the Pakistan Bridge Facility 
are repaid in full.

   The Company has recently undertaken a realignment of its investment 
strategy and has initiated the redistribution of its resources away from its 
smaller ECTR investments to its larger cellular and WLL investments. As part 
of this realignment and in order to raise additional capital, the Company 
proposes to sell all or a portion of its interests in TeamTalk, Mobilkom and 
UTS. The Company anticipates that the sale of these three investments will 
occur within the next 12 months. However, in part because there exists no 
public market for the Company's ownership interests in these investments, 
there can be no assurance that any of these investments will be sold upon 
terms acceptable to the Company within such time period or at all.

          
   At the project level, IWC and its partners typically fund initial project 
investments using capital contributions either in the form of equity or 
shareholder loans. When projects become operational, IWC seeks to fund 
ongoing development of the project using third-party financing, preferably on 
a non-recourse basis to the Company.

   Mobilkom, IWC's national ECTR operating company in Indonesia, arranged a 
$50.0 million credit facility through a syndicate of Thai banks. This 
facility is secured by all of the assets and capital stock of Mobilkom, and 
$25.0 million of the facility has been guaranteed by Jasmine International 
Public Company Limited ("Jasmine"), a 56.25% owner of Mobilkom. As of June 
30, 1997, approximately $22.6 million was outstanding under this facility. 
The Company anticipates that the current $50.0 million facility will be 
sufficient for Mobilkom to meet all of its 

                                      19.
<PAGE>

currently anticipated expenditures through 1997. Borrowings outstanding under 
this credit facility must be repaid in 16 quarterly installments commencing 
in 2000.

   Mobisel, IWC's national cellular operating company in Indonesia, in which 
the Company held an indirect 19.8% interest as of June 30, 1997 through IWC's 
investment in RHP, has obtained a $60.0 million credit facility from Nissho 
Iwai.  This facility is secured by all of Mobisel's assets and a pledge of 
all of the capital stock of Mobisel held by RHP, which has also guaranteed 
the credit facility. The use of borrowings under the credit facility with 
Nissho Iwai is limited to expenditures necessary for the implementation and 
construction of Mobisel's network. Borrowings outstanding under this credit 
facility must be repaid in six equal semi-annual installments beginning in 
late 1998.  As part of this initiative and to meet its short term needs 
Mobisel will require substantial additional financing to complete its planned 
capital expenditures through 1997 and for other purposes. Accordingly, 
Mobisel has commenced discussions with a number of potential financing 
sources in order to obtain additional financing.  Mobisel entered into a 
syndicated short-term notes facility agreement in January 1997 with PT Bank 
Umum Servitia, as arranger, whereby the banks agreed to purchase Indonesian 
Rupiah("Rp")60,000,000,000 of short-term notes and interest notes of 
Rp15,000,000,000 (in aggregate approximately $30.8 million as at June 30, 
1997).  These short-term notes would have repayment priority to the existing 
loans outstanding.  Mobisel is continuing to pursue various other long-term 
financing solutions to enable it to meet its business plan objectives.

   STW, IWC's national WLL operating company in Malaysia, has arranged a 
Malaysian Ringgit 91.0 million (approximately $36.1 million as of June 30, 
1997) credit facility through a syndicate of Malaysian banks. This facility 
is secured by substantially all of STW's assets and a pledge of all of the 
capital stock of STW held by IWC and STW's other shareholders, and has been 
guaranteed by Shubila Holding Sdn Bhd, the 60% owner of STW, and certain 
officers of STW (including a former officer of IWC). In addition, STW has 
agreed to assign to and deposit with the banks all of its cash, including 
revenues, loan drawings and shareholder advances. In addition to pledging 
their capital stock in STW, IWC and the other STW shareholders have entered 
into a "keep well" covenant pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to insure 
that STW remains solvent and able to meet its financial liabilities when due, 
and (ii) to insure the timely completion of its WLL project and to make 
additional debt or equity investments in STW necessary to meet any cost 
overruns. The Company and other STW shareholders have also separately 
executed an agreement, whereby each shareholder has agreed to share in the 
liability on a pro rata basis in relation to their interest in STW. In the 
event that the banks were to seek repayment from the STW shareholders and the 
other shareholders were unable to honor their pro rata share of the 
liability, the Company might be liable for the full amount of the outstanding 
amount of the loan. Borrowings outstanding under this credit facility must be 
repaid in eleven semi-annual installments beginning October 8, 1997.

ADDITIONAL FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

   THE COMPANY OPERATES IN A RAPIDLY CHANGING ENVIRONMENT THAT INVOLVES A 
NUMBER OF RISKS, SOME OF WHICH ARE BEYOND THE COMPANY'S CONTROL.  THE 
FOLLOWING DISCUSSION HIGHLIGHTS SOME OF THESE RISKS.  THESE RISKS SHOULD BE 
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION INCLUDED IN THE COMPANY'S 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, AS FILED 
WITH THE COMMISSION ON APRIL 15, 1997.  

COMPANY LEVEL RISKS

CONTINUING LOSSES; LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY 

The Company has incurred net losses since its inception and had an accumulated
stockholders' deficit of approximately $53.4 million as of June 30, 1997. The
Company anticipates that its net losses will increase significantly in the
foreseeable future, and there can be no assurance as to whether or when the
Company's operations will become profitable. See "--Results of Operations."  The
Company has a limited operating history. Since its inception in January 1992,
the Company's activities have been concentrated primarily in the early stage
development of its wireless projects, including the selection of local partners,
the formation of operating companies and the pursuit of operating licenses. 

NEGATIVE OPERATING CASH FLOW; DEPENDENCE ON ADDITIONAL FINANCING; NO COMMITMENTS
FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

                                      20.

<PAGE>

   The Company used cash in operations and investing activities of $73.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 1996, and $26.6 million for the six 
months ended June 30, 1997, and expects such negative cash flows to continue 
and likely increase in the foreseeable future. Because of such negative cash 
flow and negative working capital and the capital intensive nature of the 
Company's business, the Company will require continuing sources of outside 
debt and equity financing to fund its working capital needs, investments and 
other cash requirements. 

   In particular, the Company will require additional financing prior to 
December 31, 1997, to meet currently anticipated requirements for working 
capital and investments in its operating companies and developmental stage 
projects. In addition, the Company intends to pursue additional investment 
opportunities for wireless projects and anticipates that it will require 
additional sources of financing in order to fund those investments. However, 
the Company has neither received commitments nor completed arrangements for 
additional financing, and there can be no assurance that any additional debt 
or equity financing will be available to the Company on acceptable terms when 
required by the Company or at all. If adequate sources of additional 
financing are not available, the Company may be forced (i) to delay, scale 
back or eliminate one or more of its projects, (ii) to suffer a significant 
dilution of its equity interest or loss of value in one or more of its 
investments, or (iii) to liquidate one or more of its investments.  In 
addition, the Company may be unable to repay its liabilities (including the 
Notes) as they become due, and may be unable to meet its working capital and 
other cash requirements. The Indenture contains certain restrictions on the 
ability of the Company to make investments in, or guarantee the indebtedness 
of, the operating companies and developmental stage projects. Accordingly, 
the Company's inability to obtain such additional financing would have a 
material adverse effect on the Company and could result in its insolvency or 
liquidation. 

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE

   The Company is highly leveraged and has indebtedness that is substantial 
in relation to its stockholders' equity, including its redeemable convertible 
Preferred Stock. As of June 30, 1997, the Company's long term debt was $83.6 
million, and its stockholders' deficit and redeemable convertible Preferred 
Stock was $50.8 million. The high level of the Company's indebtedness will 
have important consequences, including (i) limitations on the Company's 
ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future and (ii) 
limitations on the Company's flexibility in reacting to changes in the 
industry and economic conditions generally.  In addition, most of the 
existing operating companies and developmental stage projects will not be 
subject to any limitations restricting the incurrence of additional 
indebtedness, and, to the extent that the Company is successful in its 
strategy of obtaining additional financing at the operating company or 
developmental stage project level, the amount of such indebtedness could 
increase substantially, which may have consequences similar to those 
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above with respect to the Company. 

RISK OF INABILITY TO REPAY NOTES AT MATURITY

   The Company has had net losses and has generated negative cash flow from 
operations since inception.  Further, as discussed below under "--Holding 
Company Structure; Limitations on Access to Cash Flow of Operating 
Companies," the Company does not expect that it will generate positive cash 
flow through dividends or other distributions from its operating companies 
for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Company's ability to repay the 
Notes and any other indebtedness which it may incur from time to time at 
maturity will be dependent on developing one or more sources of financing 
prior to the maturity of such indebtedness. The Company may, among other 
things, (i) seek to refinance all or a portion of such indebtedness at 
maturity through sales of additional debt or equity securities of the Company 
or other borrowings, (ii) seek to sell all or a portion of its interests in 
one or more of its operating companies or developmental stage projects 
(subject to the restrictions described below under "--Company Level 
Risks--Restrictions on Transfer of Ownership Interests") or (iii) negotiate 
with its financial and strategic partners to permit the cash, if any, 
produced by the operating companies to be distributed to equity holders. 
There can be no assurance that (i) the Company will be able to obtain debt or 
equity refinancing on acceptable terms, or at all, in the future, (ii) the 
Company will be able to sell assets in a timely manner or on commercially 
acceptable terms or in an amount that will be sufficient to repay its 
indebtedness when due, (iii) the Company will be able to obtain the consents 
and approvals required in order to sell its interests in, or to receive 
dividends from, its operating companies or developmental stage projects or 
(iv) that the operating companies or developmental stage projects will in 
fact generate positive cash flow or that any such cash flow will be 
distributed to equity holders (particularly since the Company expects that 
its operating companies will generally reinvest all of their cash flow in 
development opportunities for the foreseeable future). In addition, a default 
under the Notes or such other indebtedness as the Company may incur in the 
future, for example, could in turn permit lenders under STW's Malaysian 
Ringgit 91 million (approximately $36.1 million as translated using 

                                      21.
<PAGE>

effective exchange rates at June 30, 1997) senior credit facility, and 
possibly under other debt instruments of the operating companies, to declare 
borrowings outstanding thereunder to be due and payable pursuant to 
cross-default clauses, permitting the lenders under such debt instruments to 
proceed against any collateral pledged as security therefor. Any failure by 
the Company to repay the Notes when due would have a material adverse effect 
on the Company.

RISK OF GOVERNMENTAL ACTIONS RESULTING IN VIOLATION OF INDENTURE

   The Indenture pursuant to which the Notes were issued, contains covenants 
that impose certain requirements with respect to sales or other dispositions 
of assets with a fair market value in excess of $500,000 (including capital 
stock in operating companies and in developmental stage projects) by the 
Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company ("Asset Sales"). Among other 
things, the Indenture requires that at least 85% of the consideration for an 
Asset Sale be in cash and that the Company receive consideration equal to the 
fair market value of the assets in question. However, if an Asset Sale occurs 
because of governmental action (for example, by expropriation or 
confiscation), or in certain other circumstances including, among other 
things, a sale of the Company's investment in certain operating companies 
compelled by other stockholders of such operating company or pursuant to 
rights granted to certain bank lenders of certain operating companies, the 
requirement that the Company receive fair market value for the assets shall 
be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that the difference between 
the fair market value of such assets and the actual consideration received in 
such Asset Sale (and all other Asset Sales subject to this exception) is less 
than 10% of the "total market value of equity" of the Company. However, if an 
Asset Sale is compelled by governmental action, the Indenture still requires 
that at least 85% of the consideration be in cash. 

   In certain of the countries in which the Company has made investments, 
there is a risk that the Company's investments may be confiscated or 
expropriated by governmental authorities. In particular, in early 1996, the 
Malaysian government initiated efforts to consolidate the Malaysian 
telecommunications industry, which, if completed would have forced a sale or 
merger of STW, the Company's Malaysian operating company, to or with one of a 
limited number of surviving telecommunications companies. There can be no 
assurance that the Malaysian government will not seek to take similar actions 
in the future. Likewise, other countries may seek to expropriate or 
confiscate assets of the Company. To the extent that the consideration, if 
any, received by the Company in connection with these expropriations or 
confiscations failed to satisfy the covenants under the Indenture, such a 
violation will be deemed an event of default under the Indenture entitling 
the holders of the Notes to demand immediate repayment thereof and to proceed 
against their collateral, which would have a material adverse effect on the 
Company. See "--Project Level Risks--Risks Inherent in Foreign Investment." 

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; LIMITATIONS ON ACCESS TO CASH FLOW OF OPERATING
COMPANIES

   The Company is a holding company with no business operations of its own. 
All of the operations of the Company are conducted through its wholly owned 
subsidiary, IWC, and its affiliated companies, which are separate and 
distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise to 
make any funds available to the Company to enable it to make investments in 
operating companies or developmental stage projects, meet working capital 
needs or other liabilities of the Company (including liabilities under the 
Notes), or for any other reason. In addition, most of the operating companies 
have generated negative cash flow from operations, and the Company expects 
that most operating companies will continue to generate negative cash flow 
from operations for the foreseeable future. Further, to the extent that any 
of the operating companies generates positive cash flow, the Company may be 
unable to access such cash flow because (i) it owns 50% or less of the equity 
of most of such entities and, therefore, does not have the requisite control 
to cause such entities to pay dividends to their equity holders; (ii) certain 
of such entities are currently or may become parties to credit or other 
borrowing agreements that restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends, and 
such entities are likely to continue to be subject to such restrictions and 
prohibitions for the foreseeable future; (iii) the Company expects that its 
operating companies will generally reinvest all of their cash flow in 
development opportunities for the foreseeable future; and/or (iv) some of the 
countries in which such entities conduct business, tax the payment and 
repatriation of dividends or otherwise restrict the repatriation of funds. As 
a result, the Company does not expect that it will be able to generate any 
significant cash flow through dividends or other distributions from the 
operating companies in the foreseeable future, and there can be no assurance 
that the Company will be able to generate any significant cash flow from the 
operating companies at any time in the future. 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP INTERESTS

                                      22.
<PAGE>

   The Company's ability to sell or transfer its ownership interests in its 
operating companies and developmental stage projects is generally subject to 
(i) limitations contained in the agreements between the Company and its local 
partners including, in certain cases, complete prohibitions on sales or 
transfers for a period of years, co-sale rights and/or rights of first 
refusal and (ii) provisions in local operating licenses and local 
governmental regulations that, in certain cases, prohibit or restrict the 
transfer of the Company's ownership interests in such operating companies and 
developmental stage projects. Moreover, the Company and its local partners 
have in the past been required to pledge their capital stock in certain 
operating companies to secure credit facilities obtained by those operating 
companies, and the Company may be prohibited from transferring or otherwise 
disposing of such capital stock so long as it is pledged as collateral for 
those credit facilities. In addition, none of the operating companies or 
developmental stage projects currently has any publicly traded securities and 
there can be no assurance that in the future there will be either a public or 
private market for the securities of the Company's operating companies or 
developmental stage projects. As a result, the Company's ability to liquidate 
any or all of its investments may be substantially limited and there can be 
no assurance that the Company will be able to do so in a timely manner, or at 
all in the event that the Company is required to do so in order to satisfy 
its cash needs, including providing funds for investments and repayment of 
indebtedness. Moreover, even if any sales are completed, the prices realized 
on those sales could be less than the Company's investment, and there may be 
substantial local taxes imposed on the Company in the case of any such sales 
and, in any event, there can be no assurance that there will not be 
substantial taxes or other restrictions on the ability of the Company to 
repatriate any amounts realized upon the sale of any such investments. In 
addition, certain of the operating companies and developmental stage projects 
are or may be parties to credit agreements that restrict their ability to pay 
dividends or make other distributions to their equity investors, and the 
Company's local partners, by virtue of their majority ownership interest in 
the operating companies and developmental stage projects, generally have the 
right to determine the timing and amount of any such dividends or 
distributions. 

LACK OF CONTROL OF OPERATING COMPANIES AND DEVELOPMENTAL STAGE PROJECTS

   The Company anticipates that it will often have a minority interest in its 
operating companies and developmental stage projects, in part because 
applicable laws often limit foreign investors to minority equity positions. 
Although the Company is actively involved in the management of most of the 
operating companies and developmental stage projects in which it has an 
ownership interest and intends to invest in the future in operating companies 
and developmental stage projects in which it can participate in management, 
its minority voting positions may preclude it from controlling such entities 
and implementing strategies that it favors, including strategies involving 
the expansion or development of projects or the pursuit of certain financing 
alternatives. Moreover, even where the Company has majority control of a 
project, the exercise of such control may be subject to contractual, 
regulatory or other restrictions. In addition, the Company may be unable to 
access the cash flow, if any, of its operating companies. See "--Company 
Level Risks--Holding Company Structure; Limitations on Access to Cash Flow of 
Operating Companies." 

RISKS INHERENT IN GROWTH STRATEGY

   The Company has grown rapidly since inception, and as of June 30, 1997,
had operating companies or developmental stage projects in 13 foreign countries.
Subject to the availability of additional financing, the Company anticipates
that it will make additional investments in wireless projects in other foreign
countries and is actively seeking and evaluating new investment opportunities in
foreign countries where it currently has operating companies or developmental
stage projects. This strategy presents the risks inherent in assessing the
value, strengths and weaknesses of development opportunities, in evaluating the
costs and uncertain returns of building and expanding the facilities for
operating systems and in integrating and managing the operations of additional
operating systems. The Company's growth strategy will place significant demands
on the Company's operational, financial and marketing resources and on its
management. Any failure to manage the Company effectively could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. 

RISK OF REGISTRATION UNDER INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

   Because the Company often acquires minority ownership positions in
operating companies and development stage projects, there is a risk that these
ownership positions could be deemed to be investment securities and that the
Company could be characterized as an investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act"). Due to the Company's active
role in developing and managing the operating companies and its contractual
rights as an equity holder, the Company believes that a substantial majority of
its interests in the operating companies are the equivalent of joint venture
interests rather than investment securities. Therefore, the 

                                      23.
<PAGE>

Company believes that it is not an investment company and intends to continue 
its business and conduct its operations so as not to become subject to the 
Investment Company Act. If the Commission or its staff were to take the 
position, or if it were otherwise asserted, that the Company is an investment 
company, the Company could be required either (i) to liquidate its 
investments in one or more operating companies or developmental stage 
projects and change the manner in which it conducts its operations to avoid 
being required to register as an investment company or (ii) to register as an 
investment company. If the Company were required to register under the 
Investment Company Act, it would be subject to substantive regulations with 
respect to capital structure, operations, transactions with affiliates and 
other matters. In addition, a determination that the Company is subject to 
the Investment Company Act would constitute an event of default under the 
Indenture and permit acceleration of the Notes. If the Company were found to 
be an investment company but was not registered under the Investment Company 
Act, the Company would be prohibited from, among other things, conducting 
public offerings in the U.S. or engaging in interstate commerce in the U.S., 
the Company would be subject to monetary penalties and injunctive relief in 
an action brought by the Commission, and certain contracts to which the 
Company is a party (including the Indenture and the Notes) might be rendered 
unenforceable or subject to rescission by any party thereto. As a result, any 
determination that the Company is an investment company would have a material 
adverse effect on the Company and would likely require that the Company cease 
operations.

CONTROL OF THE COMPANY

   At June 30, 1997, Vanguard beneficially owned approximately 27.4% of the
Company's equity.  Vanguard has provided and continues to provide a number of
services to the Company relating to the formation, development and operation of
wireless communications services, including identification and evaluation of
wireless communications opportunities, review of business and technical plans
and assistance in training operating company personnel. Vanguard has the right
to elect three directors to the Company's Board of Directors and currently has
three representatives on such Board, including Haynes G. Griffin, Chairman of
the Board of Directors. As a result, Vanguard may have the ability to
effectively control the Company and direct its business and affairs. 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Vanguard is not precluded from competing with the Company by itself or 
through affiliates by developing, owning and/or operating international 
wireless communications businesses, including businesses that use the same or 
similar technologies or provide the same services as the Company's existing 
and future operating companies. This is true even though the Company acquired 
substantially all of Vanguard's interests in certain of its international 
wireless projects in December 1995. Further, although many of the agreements 
governing the relationship between the Company and its local partners contain 
preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and/or rights of co-sale with 
respect to the sale of shares in the Company's joint ventures, Vanguard is 
not precluded from co-investing with the Company in such joint ventures. For 
example, in April 1997, Vanguard purchased a 7% equity interest in SDL 
directly from STHL, the Company's local partner in SDL. Also, it is currently 
anticipated that Vanguard will co-invest with the Company in PMCL and acquire 
a 6% indirect interest in PMCL.

   In addition, in May 1995, the Company and Vanguard consummated the 
Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange, pursuant to which Vanguard surrendered 
warrants to purchase shares of Preferred Stock of the Company in exchange for 
the issuance of a warrant to purchase Common Stock of the Company at $0.25 
per share issued to Vanguard and options to purchase Common Stock of the 
Company at $9.375 per share issued to various members of the management of 
Vanguard, including two individuals who currently serve as directors of the 
Company. The Company recognized an expense of $2.3 million in connection with 
the issuance of the warrant to Vanguard, which amount represents the 
difference between the fair value of the shares underlying such warrant and 
its $0.25 exercise price.  Although the directors designated by Vanguard may 
abstain from voting on matters in which the interests of the Company and 
Vanguard are in conflict, they are not obligated to do so, and the Company 
has not adopted any formal policies or procedures designed to prevent actual 
conflicts of interest from occurring. As a result, the presence of potential 
or actual conflicts could affect the process or outcome of Board 
deliberations. There can be no assurance that such conflicts of interest will 
not materially adversely affect the Company. 
 
INFORMATION RELATING TO DEMOGRAPHIC, ECONOMIC, MARKET AND RELATED INFORMATION

   The information contained herein includes certain demographic and economic
information, as well as information regarding cellular service, installation and
penetration in the countries in which the Company has operating companies or
developmental stage projects. This information was obtained from a number of
sources and the Company has not independently verified any such information and
there can be no assurance as to its accuracy. In addition, much of the
information related to POPs are estimates and reflect data that may be incorrect
or imprecise and such estimates and data have been obtained from a number of
sources and the Company has not independently verified any such information. 

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

                                      24.
<PAGE>

   The success of the Company and its growth strategy depends in large part on
the ability of the Company to attract and retain key management, marketing and
operating personnel at each of the Company, operating company and developmental
stage project levels. There can be no assurance the Company will be able to
attract and retain the qualified personnel needed for its business, particularly
because of the amount of international travel required of the Company's managers
and because experienced local managers are often unavailable. In addition, the
loss of the services of one or more members of its senior management team,
particularly John D. Lockton or Hugh B. L. McClung, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. 

CLASSIFICATION OF NOTES AS DEBT; ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

   Although the Company intends to treat the Notes as debt for all purposes,
there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree that the
Notes qualify as debt for federal income tax purposes. If the Notes are not
respected as debt for such purposes, they would likely be recharacterized as an
equity interest in the Company and the interest that accretes on the Notes would
not be deductible by the Company when accrued or paid. Loss of such interest
deductions would increase income taxes ultimately payable by the Company, and
thus, reduce cash flow otherwise available to repay the Notes, which would have
a material adverse effect on the Company. Recharacterization of the Notes as
equity could also adversely affect non-corporate holders as well as non-United
States holders of the Notes. 

   Assuming the Notes are respected as debt for federal income tax purposes,
they will be subject to the original issue discount provisions of the Code
because they will have been issued at a non-de minimis discount from their
principal amount. Consequently, the holders of the Notes generally will be
required to include amounts in gross income for federal income tax purposes in
advance of receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. 

   If a bankruptcy case is commenced by or against the Company under the
United States Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Notes, the claim of a
holder of any of the Notes with respect to the principal amount thereof may be
limited to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the initial offering price
allocable to the Notes and (ii) that portion of the original issued discount
which is not deemed to constitute "unmatured interest" for purposes of the
Bankruptcy Code. Any original issued discount that was not amortized as of any
such bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest." 


REPORTING STANDARDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF OPERATING COMPANIES; TIMELY
COMPLIANCE WITH INFORMATIONAL AND FILING REQUIREMENTS

   Companies in developing countries are subject to accounting, auditing and
financial standards and requirements that differ, in some cases significantly,
from those applicable to U.S. companies. In addition, there may be substantially
less publicly available information about companies in a developing country than
there is about U.S. companies. The Company's ability to comply with the
informational and filing requirements of the Indenture and the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), to which it is or will be
subject will depend on the timely receipt of accurate and complete financial and
other information from the Company's operating companies and developmental stage
projects. The failure to receive such information on a timely basis could have a
material adverse effect on the Company, including preventing it from satisfying
the informational and filing requirements of the Indenture and the Exchange Act.

RISK OF INABILITY TO FINANCE A CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture to
include (i) a sale or transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (as
defined in the Indenture) of all or substantially all of its assets; (ii) the
adoption of a plan of liquidation; (iii) the acquisition of greater than 50% of
the voting power by an entity other than Vanguard or (iv) upon the change of a
majority of the Board of Directors), the Company will be required to make an
offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at the price set forth in the
Indenture. The Company's failure to purchase the Notes would result in a default
under the Indenture. In the event of a Change of Control, there can be no
assurance that the Company would have sufficient assets to satisfy all of its
obligations under the Indenture. Future debt of the Company may also contain
prohibitions of certain events or transactions which would constitute a Change
of Control or require the obligations thereunder to be retired upon a Change of
Control. 

                                      25.
<PAGE>

NO CASH DIVIDENDS ON COMMON STOCK

   The Company is prohibited under the terms of the Indenture from paying
dividends or making other distributions with respect to the Company's capital
stock, including the Common Stock while the Notes are outstanding. The Company
anticipates that all earnings, if any, will be retained for the operation and
expansion of the Company's business. 

PROJECT LEVEL RISKS

OPERATING LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW; DEPENDENCE ON ADDITIONAL
FINANCING/CAPITAL

   Most of the operating companies have generated operating losses and
negative cash flow from operations, and the Company expects that most of its
operating companies will continue to generate operating losses and negative cash
flow from operations for the foreseeable future. The business of the operating
companies and developmental stage projects, particularly WLL projects, is
capital intensive and, in light of such anticipated negative cash flow from
operations, will require continuing sources of outside financing to fund working
capital needs, capital expenditures and other cash requirements. The Company's
strategy is to seek such additional financing at the operating companies
primarily from third parties and not from the Company or its partners. However,
there can be no assurance that the operating companies and developmental stage
projects will be able to obtain the financing required to make planned capital
expenditures, provide working capital or meet other cash needs. Failure to
obtain such financing could have a material adverse effect on the Company and,
among other things, could result in the loss or revocation of licenses held by
the operating companies or developmental stage projects or require that certain
planned projects be delayed or abandoned. In particular, at June 30, 1997 a
significant portion of the Company's investments had been made in three
operating companies (namely STW, which is developing a national WLL system in
Malaysia; Mobisel, which is developing a national cellular system in Indonesia;
and SDL, which is developing various regional cellular systems in China), and
each of these operating companies will be required to obtain substantial
additional financing in order to complete planned capital expenditures. 

   In most cases, under agreements with its local partners, the Company and
its partners may be required to make additional equity investments in operating
companies or developmental stage projects, and the Company's or such partners'
inability or unwillingness to do so could result in the dilution of such party's
equity interest or a significant impairment or loss of the value of the
Company's investment. Moreover, the Company and its other strategic partners
have in the past been required, and in the future likely will be required, to
guarantee and/or pledge their respective equity interests to secure certain
indebtedness of the operating companies and developmental stage projects and
otherwise to provide certain assurances to lenders. See "--Liquidity and Capital
Resources." The Indenture contains certain restrictions on the ability of the
Company to make investments in, or guarantee the indebtedness of, the operating
companies and developmental stage projects. 

   In addition, there can be no assurance that the operating companies or
developmental stage projects will be able to pay their indebtedness or other
liabilities when due. Any failure to pay such indebtedness or other liabilities
when due could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "--Company
Level Risks--Negative Operating Cash Flow; Dependence on Additional Financing;
No Commitments For Additional Financing" below. 

   To date, most of the debt financing obtained by the operating companies has
been secured by assets of the respective operating companies, and it is likely
that any debt financing the operating companies or developmental stage projects
obtain in the foreseeable future will also be similarly secured. The pledge of
assets to secure debt financing may limit the operations of the operating
companies and make it substantially more difficult to obtain additional
financing from other sources. 

EARLY STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT OF WIRELESS PROJECTS

   Most of the Company's wireless projects are in the early stages of
development. Only the eight operating companies, Via 1, SDL, RPSL, Mobisel,
Mobilkom, STW, TeamTalk and UTS, currently provide wireless communications
services on a commercial basis, and many of these operating companies have only
recently initiated such commercial service and have a limited number of
subscribers. Although MOUs have been signed with local partners in the operating
companies and developmental stage projects, in many cases definitive joint
venture and 

                                      26.
<PAGE>

shareholder agreements have not been prepared or signed, definitive legal 
entities have not been formed and/or required equity and debt financing has 
not been secured. Even where an MOU or definitive joint venture or 
shareholder agreement has been signed, there can be no assurance that the 
terms of the Company's participation in an operating company or developmental 
stage project will not be modified in a manner that is materially adverse to 
the Company, particularly because the Company usually holds a minority 
interest. The successful development and commercialization of these projects 
will depend on a number of significant financial, logistical, technical, 
marketing, legal and other factors, the outcome of which cannot be predicted. 
Virtually all of the operating companies are, and in the future will be, 
newly-formed entities that have a limited operating history and that operate 
at a loss for a substantial period of time. These operating companies will 
require significant amounts of additional financing to fund capital 
expenditures, working capital requirements and other cash needs, including 
the costs of obtaining additional licenses. In addition, there can be no 
assurance that these projects will not encounter engineering, design or other 
operational problems. For example, STW, the Company's Malaysian WLL operating 
company, has experienced significant delays in network deployment and its 
marketing plans primarily as a result of adverse effects on STW of an attempt 
during the first half of 1996 by the Malaysian government to consolidate the 
Malaysian telecommunications industry. See "--Risks Inherent in Foreign 
Investment." As a result, in late 1996, IWC and its principal strategic 
partner in STW extensively reviewed and revised STW's business plan and 
strategy. There can be no assurance that the Company can successfully develop 
any of its existing or planned developmental stage projects or that any of 
these projects or any of its operating companies will achieve commercial 
success. Further, the Company's current and anticipated ownership interests 
in the operating companies and developmental stage projects are subject to 
modification and may even be eliminated completely due to the occurrence of 
certain events such as the re-negotiation of existing MOUs and/or agreements, 
changes in foreign laws or regulations affecting foreign ownership, 
government expropriation, financing contingencies and other factors. 
Likewise, the Company may voluntarily withdraw from one or more operating 
companies and/or developmental stage projects. 

RISKS INHERENT IN FOREIGN INVESTMENT

   The Company has invested substantial resources outside of the United States
and plans to continue to do so in the future. Governments of many developing
countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over
many aspects of the private sector. For example, foreign ownership of
telecommunications ventures is prohibited in China. In addition, in some cases,
the government owns or controls (i) companies that are or may in the future
become competitors of the Company or (ii) companies (such as national telephone
companies) upon which the operating companies and developmental stage projects
may depend for required interconnections to land-line telephone networks and
other services. Similarly, government actions in the future could have a
significant adverse effect on economic conditions in a developing country or may
otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company and its operating
companies and developmental stage projects. Expropriation, confiscatory
taxation, nationalization, political, economic or social instability or other
developments could materially adversely affect the value of the Company's
interests in operating companies and developmental stage projects in particular
developing countries. 

   For example, in early 1996 the Malaysian government announced a program
designed to consolidate the Malaysian telecommunications industry which, if
completed, would have forced the sale or merger of STW, the Company's Malaysian
operating company, to one of a limited number of surviving telecommunications
companies. Although the Malaysian government announced in July 1996 that it did
not intend to proceed with this program, the activities of the Malaysian
government in connection with such program resulted in significant delays in
STW's network deployment and marketing plans thereby contributing to a 37%
decrease in STW's subscribers during the quarter ended September 30, 1996. There
can be no assurance that the Malaysian government will not initiate similar
programs in the future. There can also be no assurance that the Malaysian
national telephone company will not otherwise impose restrictions on STW,
including restrictions on the ability of STW to interconnect its wireless
network with the national telephone company's system, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.  Moreover, there can be no assurance
that other countries where the Company has operating companies or developmental
stage projects will not initiate similar programs or impose other restrictions,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

   The Company also may be adversely affected by political or social unrest or
instability in foreign countries. Such unrest or instability resulting from
political, economic, social or other conditions in foreign countries could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. For example, in China, because foreign
ownership of telecommunications operators is prohibited, the Company, through
its ownership interest in SDL, has interests in China telecommunications
projects through certain "cooperative agreements" with Chinese cellular
operators. Pursuant to the terms of the 

                                      27.
<PAGE>

cooperative agreements, SDL provides equipment and technical and engineering 
services to the cellular operators and, in return, is allocated a portion of 
the revenues or profits from the cellular operations. There can be no 
assurance that the Chinese government will not prohibit or otherwise impose 
restrictions on these types of arrangements, which could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. 

   The Company does not have political risk insurance in the countries in
which it currently conducts business. Moreover, applicable agreements relating
to the Company's interests in its operating companies are frequently governed by
foreign law. As a result, in the event of a dispute, it may be difficult for the
Company to enforce its rights. Accordingly, the Company may have little or no
recourse upon the occurrence of any of these developments or if any of its
partners seek to re-negotiate existing or future MOUs and/or other agreements.
To the extent that any of the operating companies seeks to make a dividend or
other distribution to the Company, or to the extent that the Company seeks to
liquidate its investment in an operating company or developmental stage project
and repatriate monies from a relevant country, local taxes, foreign exchange
controls or other restrictions may effectively prevent the transfer of funds to
the Company or the exchange of local currency for U.S. dollars. 

TECHNOLOGICAL RISK; RISK OF OBSOLESCENCE

   The Company's operating companies and developmental stage projects
generally use new and emerging technologies. For example, SDL, the Company's
China Regional Cellular project, is required by the Chinese government to
migrate to CDMA, a cellular technology that is not widely deployed on a
commercial basis at the present time. Additionally, the MPT 1327 ECTR technology
selected by a number of the Company's ECTR operating companies is currently
operational in many countries but has had limited deployment for public use in
developing countries. Although many of the technologies currently in use and to
be used in the future by the Company have been developed by international
telecommunications companies such as Nokia, Philips, Motorola, Ericsson, Lucent
Technologies and Nortel, most are generally advanced technologies which have
only recently been developed and commercially introduced. There can be no
assurance that the operating companies and developmental stage projects will not
experience technical problems in the commercial deployment of these
technologies, particularly because they are being introduced in developing
countries. In addition, the technology used in wireless communications is
evolving rapidly and one or more of the technologies currently utilized or
planned by the Company to be utilized may be unpopular with its customers or may
become obsolete, which in either case would likely have a material adverse
effect on the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to keep pace with ongoing technological changes in the wireless
telecommunications industry. 

RISK OF MODIFICATION OR LOSS OF LICENSES; UNCERTAINTY AS TO THE AVAILABILITY,
COST AND TERMS OF LICENSES; RESTRICTIONS ON LICENSES

   The Company's ability to retain and exploit the existing telecommunications
licenses held by its operating companies and developmental stage projects, to
renew such licenses when they expire, and to obtain new licenses in the future,
are essential to the Company's operations. However, these licenses are typically
granted by governmental agencies in developing countries, and there can be no
assurance that these governmental agencies will not seek to unilaterally limit,
revoke or otherwise adversely modify the terms of these licenses in the future,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company, and the
Company may have limited or no legal recourse if any of these events were to
occur. In addition, there can be no assurance that renewals to these licenses
will be granted or, if renewed, that the renewal terms will not be substantially
less favorable to the holders of the licenses than the original license terms,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Likewise, many
of the Company's operating companies and developmental stage projects have not
yet obtained all of the licenses necessary for their proposed operations, and no
assurance can be given that any such licenses will be obtained. For example, the
Brazilian government has not approved the transfer to Via 1, the Company's
Brazilian ECTR operating company, of the licenses contributed or to be
contributed to it by its current and proposed shareholders, and there can be no
assurance that such approval will be obtained. The failure to obtain such
approval or to obtain other licenses would have a material adverse effect on the
Company. 

   The Company believes that the opportunity to acquire substantial new
wireless licenses in developing countries will exist only for a limited time.
Further, although the Company's operating companies and developmental stage
projects have, to date, obtained many of their operating licenses through
private negotiations without having to participate in competitive bidding
processes, the Company anticipates that governments of developing countries will

                                      28.
<PAGE>

increasingly discover the value of new wireless technologies and may require 
bidding for licenses, which would likely increase the cost of these licenses, 
perhaps substantially. In addition, the operating companies and developmental 
stage projects may be required to purchase licenses from other license 
holders in certain circumstances, for example, to gain network capacity or to 
increase geographic coverage. Furthermore, relevant governmental authorities 
may grant additional telecommunications licenses covering the same 
geographical areas as the operating companies' and developmental stage 
projects' licenses or otherwise grant licenses which allow other companies to 
compete directly with such operating companies and developmental stage 
projects for wireless subscribers. Although the inherent limitation on 
suitable frequency bands may provide some protection against the issuance of 
competing licenses, there can be no assurance that such competitive licenses 
will not be granted or, if granted, that they will not have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, licenses may be subject to 
significant operating restrictions or conditions, including restrictions on 
interconnection to the public telephone system or requirements that the 
operating companies or developmental stage projects complete construction or 
commence commercial operation of the networks by specified deadlines, which 
conditions, if not satisfied, may result in loss or revocation of the 
license. Accordingly, even if an operating company or developmental stage 
project is able to obtain a required license, there can be no assurance that 
such operating requirements will be satisfied and, as a result, there can be 
no assurance that such license will not be lost or revoked or that the 
restrictions imposed upon such license will prevent the commercial 
exploitation of such license, which could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company. 

DEPENDENCE ON OTHER TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDERS

   The success of the Company's wireless systems will in many cases depend 
upon services provided by other telecommunications providers, some of which 
are competitors of the Company, the operating companies and/or the 
developmental stage projects. For example, the Company's operating companies 
and developmental stage projects generally require interconnection agreements 
with national or regional telephone companies in order for its wireless 
systems to connect with land-line telephone systems, and may require the use 
of microwave or fiber optic networks belonging to other parties to link its 
wireless systems. Although a number of operating companies have entered into 
required interconnection and/or linking agreements or have interconnection 
and/or linking arrangements in place, the revocation, loss or modification of 
any of these existing agreements or arrangements or the failure to obtain 
necessary agreements and/or arrangements in the future could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. Specifically, STW, the Company's Malaysian WLL 
project, has in the past had difficulties obtaining interconnect services 
from its interconnect provider, which is a competitor of STW, despite the 
existence of a formal interconnection agreement with such provider.

DEPENDENCE ON PARTNERS

   The Company will generally continue to depend on its local partners to 
obtain required licenses in all of its wireless projects. In addition, the 
Company may become dependent on strategic partners with resources beyond 
those of the Company to pursue larger scale projects, including certain WLL 
projects. In WLL projects, the Company may require the participation of a 
larger telecommunications company possessing the substantial capital and 
operating resources required to finance and deploy a WLL system. The failure 
of the Company to identify and enter into relationships with strong partners, 
or the failure of those partners to provide these resources, may have a 
material adverse effect on the Company. 

CONSTRUCTION RISKS

   The operating companies and developmental stage projects in which the 
Company invests typically require substantial construction of new wireless 
networks and additions to existing wireless networks. Construction activity 
will require the operating companies and developmental stage projects to 
obtain qualified subcontractors and necessary equipment on a timely basis, 
the availability of which varies significantly from country to country. 
Construction projects are subject to cost overruns and delays not within the 
control of the operating company or the developmental stage project or its 
subcontractors, such as those caused by acts of governmental entities, 
financing delays and catastrophic occurrences. Delays also can arise from 
design changes and material or equipment shortages or delays in delivery. 
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the operating companies or 
developmental stage projects will be able to complete current or future 
construction projects for the amount budgeted or within the time periods 
projected, or at all. Failure to complete construction for the amount 
budgeted or on a timely basis could jeopardize subscriber contracts, 
franchises or licenses and could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company. In particular, telecommunications 

                                      29.
<PAGE>

licenses often are granted on the condition that network construction be 
completed or commercial operations be commenced by a specified date. Failure 
to comply with these deadlines could result in the loss or revocation of the 
licenses. In that regard, certain operating companies have failed to meet 
such deadlines in the past. Specifically, UTS, which provides ECTR services 
in the Visayas and Mindanao regions of the Philippines, failed to comply with 
the service date requirement contained in its provisional authority but 
subsequently cured such failure and expects to receive a final operating 
authority from the Philippine government by the end of 1997. Similarly, in 
the Via 1 Project, because the Company and its proposed partners were unable 
to comply with operations commencement deadlines with respect to their 
licenses, they had to apply for, and have received, extensions of such 
deadlines. Although such failures have not to date led to the loss of any 
licenses, there can be no assurance that the relevant governmental 
authorities will not seek to revoke licenses as a result of these past 
defaults or refuse to grant deadline extensions to similar defaults occurring 
in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE

   As discussed above, the operating companies and developmental stage
projects will require continuing sources of additional financing. Certain of the
operating companies have substantial indebtedness and, to the extent that
additional debt financing is available, such operating companies may incur
additional indebtedness, and other operating companies or developmental stage
projects may in the future incur substantial indebtedness, in relation to their
respective base of equity capital. To the extent that any of the operating
companies or developmental stage projects now has or in the future incurs a high
level of indebtedness, such indebtedness will have important consequences to the
Company, including (i) a possible restriction on such entity's ability to pay
dividends or make other distributions to the Company, (ii) a possible limitation
on such entity's ability to obtain additional debt financing and (iii) a
possible impairment of such entity's ability to react to changes in the industry
and economic conditions generally. 

COMPETITION

   Although the implementation of advanced wireless technologies is in the
early stages of deployment in most developing countries, the Company believes
that its business will become increasingly competitive, particularly as
businesses and foreign governments realize the market potential of these
wireless technologies. A number of large American, Japanese and European
companies, including U.S.-based regional Bell operating companies ("RBOCs") and
large international telecommunications companies, are actively engaged in
programs to develop and commercialize wireless technologies in developing
counties. In many cases, the Company will also compete against local land-line
carriers, including government-owned telephone companies. Most of these
companies have substantially greater financial and other resources, including
research and development staffs and technical and marketing capabilities than
the Company. The Company anticipates that there will be increasing competition
for additional licenses and increased competition to the extent such licenses
are obtained by others. Although the Company intends to employ relatively new
technologies, there will be a continuing competitive threat from even newer
technologies which may render the technologies employed by the Company obsolete.

REGULATION

   The wireless services of the Company's operating companies and
developmental stage projects are subject to governmental regulation, which may
change from time to time. There can be no assurance that material and adverse
changes in the regulation of the Company's existing or future operating
companies or developmental stage projects will not occur in the future. To date,
certain operating companies and developmental stage projects have been subject
to foreign ownership restrictions, service requirements, restrictions on
interconnection of wireless systems to government-owned or private telephone
networks, subscriber rate-setting, technology and construction requirements,
among others. These regulations may be difficult to comply with, particularly
given demographic, geographic or other issues in a particular market. Further,
changes in the regulatory framework may limit the ability to add subscribers to
developing systems. An operating company's or developmental stage project's
failure to comply with applicable governmental regulations or operating
requirements could result in the loss of licenses or otherwise could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. 

FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

                                      30.
<PAGE>

   The Company is subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA"), which
generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from bribing foreign
officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or licenses or
otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. Although the Company has taken
precautions to comply with the FCPA, there can be no assurance that such
precautions will protect the Company against liability under the FCPA,
particularly as a result of actions which may in the past have been taken or
which may be taken in the future by agents and other intermediaries for whose
actions the Company may be held liable under the FCPA. In particular, the
Company may be held responsible for actions taken by its strategic or local
partners even though such strategic or local partners are themselves typically
foreign companies which are not subject to the FCPA; and the Company has no
ability to control such strategic or local partners. Any determination that the
Company has violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.

TAX RISKS

   Distributions of earnings and other payments received from the Company's
operating subsidiaries and affiliates are likely to be subject to withholding
taxes imposed by the jurisdictions in which such entities are formed or
operating. In general, a U.S. corporation may claim a foreign tax credit against
its federal income tax expense for such foreign withholding taxes and foreign
taxes paid directly by corporate entities in which the Company owns 10% or more
of the voting stock. The ability to claim such foreign tax credits and to
utilize net foreign losses is, however, subject to numerous limitations, and the
Company may incur incremental tax costs as a result of these limitations or
because the Company is not in a tax paying position in the U.S. 

   Special U.S. tax rules apply to U.S. taxpayers that own stock in a "passive
foreign investment company" (a "PFIC") that could also increase the Company's
effective rate of taxation. In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be treated
as a PFIC if at least 75 percent of its income is "passive income" or if at
least 50 percent of its assets are held for the production of "passive income."
A non-U.S. corporation that owns 25 percent or more of the stock of a non-U.S.
subsidiary is treated as receiving a proportionate share of the income of, and
as owning a proportionate share of the assets of, such subsidiary. 

   It is possible that certain operating companies in which the Company owns
an equity interest are PFICs. Generally, except to the extent the Company makes
an election to treat a PFIC in which it owns stock as a "qualified electing
fund" (a "QEF") in the first taxable year in which the Company owns the PFIC's
stock, (i) the Company would be required to allocate gain recognized upon the
disposition of stock in the PFIC and income recognized upon receiving certain
dividends ratably over the Company's holding period for the stock in the PFIC,
(ii) the amount allocated to each year other than the year of the disposition or
dividend payment would be taxable at the highest U.S. tax rate applicable to
corporations, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be
imposed with respect to the tax attributable to each year, and (iii) gain
recognized upon disposition of PFIC shares would be taxable as ordinary income. 

   If the Company were to make the QEF election, as described above, the
Company would be required in each year that the PFIC qualification tests are met
to include its pro rata share of the QEF's earnings as ordinary income and its
pro rata share of the QEF's net capital gain as long-term capital gain, whether
or not such amounts are actually distributed. The Company has not made any QEF
elections with respect to any non-U.S. corporation in which it holds stock. 

   The Company may also be required to include in its income for U.S. income
tax purposes its proportionate share of the earnings of those foreign corporate
subsidiaries that are classified as "controlled" foreign corporations without
regard to whether distributions have been received from such companies.

                                      31.
<PAGE>

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 2.  CHANGES IN SECURITIES.

SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES DURING THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

Between April 1997 and June 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,676
shares of Series D Preferred Stock to certain holders of warrants to purchase
Series D Preferred Stock upon the exercise of such warrants pursuant to the
cashless "net exercise" provisions thereof.

On May 5, 1997, the Company issued options to purchase an aggregate of 342,000
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.375 per share under the 1996
SO/SIP to certain officers and service providers of the Company. 

Also on May 5, 1997, as part of the Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange, the
Company issued to Vanguard, an affiliate of the Company, a warrant to acquire
249,970 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share and a
second warrant to purchase 554,750 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
of $9.375 per share.  This second warrant was subsequently surrendered by
Vanguard in exchange for the issuance to certain officers and employees of
Vanguard of an option to purchase 53,330 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $9.375 per share under the 1996 SO/SIP and options to purchase an
aggregate of 501,420 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $9.375 per
share outside the 1996 SO/SIP .

On May 15, 1997, the Company issued and sold 180,000 shares of Common Stock to a
former officer of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $45,000
pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase such shares granted under the
1996 SO/SIP.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

On May 5, 1997, holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company's
capital stock approved the following matters by written consent in lieu of a
meeting:

(a)  The Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange, including the issuance of warrants
     and options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant
     thereto;

(b)  An amendment to the 1996 SO/SIP increasing by 411,526 the number of shares
     of Common Stock authorized for issuance pursuant to the 1996 SO/SIP,
     thereby increasing the total number of shares of Common Stock available for
     issuance over the term of the 1996 SO/SIP to 2,811,526 shares (the "Option
     Plan Increase");

(c)  A waiver of certain anti-dilution and other rights under the Company's
     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in connection with the
     transactions effected as part of the Vanguard Warrant/Option Exchange and
     in connection with the Option Plan Increase; and

(d)  Certain amendments to the Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
     Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 6, 1996, the Registration
     Rights Agreement, dated December 18, 1996, and the Fifth Amended and
     Restated Investor Rights Agreement in connection with the Vanguard
     Warrant/Option Exchange and the Option Plan Increase.

Holders of 594,800 shares of the Company's Common Stock, representing 93% of the
then-outstanding shares of Common Stock; 753,200 shares of the Company's Series
A Preferred Stock, representing 81% of the then-outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock; 820,440 shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock,
representing 67% of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock;
1,550,160 shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, representing 88% of
the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock; 3,278,840 shares of the
Company's Series D Preferred Stock, representing 90% of the then-outstanding
shares of Series D Preferred Stock; 3,972,240 shares of the Company's Series E
Preferred Stock, representing 100% of the then-outstanding shares of Series E
Preferred Stock; and 4,496,600 shares of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock,

                                      32.
<PAGE>

representing 84% of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock
voted in favor of the foregoing matters.  No holders of shares of the then-
outstanding capital stock of the Company voted against the foregoing matters.

ITEM 6.   EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
     
(a)  EXHIBITS. 


EXHIBIT  
 NO.       DESCRIPTION 
- ------    ------------
 10.15A   Deed of Adherence among Star Telecom Overseas (Cayman Islands) 
          Limited, International Wireless Communications, Inc. ("IWC"), Star 
          Telecom Holding Limited ("STHL") and Baring Communications Equity 
          (Asia Pacific) Limited, dated July 18, 1997 
 
 10.16D   Amendment to Subscription Agreement and Waiver among Star Digitel 
          Limited ("SDL"), STHL, IWC and IWC China Limited, dated June 18, 1997 
 
 10.16E   Side Letter  regarding Indemnification between IWC China Limited and 
          SDL, dated June 18, 1997  
 
 10.24E*  Interconnection  Agreement between Telekom Malaysia Berhad and 
          Syarikat Telefon Wireless (M) Sdn Bhd, dated April 9, 1997 
 
 10.26A   Side Letter regarding Guaranty  between Vanguard Cellular  Financial 
          Corp. and the Registrant, dated May 29, 1997 
 
 10.27A   Share Purchase Agreement between Motorola International Development 
          Corporation ("MIDC") and International Wireless Communications 
          Pakistan Limited ("IWCPL"), dated July 17, 1997 
 
 10.27B   Share Purchase Agreement between Continental Communications Limited 
          ("CCL") and IWCPL, dated July 17, 1997 
 
 10.27C   Form of Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement among MIDC, Saif 
          Telecom (Pvt) Ltd ("Saif") and IWCPL 
 
 10.27D   Form of Side Letter regarding Shareholder Obligations among IWCPL, 
          Saif, MIDC and Saif 
 
 10.27E   Shareholders' Agreement among IWCPL, International Wireless 
          Communications Limited ("IWCL") and South Asia Wireless 
          Communications (Mauritius) Limited ("SAWC"), dated July 17, 1997 
 
 10.27F   Letter Supplemental to Shareholders Agreement Relating to 
          International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited between IWCL 
          and SAWC, dated July 17, 1997 
 
 10.27G   License granted to Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited by the 
          Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Communications, dated July 6, 
          1992 
 
 27.1     Financial Data Schedule 
__________________________

*  Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this
   agreement.

                                      33.
<PAGE>


(B)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K 

      No Current Reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter ended 
      June 30, 1997. 






















                                      34.
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  August 11, 1997         INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS
                              COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
                              (Registrant)
                              
                              
                              
                              By:  /s/ Douglas S. Sinclair                      
                                   -----------------------
                                   Douglas S. Sinclair
                                   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
                              
                              By:  /s/ Keith D. Taylor                          
                                   -----------------------
                                   Keith D. Taylor 
                                   Controller and Chief Accounting Officer












                                      35.
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


 EXHIBIT                                                             EDGAR 
    NO.    DESCRIPTION                                             DOCUMENT NO.
- --------  ------------                                             -----------
 
  10.15A  Deed of Adherence among Star Telecom Overseas (Cayman            2
          Islands)  Limited, International Wireless Communications, 
          Inc. ("IWC"), Star Telecom Holding Limited ("STHL") and 
          Baring Communications Equity (Asia Pacific) Limited, dated 
          July 18, 1997                                                    
 
  10.16D  Amendment to Subscription Agreement and Waiver among Star        3
          Digitel Limited ("SDL"), STHL, IWC and IWC China Limited, 
          dated June 18, 1997                                              
 
  10.16E  Side Letter regarding Indemnification between IWC China          4
          Limited and SDL, dated June 18, 1997                             
 
  10.24E* Interconnection Agreement between Telekom Malaysia Berhad        5
          and Syarikat Telefon Wireless (M) Sdn Bhd, dated April  9, 
          1997                                                             
 
  10.26A  Side Letter regarding Guaranty between Vanguard Cellular         6
          Financial Corp. and the Registrant, dated May 29, 1997           
 
  10.27A  Share Purchase Agreement between Motorola International          7
          Development Corporation ("MIDC") and International 
          Wireless Communications Pakistan  Limited ("IWCPL"), dated 
          July 17, 1997                                                    
 
  10.27B  Share Purchase Agreement between Continental Communications      8
          Limited ("CCL") and IWCPL, dated July 17, 1997                   
 
  10.27C  Form of Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement among        9
          MIDC, Saif Telecom (Pvt) Ltd ("Saif") and IWCPL                  
 
  10.27D  Form of Side Letter regarding Shareholder Obligations           10
          among IWCPL, Saif, MIDC and Saif                                
 
  10.27E  Shareholders' Agreement among IWCPL, International              11
          Wireless Communications Limited ("IWCL") and South Asia 
          Wireless Communications (Mauritius) Limited ("SAWC"), 
          dated July 17, 1997                                             
 
  10.27F  Letter Supplemental to Shareholders Agreement Relating to       12
          International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited 
          between IWCL and SAWC, dated July 17, 1997                      
 
  10.27G  License granted to Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited       13
          by the Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Communications, 
          dated July 6, 1992                                              
 
   27.1   Financial Data Schedule                                         14

_____________________
*  Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this
   agreement.



                                      36.

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.15A

THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE (this "Deed") is made on July 18, 1997

BETWEEN:

(1)    Star Telecom Overseas (Cayman Islands) Limited (formerly known as
       Mainstream Limited) of Room 1201-1220, 12th floor, Sun Hung Kai Centre,
       30 Harbour Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong, an exempted company incorporated in
       the Cayman Islands (the "Company");

(2)    International Wireless Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation with
       its registered office at 400 South El Camino Real, San Mateo, California
       94402, U.S.A. ("IWC");

(3)    Star Telecom Holding Limited, a Hong Kong corporation with its registered
       office at 6th floor, Star Telecom Tower, 414 Kwun Tong Road, Kwun Tong,
       Kowloon, Hong Kong ("STHL"); (IWC and STHL are hereinafter referred to as
       the "Existing Shareholders"), and 

(4)    Baring Communications Equity (Asia Pacific) Limited of 20, Raffles Place,
       #17-00 Ocean Tower, Singapore 048620 (the "New Shareholder").

WHEREAS:

(A)    On August 30, 1996, The Company and the Existing Shareholders entered
       into a Shareholders' Agreement (the "Shareholders' Agreement") to which a
       form of a Deed of Adherence is attached as Exhibit B.

(B)    As at the date hereof, IWC is the legal and beneficial owner of 12,600
       ordinary shares of par value US$1.00 each representing 70% of the share
       capital of the Company and STHL is the legal and beneficial owner of
       5,400 ordinary shares of par value US$1.00 each representing 30% of the
       share capital of the Company.

(C)    Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Deed, the New
       Shareholder wishes to subscribe for up to 4,500 ordinary shares of par
       value US$1.00 each in the share capital of the Company for a total
       consideration of up to US$4,160,000.00, and in accordance with the
       Shareholder's Agreement has entered into this Deed.

(D)    The New Shareholder agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions
       contained in the Shareholder's Agreement as amended by this Deed.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

       INTERPRETATION

1.     In this Deed all words and expressions defined in the Shareholders'
       Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.


                                       1
<PAGE>

       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

2.1    The obligations of the New Shareholder under this Deed to subscribe for
       ordinary shares of the Company, par value US$1.00 per share (the
       "Shares") as contemplated in Clause 3.1 are conditional upon the
       satisfaction or waiver by the New Shareholder of the following
       conditions:

       (i)     an investment audit on the Company, the Subsidiaries of the
               Company and the Company projects by a reputable firm of
               accountants appointed by the New Shareholder, at its expense to
               be completed before the Initial Date to the reasonable
               satisfaction of the New Shareholder;

       (ii)    the Existing Shareholders have certified that all governmental
               and corporate approvals and consents and any third party
               consents, if necessary, for the transactions contemplated under
               this Deed have been obtained, and have not been withdrawn or
               amended, and if any of such governmental, corporate and/or third
               party consents are given subject to conditions, then provided
               such conditions are reasonably acceptable to the New Shareholder;

       (iii)   the New Shareholder is satisfied upon its due diligence
               investigation at its expense to be completed before the Initial
               Date that the business of the Company, its Subsidiaries and the
               Company Projects have been carried on in a satisfactory manner
               and that, from the date hereof until the Initial Date (as defined
               below) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries or the Company
               Projects have disposed of any material assets or incurred or
               assumed any material liabilities (including contingent
               liabilities) other than those disposed or incurred in the
               ordinary course of business;

       (iv)    the New Shareholder is reasonably satisfied with its due
               diligence investigation into the business operations and affairs
               of the Company to be completed before the Initial Date at the
               expenses of the New Shareholder, its Subsidiaries and the Company
               Projects and their management;

       (v)     all representations, and warranties under this Deed (including
               the Schedules) are true, accurate and correct in all material
               respects as if made on and as of the Initial Date and all
               undertakings to be performed on or as of the Initial Date by the
               Company have been so performed in all material respects; and 

       (vi)    approval of the transactions contemplated by this Deed by
               shareholders of Star Telecom International Holding Limited
               ("STIHL", the holding company of STHL) in general meeting in
               accordance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on
               the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the "Listing Rules") and
               the Listing Agreement between STIHL and The Stock Exchange of
               Hong Kong Limited, if necessary.

       If any of the above conditions is not satisfied or waived by the New
       Shareholder on or before December 31, 1997 or the date the approval
       referred to in Clause 2.1(vi) above is obtained, whichever is earlier,
       provided that the Initial Date shall not be earlier than August 18, 1997
       (the "Initial Date"), this Deed shall IPSO FACTO cease and determine and
       none of the parties shall have any claim against the others for costs,
       damages, compensation or otherwise.  However, the Existing Shareholders
       and the Company reserve the right to claim against the New Shareholder
       for any damages resulting from breach of the confidentiality agreement
       dated July 18, 1997, between the Company and the New Shareholder.


                                       2
<PAGE>

2.2    Each party hereto shall use its reasonable good faith endeavours to
       ensure that the conditions specified in clause 2.1 are satisfied as soon
       as possible, and in any event not later than the Initial Date.

       SUBSCRIPTION OF SHARES

3.1    The New Shareholder agrees to subscribe for up to 4,500 Shares in the
       share capital of the Company at a price or US$924.44 per share for a
       total consideration of up to US$4,160,000.00 on the terms and conditions
       set forth in this clause.

       (a)     The New Shareholder will within 14 business days from the date
               all the conditions precedent listed in clause 2.1 have been
               satisfied or waived by the New Shareholder, subscribe and pay for
               764 Shares for a consideration of US$706,272, and the Company
               shall issue and deliver to the New Shareholder share
               certificate(s) in the name of the New Shareholder (or its
               nominee) for 764 Shares.

       (b)     Upon the Company entering into a valid and binding investment
               agreement in respect of Worldpage Company Limited ("Worldpage")
               as evidenced by the shareholders agreement signed between the
               Company and Worldpage in which the Company is purchasing at least
               20% shareholding of Worldpage at a total price not exceeding
               US$4.5 million (the "UCOM Project Agreement") and upon the
               Company being required under the UCOM Project Agreement to make
               any capital contribution or payment under the UCOM Project
               Agreement or such earlier time as may be required by the Company
               (provided it is not before the date of execution of the UCOM
               Project Agreement), the New Shareholder shall within 7 business
               days after notice from the Company pay for 1000 Shares for a
               consideration of US$924,440.00 and in return for which the
               Company shall issue and deliver to the New Shareholder share
               certificate(s) in the name of the New Shareholder (or its
               nominee) for 1000 Shares.  The New Shareholder's obligation to
               pay for the 1000 Shares under this paragraph (b) is subject to
               clause 3.3 and conditional upon:

               (i)    the Company having the necessary matching funds available
                      to pay the remaining amount of capital contributions or
                      payment then required under the UCOM Project Agreement;
                      and 

               (ii)   the Company and the Existing Shareholders not having
                      breached any provisions of this Deed or the Shareholders'
                      Agreement.

       (c)     Upon the Company entering into a valid and binding investment
               agreement in respect of First International Paging Service Co.,
               Ltd. ("FIP") as evidenced by the Shareholder Agreement signed
               between the Company and FIP in which the Company is purchasing at
               least 12% shareholding of FIP at a total price not exceeding
               US$6.1 million (the "Taiwan Project Agreement") and upon the
               Company being required under the Taiwan Project  Agreement to
               make any capital contribution or payment under the Taiwan Project
               Agreement or such earlier time as may be required by the Company
               (provided it is not before the date of execution of the Taiwan
               Project Agreement), the New Shareholder shall within 7 business
               days after notice from the Company pay for 2736 Shares for a 


                                       3
<PAGE>

               consideration of US$2,529,288.00 and in return for which the
               Company shall issue and deliver to the New Shareholder share
               certificate(s) in the name of the New Shareholder (or its
               nominee) for 2736 Shares.  The New Shareholder's obligation to
               pay for the 2736 Shares under this paragraph (c) is subject to
               clause 3.3 and conditional upon:

               (i)    the Company having the necessary matching funds available
                      to pay the remaining amount of capital contributions or
                      payment then required under the Taiwan Project Agreement;
                      and 

               (ii)   the Company and the Existing Shareholders not having
                      breached any provisions of this Deed or the Shareholders'
                      Agreement.

       (d)     The parties hereto agree that with the agreement of the Existing
               Shareholders the New Shareholder may decide to subscribe for
               Shares in the Company in respect of other project or projects in
               lieu of the projects referred to in paragraph (b) or (c) above,
               provided that the conditions for the New Shareholder's
               subscription of Shares in respect of the other projects shall be
               on terms to be agreed between the parties hereto or on terms
               similar to the terms spelt out in paragraph (b) (i), (b) (ii),
               (c) (i), (c) (ii) above.

3.2    The parties hereto agree that upon the New Shareholder having paid the
       total subscription price of US$4,160,000.00 to the Company, the Company
       shall have issued to the New Shareholder 4,500 Shares, which will
       represent 20% of the Company's issued and paid up capital at that point
       in time (not taking into account the exercise of the options granted in
       Section 9 of the Shareholders Agreement).  Promptly after the New
       Shareholder has acquired 3,500 Shares,

       (i)    the Existing Shareholders and the Company shall procure
              that the necessary resolutions are passed to appoint a
              person nominated by the New Shareholder to be a Director
              of the Company;

       (ii)   the Existing Shareholders and the Company shall procure
              that the necessary resolutions are passed to amend the
              Charter Documents to give effect to the terms of this Deed
              (in particular clauses 6.1, and 7.1 below).

3.3    If for any reasons whatsoever, the Company has not entered into the UCOM
       Project Agreement or the Taiwan Project Agreement or the conditions
       stated in subparagraphs (i), or (ii) of clause 3.1(b) or (c) above have
       not been satisfied or waived or the New Shareholder shall not have
       subscribed for Shares as contemplated in clause 3.1(d) in each case on or
       before the date which is six (6) months from the date of this Deed or
       such later date that is mutually agreed to by the parties hereto, (the
       "Final Date") the New Shareholder will not be obliged to make the
       payments referred to in clause 3.1(b) or (c) and the New Shareholder
       shall not have any rights, title, benefits, interests, obligations or
       liabilities in respect of the Shares referred to in clause 3.1(b) or (c)
       whatsoever, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue or allot
       such Shares to the New Shareholder.


                                       4
<PAGE>

3.4    Notwithstanding what is provided in clause 3.1, the parties hereto agree
       that the New Shareholder may, at the discretion of the New Shareholder,
       at any time before the Final Date waive clauses 2.1, 2.2, 3.1(a), 3.1(b),
       3.1(c) and 3.1(d) and pay for up to 4,500 Shares in the Company at a
       price of US$924.44 per Share for a total consideration of up to
       US$4,160,000.00 whereupon the Company shall issue and deliver to the New
       Shareholder up to 4,500 Shares, which 4,500 Shares will represent 20% of
       the Company's issued and paid up capital at that point in time (not
       taking into account the exercise of the options granted in Section 9 of
       the Shareholders Agreement) and, so long as the New Shareholder shall
       have acquired at least 3,500 Shares, the Company shall pass the
       resolutions referred to in clauses 3.2(i) and (ii).

3.5    The Existing Shareholders agree to and hereby waive their Right of First
       Offer under Section 4 of the Shareholders' Agreement in respect of the
       issuance of New Securities to the New Shareholder pursuant to this
       clause.

3.6    The Existing Shareholders and the Company will ensure and procure that
       the authorised share capital of the Company is increased to such an
       amount that there will at all relevant times be sufficient unissued
       Shares in its authorised share capital to allow for the issuance and
       allotment of 4,500 Shares to the New Shareholder pursuant to this Deed.

3.7    If by the Final Date the New Shareholder had not exercised its rights
       under clause 3.1 or 3.4 to subscribe for all the 4,500 Shares and pay to
       the Company the total consideration of US$4,160,000.00, the Existing
       Shareholders shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that a
       third party shall purchase from the New Shareholder all the Shares which
       have been issued and allotted to the New Shareholder and which have been
       paid for by the New Shareholder, at a consideration which shall not be
       lower than the price at which the Shares had been paid for by the New
       Shareholder, provided that, the Existing Shareholders shall not be
       required to make any payments to such third party purchaser in connection
       therewith and if the Existing Shareholders are unable to find such a
       third party purchaser, they shall have no liability to the New
       Shareholder with respect thereto.  Alternatively, either one or both of
       the Existing Shareholders may purchase the Shares of the New Shareholder
       on such terms as the purchasing Shareholders and the New Shareholder may
       agree upon.

3.8    All payments of the subscription price for the Shares by the New
       Shareholder shall be made in United States dollars by wire transfer of
       immediately available funds to the Company's bank account designated in
       writing by the Company.

       COVENANT

4.     The New Shareholder hereby covenants to the Company and the Existing
       Shareholders and to any other Person who may hereafter become bound by
       the Shareholders' Agreement that it will adhere to and be bound by all
       the duties, burdens and obligations of a shareholder holding the same
       class of share capital as the Shares imposed pursuant to the charter
       documents of the Company and the provisions of the Shareholders'
       Agreement and all documents expressed in writing to be supplemental or
       ancillary thereto as if the New Shareholder had been an original party to
       the Shareholders' Agreement since the date thereof save as amended or
       provided by this Deed.


                                       5
<PAGE>

       ENFORCEABILITY

5.     Save as amended or provided by this Deed, each Existing Shareholder and
       the Company shall be entitled to enforce the Shareholders' Agreement
       against the New Shareholder, and the New Shareholder shall be entitled to
       all rights and benefits of a Shareholder under the Shareholders'
       Agreement in each case as if the New Shareholder had been an original
       party to the Shareholders' Agreement since the date thereof.

       BOARD OF DIRECTORS

6.1    Provided that the New Shareholder shall have subscribed for and paid in
       full the consideration of US$3,235,560 for 3,500 Shares, the parties
       hereto agree that:

       (a)     Section 5.2.2 of the Shareholders' Agreement shall be amended by
               deleting the words:  "five members" in line 2 and inserting
               instead the words "seven members" and by adding the words "and
               (iii) one nominee of the New Shareholder" at the end of that
               Section, and increasing the nominees of IWC from three to four;

       (b)     lines 2 and 3 of Section 5.3.2 of the Shareholders' Agreement
               shall be amended by deleting the words:  "including at least one
               Director nominated by IWC and at least one Director nominated by
               STHL" and inserting instead the following words:  "including one
               Director nominated by IWC, one Director nominated by STHL and one
               Director nominated by the New Shareholder", and

       (c)     lines 4 and 5 of Section 5.3.6 of the Shareholders' Agreement
               shall be amended by deleting the words:  "Including at least one
               Director nominated by IWC and one Director nominated by STHL" and
               inserting instead the following words: "Including one Director
               nominated by IWC, one Director nominated by STHL and one Director
               nominated by the New Shareholder".

       MATTERS REQUIRING UNANIMOUS APPROVAL

7.1    Provided that the New Shareholder shall have subscribed for and paid in
       full the consideration of US$3,235,560 for the 3,500 Shares, the parties
       hereto agree that Section 5.4 of the Shareholders' Agreement shall be
       amended by adding after paragraph (l) the following paragraphs:

       (m)     any capital expenditure of the Company or a Subsidiary in excess
               of US$250,000.00;

       (n)     any disbursements or withdrawal from the bank accounts of the
               Company or a Subsidiary in excess of US$250,000.00 (but not
               including any internal transfer from or between bank accounts in
               the name of the Company or a Subsidiary);

       (o)     the granting of loans to any other Person;


                                       6
<PAGE>

       (p)     the creation, allotment or issuance of any Securities in the
               Company (other than as provided in clause 3 of the Deed of
               Adherence dated July 18, 1997, of the New Shareholder);

       (q)     the establishment or approval of the Company's operating and
               capital budgets;

       (r)     change in the dividend policy of the Company;

       (s)     any change with regard to the Managing Director or Financial
               Controller of the Company other than any change constituting
               summary dismissal resulting from a breach by the employee of his
               or her employment contract;

       (t)     any amendment to the Non-Competition Agreement and the Licence
               Agreement.

7.2    Provided that the New Shareholder shall have subscribed for and paid in
       full the consideration of US$3,235,560 for the 3,500 Shares, the parties
       hereto agree that the second sentence of Section 5.5 of the Shareholders'
       Agreement shall be amended by adding the words "and the New Shareholder"
       after "the consent of STHL".

       STHL OPTION

8.     (a)     The parties hereto agree that Section 8 of the Shareholders'
       Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

               "8.  STHL RIGHTS.  The parties agree that for the period of 12
               months commencing from the date of execution of the Deed of
               Adherence, dated July 18, 1997, among the Company, IWC, STHL, and
               the New Shareholder, STHL shall have the right to directly
               subscribe for and hold up to 10% of the equity interest of any
               Subsidiary (in addition to any equity interest in STHL in the
               Company) that is established or invested in by the Company in the
               People's Republic of China ("PRC") and Japan and IWC (through its
               majority interest in the Company) and the Company shall procure
               that STHL shall have such right.  The New Shareholder, IWC and
               the Company shall further procure that unless STHL has otherwise
               given its prior written consent, all investments, businesses or
               operations of the Company in the PRC and Japan shall be made or
               conducted only through Subsidiaries set up or to be set up by the
               Company exclusively for the purpose of such investments, or the
               carrying on of the businesses and operations of the Company in
               the PRC and Japan.  The consideration or, where applicable, the
               subscription price per share to be paid by STHL for such
               shareholding or equity interest in any such Subsidiary, shall be
               the pro rata consideration or, where applicable, average of the
               price per share paid for the Company for the acquisition of its
               equity interest or, where applicable, for all its shares in such
               Subsidiary, up to and including the date of and immediately
               before the acquisition of such equity interest or shares by STHL.

       (b)     The proviso in Section 9 of the Shareholders' Agreement shall be
       deleted in its entirety.


                                       7
<PAGE>

       OTHER AMENDMENTS TO THE SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

9.     The parties hereto agree that the following provisions of the
       Shareholders' Agreement shall be amended and shall become effective upon
       the New Shareholder's having subscribed for and paid in full the
       consideration of US$3,235,560.00 for the 3,500 Shares:

       (a)     the reference to "25%" in line 4 of Section 3.5 shall be amended
               to "20%";

       (b)     Section 10.3 shall be amended by adding to the end of the first
               sentence in line 4 the following:

               "provided that if the Shareholder is the New Shareholder and the
               investment opportunity is not in a country where the Company
               already has an investment or is considering making an investment,
               the New Shareholder shall not be required to offer such
               investment opportunity to the Company if the other Person is not
               prepared or is unwilling to be involved with the Company"

       (c)     Section 16.6 shall be amended by adding after the words:  "at
               least 30% of the Shares in issue on a fully diluted basis" the
               following:

               "(or such other percentage of Shares as the parties shall agree
               to)";

       (d)     Section 16.11 shall be amended by changing the place of
               arbitration from Hong Kong to London.

       NEW SHAREHOLDER'S RESPONSIBILITY

10.1   The New Shareholder shall undertake the leading role in assisting the
       Company in its Initial Public Offer ("IPO") of its Shares.  In
       particular, it will assist the Company in selecting the appropriate
       merchant bank and other advisors, in the preparation of investment
       research materials, write-ups, information memorandum and briefing of
       analysts in connection with the IPO and in the organisation and
       management of road shows to promote the Company's IPO.

10.2   The New Shareholder shall undertake the leading role in sourcing loans on
       behalf of the Company.  The New Shareholder will use its best endeavours
       to structure appropriate loans and undertake a debt raising exercise and
       will commit resources to lead the assignment and provide the Company with
       whatever assistance which it may require in connection therewith.

10.3   The New Shareholder shall assist the Company in the evaluation of the
       Company Projects and to work together with the Company to determine the
       financial feasibility of these Company Projects.

10.4   As compensation for the performance of the New Shareholder's obligations
       referred to in clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 (the "New Shareholder's
       Obligations") the Company shall pay to the New Shareholder an amount (the
       "Financial Services Fee") equal to the sum of (a) the New Shareholder's
       reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in performing the
       New Shareholder's Obligations, (b) the reasonable compensation of the New
       Shareholder's personnel seconded to the Company in connection with the
       performance of the New Shareholder's Obligations and (c) an amount (the
       "Premium") equal to 15% of the out-of-pocket costs and expenses and
       compensation amounts referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause
       10.4.



                                       8
<PAGE>

       PUBLIC LISTING

11.1   Each of the parties hereto agree with the others that it will use its
       best endeavors to procure that at least 30% of the Shares in the Company
       (or whatever minimum percentage as may be allowed by the rules and
       regulations of the relevant stock exchange) are listed on an
       internationally recognized stock exchange acceptable to all the parties
       hereto within 3 years from the date hereof or on such later date as the
       Company's Board of Directors may in its absolute discretion determine
       that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so. Each of the
       parties hereto will support the application for such listing and they
       will exercise their votes at any meeting of the Company called for such
       purpose. Each of the parties hereto undertake not to do or permit to be
       done or omit or permit to be omitted or otherwise undertake, agree or
       propose any act, deed, transaction or proposal prejudicial to or which
       may affect the ability of the Company to achieve such listing.

11.2   In order to ensure that at least 30% of the Shares in the Company (or
       whatever minimum percentage as may be allowed by the rules and
       regulations of the relevant stock exchange) can be listed on an
       internationally recognised stock exchange acceptable to the parties
       hereto, the parties hereto will ensure that the Company and its
       Subsidiaries are managed in a professional and business like manner and
       that the account of the Company and its Subsidiaries are maintained in
       accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong and
       adopted by the Hong Kong Society of Accountants.

       NON IPO PREMIUM

12.    If in the opinion of an independent merchant bank of international
       standing (the "Merchant Bank") appointed by the Company with unanimous
       approval of the Board of Directors which has been working with the
       Company to assist the Company in its IPO the Company can achieve a
       listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange, but the
       Shareholders or any one of them (the "Offending Shareholder"):

       (a)     refuses or fails to execute or sign any document which is
       required by the relevant authority and which is required in respect of
       the IPO without any valid reason that is reasonably acceptable by the
       Company (for the purpose of this paragraph (a), a shareholder shall be
       deemed to have valid reason if, among other things, an event or situation
       that is beyond the control of such Shareholder occurs and is the reason
       for its refusal or failure to execute or sign any such document);
       
       (b)     refuses or fails without valid reason that is reasonably
       acceptable by the Company to attend any meeting which is required in
       respect of the IPO, the non attendance of which will prevent the IPO from
       proceeding (for the purposes of this paragraph (b), a Shareholder shall
       be deemed to have valid reason if, among other things, an event or
       situation that is beyond the control of such Shareholder occurs and is
       the reason for its refusal or failure to attend any such meeting);



                                       9

<PAGE>

       (c)     does any action that is within the control of the Offending
       Shareholder which directly results in a relevant authority not agreeing
       to the IPO being proceeded with and WHICH is the primary reason for the
       relevant authority's not agreeing to the IPO being proceeded with, then
       the shareholder(s) other than the Offending Shareholder (the "Non-
       Offending Shareholders") shall summon a meeting of the Board and bring
       this to the attention of all the Shareholders. If the offending
       Shareholder does not, within 30 days of its being required to do so,
       rectify the situation to enable the Company to achieve a listing, the
       Non-Offending Shareholders shall be entitled to a Non IPO premium ("Non
       IPO Premium") in addition to any other amounts payable to them under this
       Deed. The Non IPO Premium shall be payable within 5 days from the date of
       demand notice sent by the Non-Offending Shareholders to the Offending
       Shareholder.  The Non IPO Premium payable by the Offending Shareholder to
       the Non-Offending Shareholders shall be paid in United States dollars by
       wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Non-Offending
       Shareholders' bank accounts designated in writing by the Non-Offending
       Shareholders and shall be an amount equal to the difference between the
       listing value of the Shares owned by a Shareholder had the Company
       proceeded to listing as determined by the Merchant Bank and the value of
       the unlisted Shares in the Company owned by that Shareholder as
       determined by the independent merchant bank. The expenses of the Merchant
       Bank shall be borne by the Offending Shareholder.

       NON IPO

13.    In the event the Shares in the Company are not listed on an
       internationally recognized stock exchange acceptable to all the parties
       hereto within 3 years from the date of this Agreement, the New
       Shareholder shall be entitled to any of the following courses of action:
       
       (a)     The New Shareholder shall be entitled to sell all or any of its
               Shares in the Company to any other Person and in doing so:

               (i)    the New Shareholder shall only be bound by the Right of
                      First Refusal as stated in Section 3.4 of the
                      Shareholders' Agreement but not by the Right of Co-Sale as
                      stated in the said Section 3.4. If a Third Party Purchaser
                      is only willing to buy all and not less than all of the
                      New Shareholder's Shares in the Company, the Right of
                      First Refusal as stated in Section 3.4 shall not be
                      applicable to such proposed sale unless the Existing
                      Shareholders agree to purchase all of the New
                      Shareholder's Shares on the same terms and conditions as
                      that offered by the Third Party Purchaser;

               (ii)   Section 3.5 of the Shareholders' Agreement shall not apply
                      except in a case where the New Shareholder is selling its
                      Shares to a Third Party Purchaser who has or has entered
                      into a valid agreement including a letter of intent, to
                      acquire, a direct or indirect substantial interest in a
                      paging business that is directly in competition with the
                      Company's business. For the purposes of this clause, a
                      substantial interest means a 25% or more equity or
                      ownership interest or profit sharing interest or financial
                      instruments that can be converted into equity interest;
                      and



                                       10
<PAGE>

               (iii)  In the event the Third Party Purchaser is prepared to buy
                      Shares in the Company only if it will become a majority
                      shareholder of the Company, and the New Shareholder is
                      selling all and not less than all of its Shares in the
                      Company, each of the Existing Shareholders severally
                      agrees to consider selling to the Third Party Purchaser
                      (at the price and on other terms and conditions that are
                      customary and standard for transactions of such nature
                      which are acceptable to the Existing Shareholder who is
                      selling the Shares) such number of Shares as is mutually
                      agreed by the Third Party Purchaser and the Existing
                      Shareholder who is selling the Shares so that upon
                      completion of the purchase, the Third Party Purchaser will
                      be a majority shareholder of the Company. If both of the
                      Existing Shareholders choose to sell their Shares, then
                      they shall do so on a pro-rata basis based on their
                      shareholding in the Company (not taking into account the
                      shareholding of the New Shareholder).

       (b)     If despite the good faith effort of the New Shareholder it is
               unable to sell its Shares to a Third Party Purchaser as
               contemplated in clause 13 (a), then each of IWC and STHL may
               independently elect to exchange shares in their respective share
               capital for the New Shareholder's Shares subject to IWC or STHL
               having obtained all the necessary consents and approvals. Neither
               IWC nor STHL is under any obligation to make such election. If
               such election is made, it shall be made by each of IWC and STHL
               separately at its own discretion, provided that if they both
               elect an exchange of shares, such exchange shall be done with
               respect to the Shares of the New Shareholder on a pro-rata basis
               based on IWC's and STHL's shareholdings in the Company (not
               taking into account the shareholding of the New Shareholder).
               Upon any such election, the New Shareholder at its option, may
               exchange all its Shares in the Company for shares in either IWC
               or STHL on a pro-rata basis at a ratio ("Conversion Ratio") to be
               determined based on the mutually agreed upon price of the shares
               in the share capital of the Existing Shareholders (which shall be
               made with reference to the respective market prices of the shares
               of the share capital of the Existing Shareholders) and the value
               of the New Shareholder's Shares, provided that in this regard the
               value to be placed on the New Shareholder's Shares shall not be
               less than the amount which the New Shareholder has paid to the
               Company for its Shares as set forth in clause 3.  IWC and/or STHL
               (as the case may be) shall cause shares in its/their respective
               share capital to be issued in exchange for the New Shareholder's
               Shares in the Company within 60 days from the date that IWC
               and/or STHL receive the written notice of acceptance from the New
               Shareholder indicating its acceptance of the Conversion Ratio.  



                                       11
<PAGE>

       WARRANTIES

14.1   Save and except as disclosed in this Deed, the Company and the Existing
       Shareholders severally, insofar as it relates to the relevant parties,
       represent and warrant to the New Shareholder as follows:

       a.  Authority to Execute and Perform Deed.  It is duly organized, validly
       existing and in good standing under the laws of its country of
       incorporation.  It has the full power and authority to enter into,
       execute and deliver this Deed and to incur and perform fully its
       obligations provided for herein, all of which have been duly authorized
       by all necessary corporate action.  This Deed has been duly executed and
       delivered by it and is the valid and binding obligation of it enforceable
       in accordance with its terms and conditions.

       b.  No Breach.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Deed by
       such party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
       (collectively, the "Contemplated Transactions") will not (i) violate any
       provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of such party, (ii)
       require it to obtain any consent, approval, authorization or action (that
       has not already been obtained) of, or make any filing with or give any
       notice to, any government or political subdivision thereof or any agency
       or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or
       any court or arbitrator (collectively "Government bodies") or any other
       person (other than the filing of amendments to the Memorandum and
       Articles of Association of the Company, as applicable, to conform to the
       Shareholders Agreement as amended by this Deed),  (iii) violate any
       applicable order, judgement, injunction, award, decree or writ
       (collectively "Orders") against or binding on it or (iv) violate any
       applicable law, statute, code, ordinance, regulation or other requirement
       of any Government bodies (collectively "Laws") applicable to it.

14.2   The Company and IWC make the warranties set out in the Schedule hereto to
       the New Shareholder (the Warranties").

14.3   The Warranties are subject to the matters expressly disclosed in a
       Disclosure Letter given to the New Shareholder before the date of this
       Deed.

14.4   The rights and remedies of the New Shareholder in respect of the
       Warranties shall not be affected by the subscription of the Shares,
       subject to Clause 14.6, by any investigation made by or on behalf of the
       New Shareholder in to the affairs of the Company or its Subsidiaries or
       the Company Projects, by the New Shareholder terminating or rescinding,
       or failing to terminate or rescind, this Deed or by any other event or
       matter whatsoever, except as specific and duly authorised written waiver
       or release by the New Shareholder.

14.5   The Warranties shall be deemed to be repeated immediately before each
       payment of Shares under clause 3.1 (b) with reference to the facts then
       existing.

14.6   If at any time on or prior to, or after the Initial Date, any of the
       parties hereto acquires any knowledge of any event or matter (whether
       occurring or existing before the signing of this Deed or not) which
       makes, or might make, any of the Warranties untrue, or which renders, or
       might render, any of the Warranties misleading, it shall at once disclose
       in writing to the other parties all that it knows about the event or
       matter in question and the Company shall make any investigations
       concerning the event or matter which the New Shareholder may require.  If
       the New Shareholder acquires any such knowledge, it shall no longer be
       under an obligation to subscribe for any Shares and may terminate this
       Agreement however, should the New Shareholder proceed to subscribe for
       shares not withstanding that is has been notified that any of the
       Warranties is untrue or misleading, then it shall not be entitled to make
       any claim for compensation of indemnification for any breach of the
       Warranty in question in connection with the Shares that it shall have
       subscribed for.



                                       12
<PAGE>

14.7   From the date hereof through to the Final date, the Company and the
       Existing Shareholders shall ensure that the New Shareholder and its
       directors and other officers and advisers are given all facilities which
       they may request in order to establish the accuracy of the Warranties
       and, in particular, shall allow them full access to all accounting,
       management and other records of the Company, the Subsidiaries and the
       Company Projects.

14.8   The New Shareholder represents and warrants to the Company and the
       Existing Shareholders as follows:

       a.  Authority to Execute and Perform Deed.  The New Shareholder is a
       company duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the
       laws of Singapore.  The New Shareholder has the full power and authority
       to enter into, execute and deliver this Deed and to incur and perform
       fully its obligations provided for herein, all of which have been duly
       authorized by all necessary corporate action.  This Deed has been duly
       executed and delivered by the New Shareholder and is the valid and
       binding obligation of the New Shareholder enforceable in accordance with
       its terms and conditions.
       
       b.  No Breach.  The execution, delivery and performance of this deed by
       the New Shareholder and the Contemplated Transactions will not (i)
       violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the
       New Shareholder, (ii) require the New Shareholder to obtain any consent,
       approval, authorization or action (that has not already been obtained)
       of, or make any filing with or give any notice to, any Government Bodies,
       or any other person, (iii) violate any applicable Order against or
       binding on the New Shareholder or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) violate
       any applicable Law applicable to the New Shareholder. 

       INDEMNITY

15.    The Existing Shareholders severally covenant with the New Shareholder to
       indemnify and hold the New Shareholder harmless against any losses,
       damages, expenses or costs which the New Shareholder may suffer or incur
       as a result of or in connection with the Existing Shareholders' breach of
       its obligations or liabilities under this Deed or the Shareholders'
       Agreement.  The New Shareholder covenants with the Existing Shareholders
       to indemnify and hold the Existing Shareholders harmless against any
       losses, damages, expenses or costs which either of the Existing
       Shareholders may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with the
       New Shareholder's breach of its obligations or liabilities under this
       Deed or the Shareholder's Agreement.



                                       13
<PAGE>

       DIVIDEND POLICY

16.    If in respect of any accounting period the Company has profits legally
       available for distribution, the Shareholders shall procure that in the
       absence of agreement to the contrary, all of the profits (less such
       amount which the holders of a majority of the Shares in their absolute
       discretion deem necessary to be retained for the Company's immediate
       working capital requirements) are distributed either by way of cash
       dividends or otherwise by the Company within three (3) months after the
       end of such period to the Shareholders in the proportion of their
       respective shareholdings in the Company.

       INSOLVENCY OR CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP OF A SHAREHOLDER

17.1   If a Shareholder shall become insolvent, is wound up or has a trustee,
       administrative or other receiver and/or manager or judicial manager or
       similar officer appointed in respect of any part of its assets (each such
       Shareholder a "Defaulting Shareholder"), then the entire shareholding of
       the Defaulting Shareholder in the Company shall be offered or deemed to
       be offered for sale to the other Shareholders on a pro-rata basis at a
       valuation to be determined by the Company's auditors.  Each Shareholder
       is obliged to inform the other Shareholders on the occurrence of any of
       the foregoing events in respect itself.

17.2   In the case of IWC, if management of IWC ceases to own at least 12% of
       the total issued share capital of IWC, IWC shall notify the other
       shareholders as soon as practicable after such event.

17.3   In the case of a Shareholder other than IWC, if any Person that is not a
       shareholder of such Shareholder as of the date hereof, acquires 50% or
       more of the total issued share capital of such Shareholder after the date
       hereof (other than pursuant to an IPO), then such shareholder shall
       notify the other Shareholders as soon as practicable after such event.

       NOTICES
       
18.    Upon the consummation of the subscription of Shares set forth in clause
       3.1(a), Section 16.2 of the Shareholder's Agreement shall be amended by
       adding after paragraph (c) the following:
       
       "(d)    if to the New Shareholder, to:
       
               Baring Communications Equity (Asia Pacific) Limited
               9 Raffles Place
               #19-03 Republic Plaza
               Singapore 048619
               Fax No.: (65) 532-2002

       GOVERNING LAW

19.    This Deed of Adherence shall be governed by and construed in accordance
       with the laws of England and Wales.



                                       14
<PAGE>
       
20.    SUBSTITUTION

       This Deed, together with the Shareholders' Agreement (as so amended
       hereby), reflects the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes
       all prior agreements and communications, either oral or in writing, among
       the parties hereto or any of them, with respect to the subject matter
       hereof.

       REQUIRED DISCLOSURE

21.    STHL and or STIHL may disclose any information as contained herein or
       relating to this Deed and the Contemplated Transactions if required under
       and in accordance with the Listing Rules and/or Listing Agreement.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed of Adherence has been executed as a deed on the
date first above written.


Signed, Sealed and Delivered by    )
Wei Yuan, Director                 )
for and on behalf of               )
Star Telecom Overseas              )         /s/ Wei Yuan
(Cayman Islands) Limited           )
in the presence of:                )


Signed, Sealed and Delivered by    )
Hugh McClung, Vice Chairman        )
for and on behalf of               )
International Wireless             )         /s/ Hugh B.L. McClung
Communications, Inc.               )
in the presence of:                )


Signed, Sealed and Delivered by    )
Shao Kwok Keung, Director          )
for and on behalf of               )         /s/ Shao Kwok Keung
Star Telecom Holding Limited       )
in the presence of:                )


Signed, Sealed and Delivered by    )
Yong Thlan Sze, Investment Partner )
for and on behalf of               )         /s/ Yong Thian Sze
Baring Communications Equity       )
(Asia Pacific) Limited             )
in the presence of:                )




                                       15

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.16D

                 AMENDMENT TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

     AMENDMENT TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of June 18, 1997
(this "Amendment and Waiver"), among STAR DIGITEL LIMITED, a Hong Kong
corporation with its principal offices at 12/F Sun Hung Kai Centre, 30 Harbour
Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong (the "Company"), STAR TELECOM HOLDING LIMITED, a Hong
Kong corporation with its registered offices at 6th Floor, Star Telecom Tower,
414 Kwun Tong Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong ("STHL"), INTERNATIONAL
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal offices
at 400 South El Camino Real, San Mateo, CA  94402, U.S.A. ("IWC"), and IWC CHINA
LIMITED, a Mauritius corporation with its principal offices at 400 South El
Camino Real, San Mateo, CA  94402, U.S.A. ("IWC China").  Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in
the Subscription Agreement among the Company, STHL and IWC, dated as of
September 23, 1996 (the "Subscription Agreement").  

     The Subscription Agreement sets forth, among other things, the terms and
conditions under which STHL and IWC will subscribe for the Second STHL Shares
and the Second IWC Shares, respectively.

     Pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Subscription Agreement, IWC has, pursuant to
an Assignment and Assumption Agreement of even date herewith, between IWC and
IWC China, assigned its rights under Section 1.2 (c) of the Subscription
Agreement to subscribe for the Second IWC Shares to IWC China.

The parties wish to amend the Subscription Agreement as provided herein, and to
waive certain conditions precedent relating to IWC China's subscription of the
Second IWC Shares, STHL's subscription of the Second STHL Shares and IWC China's
payment of the Hebei Premium.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   AMENDMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.

          (a)  Section 1.3 of the Subscription Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the last sentence, and deleting clause (b) in its entirety and
replacing it with the following:

     "(b)  on June 18, 1997, pay and deliver to STHL, or cause its Designated
     Assignee to pay or deliver, cash in the amount of US$9,000,000 by wire
     transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account designated in
     writing by STHL."

          (b)  Section 3.2 of the Subscription Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the last two sentences thereto and replacing them with the following:



<PAGE>          

     "The Second Closing shall take place on a date designated by IWC which
     shall not be later than June 17, 1998.  The Company and STHL shall have no
     obligation to complete the Second Closing unless the amount of US$9,000,000
     has been paid by IWC or its Designated Assignee to STHL pursuant to Section
     1.3(b)."

          (c)  Section 5.4 of the Subscription Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the word "PRC" and replacing it with the words "People's Republic of
China ("PRC").

          (d)  Section 10.1 of the Subscription Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the last sentence thereof and replacing it with the following:

     "Each of the Company and STHL shall have delivered to IWC a certificate,
     dated the Second Closing Date, and signed by each party, to the effect set
     forth in the preceding sentence."

          (e)  Section 11.1 of the Subscription Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the last sentence thereof and replacing it with the following:

     "IWC shall have delivered to the Company a certificate, dated the Second
     Closing Date and signed by IWC, to the effect set forth in the preceding
     sentence."

          (f)  Clauses (a) and (b) of the Section 13.2 of the Subscription
Agreement are hereby amended by deleting the phrase "the first anniversary of
the First Closing Date" and replacing it with "June 17, 1998."

          (g)  Clause (f) of Section 15.1 of the Subscription Agreement is
hereby amended by changing the section reference for the defined term "PRC" from
"1.3" to "5.4" and deleting the references to "Deadline Date" and "Hebei
Restructuring."

     2.   WAIVERS OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND RIGHTS.

          (a)  IWC China, as Designated Assignee of IWC, hereby waives the
fulfillment of the conditions precedent to its obligations to enter into and
complete the Second Closing set forth in the first sentence of Section 10.1 and
in Sections 10.3 and 10.4 of the Subscription Agreement.

          (b)  IWC hereby waives its rights under Section 12 and Section 13.2(c)
of the Subscription Agreement.


                                       
<PAGE>

          (c)  The Company hereby waives the fulfillment of the conditions
precedent to its obligations to enter into and complete the Second Closing set
forth in the first sentence of Section 11.1 and Section 11.3 of the Subscription
Agreement.

     3.   CONTINUING EFFECT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of the terms and
conditions of the Subscription Agreement are hereby ratified and shall remain
unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect.

     4.   FURTHER ASSURANCES.

     Each of the parties shall execute such documents and other papers and take
such further actions as may be reasonably required or desirable to give effect
to the provisions of this Amendment and Waiver.

     5.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  This Amendment and Waiver shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

          (b)  This Amendment and Waiver may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment and
Waiver, as of the date first above written.

                              STAR DIGITEL LIMITED
                              
                              
                              By: /s/ Wei Yuan             
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Mr. Wei Yuan
                                   Title:  President and Chief 
                                   Executive Officer
                              
                              
                              STAR TELECOM HOLDING LIMITED
                              
                              
                              By: /s/ Mico Chung                 
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Mr. Mico Chung
                                   Title:  Authorized Representative<PAGE>
                              
<PAGE>

                              
                              INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS
                              COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                              
                              
                              By: /s/ Hugh B.L. McClung          
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Mr. Hugh B.L. McClung
                                   Title:  Vice Chairman and Managing 
                                   Director, Asia
                              
                              
                              IWC CHINA LIMITED
                              
                              
                              By: /s/ Hugh B.L. McClung          
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Mr. Hugh B.L. McClung
                                   Title:  Chairman




<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.16E
June 18, 1996


Mr. Wei Yuan
President and Chief Executive Officer
Star Digitel Limited
6th Floor, Star Telecom Tower
414 Kwun Tong Road
Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Dear Wei:

In consideration of the agreement of IWC China Limited ("IWC China") to waive
the fulfillment of the condition precedent to its obligations to enter into and
complete the "Second Closing" set forth in Section 10.3 of the Subscription
Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1996, among Star Telecom Holding Limited
("STHL"), Star Digitel Limited ("Digitel") and International Wireless
Communications, Inc. ("IWC"), we would like to obtain the following assurances
from Digitel:

Digitel shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless IWC China and its directors,
officers, employees, affiliates, successors and assigns (each, an "Indemnified
Party") from and against all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies,
judgments, assessments, fines, settlements, costs or expenses (including
interest, penalties and fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys, experts,
personnel and consultants incurred by any Indemnified Party in any action or
proceeding between Digitel and any Indemnified Party or between any Indemnified
Party and any third party, or otherwise) based upon, arising out of, relating to
or otherwise in respect of any claims which shall be pending or, to the
knowledge of IWC China, STHL or Digitel, threatened before any Governmental Body
to restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages or a discovery order in respect
of, the Subscription Agreement or the consummation of the Contemplated
Transactions or that has had or may have, in the reasonable judgment of IWC
China, a materially adverse effect on the Condition of the Companies. 
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings
specified in the Subscription Agreement.

     Please acknowledge your acceptance by counter-signing below.

                                   Sincerely,

STAR DIGITEL LIMITED               IWC CHINA LIMITED


By: /s/ Wei Yuan                    By: /s/ Hugh B.L. McClung
   ------------------------------      ---------------------------------
     Wei Yuan                            Hugh B. L. McClung
     President and Chief                 Vice-Chairman and 
     Executive Officer                   Managing Director, Asia

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.24E

                     CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

   The Company has requested confidential treatment of certain portions of 
this exhibit on pages 16, 19, 24, 32, Schedule 1, Schedule 2, Schedule 3 and 
Schedule 4.

                     Dated this 09 day of April 1997


                        INTERCONNECTION AGREEEMNT


                                 Between


                         TELEKOM MALAYSIA BERHAD


                                  And


                  SYARIKAT TELEFON WIRELESS (M) SDN BHD


                          Albar Zulkifly & Yap
                        Advocates & Solicitors
                             Kuala Lumpur

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                   1

                       INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 09 day of April 1997.

BETWEEN:  (1)  TELEKOM MALAYSIA BERHAD (COMPANY NO. 128740-P), a company
               incorporated under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered
               office at Ibu Pejabat Telekom Malaysia, Jalan Pantai Baharu, 
               59200 Kuala Lumpur (hereinafter referred as "TELEKOM MALAYSIA") 
               of the one part;

AND:      (2)  SYARIKAT TELEFON WIRELESS (M) SDN BHD (COMPANY NO. 257906-T), a
               company incorporated under the laws of Malaysia and having its 
               place of business at Wisma Segar, Jalan Tun Sambanthan, 50470 
               Kuala Lumpur (hereinafter referred as "STW") of the other part;
RECITALS:

A.   Telekom Malaysia is a licensed carrier which provides telecommunications
     services within Malaysia and external telecommunications services between
     Malaysia and places outside Malaysia.

B.   STW has been licensed for telecommunications under the Telecommunications
     Act 1950 as amended, in accordance with which it may offer fixed
     telecommunications network services using wireless local loop technology
     within Malaysia.

C.   By an Access and Interconnect Agreement entered into between Telekom
     Malaysia and STW on the 16th day of August 1994, a frame work for the
     provision of access and interconnection service between Telekom Malaysia
     and STW and such other services as may be required by STW upon terms and
     conditions and in the manner provided for in that agreement (hereinafter
     referred to as "the Existing Agreement") was established.

D.   The parties are desirous of entering into a new interconnection agreement
     to provide a more comprehensive framework and upon the execution of this
     Agreement the Existing Agreement shall cease to have any further force or
     effect unless otherwise provided in this Agreement.

E.   This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which each party agrees
     to provide services to the other party by:

     (i)   interconnecting its network to the network facilities of the other
           party;

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                          2


     (ii)  supplying requested telecommunications services to the other party;
           and

     (iii) making available to the other party the services, facilities and
           information as required by law or as specified in their respective 
           Licences subject to what is reasonable and practicable.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.   INTERPRETATION

1.1  The following words have these meanings in this Agreement unless the
     contrary intention appears:

     "ACCESS CARRIER" means the Carrier which provides or is to provide a
     service to the Interconnecting Carrier or the Carrier that will be
     terminating the Call Communication.

     "ACCESS CHARGE" means a charge paid by the Interconnecting Carrier to the
     Access Carrier for accessing the facilities and services for all types of
     traffic derived from that Interconnection.

     "ACCESS SERVICE" means a service for the carriage of agreed Communications
     between:

     (a)  a POI and a called number/party (including calls for Special Services
          and Directory Assistance Service calls); or

     (b)  a calling party and a POI; or

     (c)  two POIs.

     "ATUR NUMBER" means customer numbers that are able to use Telekom
     Malaysia's ATUR 450 cellular network 

     "BILLING PERIOD" means:

     (a)  in the case of Carrier to Carrier billing, on a monthly calendar
          basis; and

     (b)  in the case of customer billing, the billing period ordinarily used by
          the Carrier in respect of the customer or as otherwise agreed.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means a day on which banks are open for general banking
     business in Kuala Lumpur, other than Saturday or Sunday or a public
     holiday.

     "CALL COMMUNICATION" means Communication from or to or involving a number
     as allocated to STW or to Telekom Malaysia for use in the operation of each
     Network 

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                      3

     and as allocated by the Director-General of Telecommunications in 
     accordance with STW or Telekom Malaysia's Licence respectively and in 
     accordance with the Telecommunications Act.

     "CARRIER" means:

     (a)  STW, or

     (b)  Telekom Malaysia

     and a reference to "Carriers" includes both of them.

     "CLI" or "CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION" means the information generated by
     the Network capability which identifies and forwards through the Network
     the Interconnecting Carrier's Network calling number.

     "COMMENCEMENT DATE" means lst April 1997.

     "COMMUNICATION" includes a communication between persons or things (or a
     combination of both) and whether in the form of speech, music, sound, data,
     text, visual images, or signals, or a combination of those forms and, where
     the context permits, includes an attempt to establish a communication.

     "COMMUNICATION ATTEMPT" meaning the activity associated with setting up a
     Communication which may or may not be successful provided that in the case
     of Emergency Service Calls and Operator Assistance Services, communication
     attempt shall mean a call (whether complete or not) which is registered by
     a line counting device positioned as close as practicable to the automatic
     call distribution equipment used for handling such calls.

     "COMMUNICATION INFORMATION" means information in respect of Communications
     made during the relevant Billing Period which may include but not be
     limited to:

     (a)  the calling number and, if it is different, the billing number; and

     (b)  the called number; and

     (c)  the day on which the Communication was made; and

     (d)  the time of commencement of the Communication; and

     (e)  the duration of the chargeable Communication (including chargeable
          Communication Attempt) time and, in the case of non-PSTN
          communications, all other applicable charging parameters; and

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                     4

     (f)  the fee charged by the Access Carrier for use of its Network to
          accommodate the Communication, separately identifying each of the
          charge elements specified in the Schedule; and

     (g)  the routing information relating to the POI at which Communications
          from the Carrier's Network entered or left the Other Carrier's
          Network; and

     (h)  the customer service address; and

     (i)  whether the Communication was successfully completed,

     or, if any such information technically is unavailable to a Carrier pending
     implementation of appropriate information recording systems, such other
     relevant available information reasonably requested by the Other Carrier.

     "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" of a party means all information know-how,
     ideas, concepts, technology, manufacturing processes, industrial, marketing
     and commercial knowledge of a confidential nature (whether in tangible or
     intangible form) relating to or developed in connection with or in support
     of the business of the party and includes the contents of the Schedules
     (and any matter concerned with or arising out of this Agreement) but does
     not include:

     (i)   information which is or becomes part of the public domain (other than
           through any breach of this Agreement); or

     (ii)  information rightfully received by another party from a third person
           without a duty of confidentiality being owed by the other party to 
           the third person, except where the other party has knowledge that the
           third person has obtained that information either directly or
           indirectly as a result of a breach of any duty of confidence owed to
           the first mentioned party; or

     (iii) information which has been independently developed by another
           party; or

     (iv)  information required by law or the business rules of any stock
           exchange to be disclosed.

     Provided that:

     (1)  the party required to disclose such information referred to in
          paragraph (iv) above, immediately notifies the other party of the
          particulars of the required disclosure; and

     (2)  provides the other party with all assistance reasonably required by
          the other party (at the other party's cost) to enable the other party
          to take any steps available to it to prevent that disclosure or to
          ensure that it occurs subject to a reasonable obligation of
          confidence.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                       5

     "CORRESPONDENT" is an international telecommunications operator with whom
     Telekom Malaysia has an international correspondent relationship.

     "COS" means a central office switch in the STW Network.

     "DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS" means the office created by
     Section 3A of the Telecommunications Act 1950.

     "DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE" is the directory assistance service provided
     on the Telekom Malaysia network.

     "DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE CALL" is a call:

     (a)  originated on the network of STW and made to a Directory Assistance
          Service provided on the network of Telekom Malaysia by dialling the
          Directory Assistance Service Number for that Directory Assistance
          Service; and

     (b)  routed to and handed over to Telekom Malaysia at the POI in accordance
          with the applicable routing arrangements agreed between the Carriers
          for such calls.

     "DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE NUMBER" is, in relation to a Directory
     Assistance Service, provided on the network of the Carrier, the dial code
     or dial code and number by which that Directory Assistance Service may be
     accessed from the network of the Other Carrier.

     "DTS" means a digital trunk switch or group or trunk switch installed
     Telekom Malaysia's Public Switched Telephone Network, such group or trunk
     switch shall be agreed between the parties to fulfil the function for a
     limited period of time.

     "EMERGENCY SERVICE CALLS" means Communication Attempts to `999' Police and
     Ambulance, `991' Civil Defence, `994' Fire (Bomba), `995' Petronas Gas
     Utilisation (PGU) and such other emergency services as agreed between the
     parties.

     "FACILITIES" means any part of the infrastructure of the telecommunications
     network or telecommunication plant as defined in Section 2 of the
     Telecommunications Act.

     "FACILITIES ACCESS" means a service for the provision of access to
     Facilities commercially agreed between the parties and/or reasonably
     required to be provided under the Carriers' respective Licence conditions.

     "FAR END HANDOVER" refers to the handing over of calls to the Other Carrier
     by STW or Telekom Malaysia as the case may be, at a POI within the State
     where the call should be terminated based on the location of STW's PSTN
     Number or Telekom Malaysia's:

     (i)  PSTN Number; or

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                 6

     (ii) registered location of the ATUR Number; 

     as the case may be.

     "FORCE MAJEURE" means any cause which is not reasonably within the control
     of the Carrier affected including, but not limited to, act of God,
     industrial disputes of any kind, war declared or undeclared, blockade,
     disturbance, lightning, fire, earthquake, storm, flood, explosion of
     meteor, governmental restraint and expropriation.

     "GATEWAY" is a designated DTS or COS (in respect of Telekom Malaysia and
     STW respectively) which:

     (a)  provides operational interwording between STW's Network and Telekom
          Malaysia's Network, and

     (b)  provides an agreed interface between the signalling, switching,
          transmission and operations systems of each Carrier, and

     (c)  is defined by a unique name or code; and

     (d)  supports one or more POIs.

     "INFORMATION SUPPORT" means the information provided by one Carrier to the
     Other Carrier under CLAUSE 9.

     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" means all rights conferred under statute, common
     law and equity and in relation to trade marks, trade names, logos and get
     up, inventions, patents, designs, copyright, circuit layouts, Confidential
     Information, know-how and trade secrets and all rights and interests in
     them or licences to use any of them.

     "INTERCONNECTING CARRIER" means the Carrier to which a service is or is to
     be provided or the Carrier originating the Call Communication.

     "INTERCONNECT CAPACITY" means the capacity measured in 2 Mbit/s or other
     agreed units between a Gateway and a POI for use in the provision of one or
     more Access Services.

     "INTERCONNECT CONDITIONING" means the conditioning, equipping and
     installation of facilities at the Access Carrier's Gateway to enable
     provision of one or more Access Services.

     "INTERCONNECT SUPPORT" is the maintenance and operation of Interconnect
     Capacity, Network Capacity and the equipment and facilities in an Access
     Carrier's Network (including, but not limited to, its Gateways) to support
     the provision of one or more Interconnection Services.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                      7

     "INTERCONNECT TRAFFIC" means Call Communication traffic between the
     directly connected customers of STW Network and the Telekom Malaysia
     Network.

     "INTERCONNECTION" is interconnection:

     (a)  of STW's Network Facilities to the Telekom Malaysia Network, for the
          purpose of Telekom Malaysia supplying Access Services to STW in
          relation to Call Communication; and

     (b)  of Telekom Malaysia's Network Facilities to the STW Network, for the
          purpose of STW supplying Access Services to Telekom Malaysia in
          relation to Call Communication;

     via a POI and using agreed interfaces and signalling system.

     "INTERCONNECTION SERVICE" is the provision by a Carrier of Interconnect
     Conditioning, Interconnect Capacity, Network Conditioning and Network
     Capacity to enable, or for use in the carriage of Interconnect Traffic to
     and from a POI.

     "INTERCONNECT STEERING GROUP" or "ISG" means the inter-carrier relations
     group established by the Carriers.

     "ITU-T" means the Telecommunications Standardisation sector of the
     International Telecommunications Union (previously known as CCITT).

     "LICENCE" means a licence issued by the Minister pursuant to the
     Telecommunications Act.

     "MANUALS" means the Technical and Implementation Manual, the Operations and
     Maintenance Manual and other Manuals which the parties establish pursuant
     to this Agreement.

     "MINISTER" means the Minister of Energy, Telecommunications and Post or, if
     different, the Minister administering the Telecommunications Act.

     "NEAR END HANDOVER" refers to the handing over of calls to the Other
     Carrier by STW or Telekom Malaysia as the case may be, other than on a Far
     end Handover basis.

     "NETWORK" means a telecommunications network within Malaysia to supply
     domestic and/or international services and, in relation to a Carrier, means
     so much of such a network as is operated by the Carrier (even if owned or
     maintained by another person) or is owned and maintained by the Carrier
     (even if operated by another person).

     "NETWORK CAPACITY" means equipment and facilities required to be installed
     in the Access Carrier's Network for use in the provision of one or more
     Access Services but does not include Interconnect Capacity.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                      8

     "NETWORK CONDITIONING" means the conditioning, equipping and installation
     of facilities at the Access Carrier's Network to enable the provision of
     one or more Access Services.

     "NETWORK FACILITIES" means the facilities that the Carrier operates or
     uses, or intends to operate or use, as part of, in, or in connection with a
     network of the Carrier, even if another person also operates or uses, or
     intends to operate or use, some or all of the facilities.

     "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL" is the manual to be agreed between the
     parties pursuant to clause 13.1(a) in relation to the following:

     (a)  network information;

     (b)  commissioning, de-commissioning and re-arrangement practices;

     (c)  maintenance practices;

     (d)  fault handling procedures;

     (e)  complaint handling;

     (f)  network management;

     (g)  network monitoring;

     (h)  access to POI sites;

     (i)  contact lists; and

     (j)  such other matters as are agreed between the parties from time to time
          and set out in the Operations and Maintenance Manual.

     "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT" means the establishment and operation
     of operations practices, systems and procedures by the Access Carrier
     reasonably required for the provision of Interconnection Services and
     Access Services (which practices, systems and procedures will be agreed by
     the ISG).

     "OPERATOR ASSISTANCE SERVICE" is the operator assistance service provided
     on the Telekom Malaysia Network and is more particularly specified in
     Paragraphs 1.1 to 1.6 of the Schedule for Special Services.

     "OTHER CARRIER" means either

     (a)  Telekom Malaysia; or

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                     9

     (b)  STW

     as the context requires.

     "POINT OF INTERCONNECTION" or "POI" means an agreed location which:

     (a)  constitutes a point of demarcation between the Network of STW and the
          Network of Telekom Malaysia; and

     (b)  is at the point at which a Call Communication is transferred from one
          Carrier's Network to the other Carrier's Network by an agreed method.

     "PROFESSIONAL ADVISER" means a lawyer, accountant, auditor, financial
     adviser, bank and other professional adviser or other technical adviser
     (including, where necessary, relevant senior technical personnel of a
     supplier to either party) and their employees and contractors retained to
     provide advice for purposes of the negotiating, finalising, implementing
     and the fulfilling of this Interconnection Agreement.

     "PSTN NUMBER OR PUBLIC SWITCH TELEPHONE NETWORK NUMBER" means customer
     numbers directly connected to the exchanges of Telekom Malaysia (but does
     not include cellular mobile numbers) or public switch wireless numbers
     directly connected to exchanges of STW, as the case may be.

     "QOS" means quality of service.

     "QOS STANDARDS" means the agreed QOS standards in respect of certain
     services set out in the appropriate Manual.

     "REVERSE CHARGE CALL" is a call:

     (a)  originated on the network of STW or Telekom Malaysia, and made to an
          Operator Assistance Service by dialling the Reverse Charge Call
          Service Number; and

     (b)  routed to and handed over to Telekom Malaysia or STW, as the case may
          be, at the POI in accordance with the applicable routing arrangements
          agreed between the Carriers for such calls.

     "REVERSE CHARGE CALL SERVICE NUMBER" is, in relation to an Operator
     Assistance Service, provided on the network of the Carrier, the dial code
     `101' or `108' by which that Operator Assistance Service may be accessed
     from the network of the Other Carrier.

     "RM" means Ringgit Malaysia which shall be the monetary currency used in
     this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    10

     "SERVICE ORDERING PROCEDURES" means the procedures governing the
     forecasting planning and ordering of relevant services set out in the
     appropriate Manual.

     "SPECIAL SERVICES" means those Telecommunications Services provided by a
     Carrier to its customers which the Carriers agree from time to time are to
     be designated as Special Services for the purposes of Interconnection
     pursuant to this Agreement.

     "SUCCESSFUL CALL" means a complete call whereby the originating exchange
     receives the B answer charge or no charge signal from the terminating
     exchange.  The chargeable duration is the period from the receipt of B
     answer charge or no charge signal to the receipt of the clear forward or
     forced release signal.

     "SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES" mean the provision of:

     (a)  in the case of each party, agreed Facilities Access and Information
          Support; and

     (b)  in the case of the provision by Telekom Malaysia to STW, Directory
          Assistance Service to STW customers; and

     (c)  any other right, interest, good or service which a party is obliged to
          provide to the other party, and Telekom Malaysia and STW agree will be
          provided, under the relevant Carrier's Licences.

     "STATE" has the meaning given to it by the Interpretation Acts 1948 and
     1967 except that for the purposes of this Agreement: 

     (a)  the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur is part of the State of
          Selangor;

     (b)  the Federal Territory of Labuan is part of the State of Sabah; and

     (c)  the States of Perlis and Kedah are treated as one State.

     "TECHNICAL AND IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL" is the manual to be agreed between
     the parties pursuant to CLAUSE 13.1(a) in relation to the following:

     (a)  principles for network configuration;

     (b)  forecasting procedures;

     (c)  ordering procedures;

     (d)  provisioning procedures;

     (e)  routing and numbering principles;

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    11

     (f)  routing of Emergency Service Calls;

     (g)  signalling specifications;

     (h)  commissioning procedures;

     (i)  transfer of charge band data; 

     (j)  billing procedures;

     (k)  call processing;

     (l)  call forwarding procedures;

     (m)  POI establishment procedures;

     (n)  relocation and removal procedures for POI equipment; and

     (o)  such other matters as are agreed between the parties from time to time
          and set out in the Technical and Implementation Manual.

     "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS" means any technical parameters, specifications
     and procedures agreed between the Carriers applicable to Interconnection of
     the Carriers' Networks and provision of Access Services documented in the
     Manuals.

     "TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT" means the Telecommunications Act 1950 as amended.

     "TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE" has the meaning given to it under the
     respective Licences.

     "TELEPHONE AREAS" are those attached in graphical and tabular form as
     Schedule 4 to this Agreement.

     "TOLL FREE NUMBERS" mean numbers currently denoted by the number range
     commencing `800' and `1-300' but also including such other number ranges
     agreed to or directed by the Director-General of Telecommunications where
     the terminating party (the B party) is charged for the call, save for the
     local call charge levied on the originating PSTN Number.

     "TRANSMISSION CAPACITY SERVICE" is a service for the supply by Telekom
     Malaysia to STW, pursuant to an agreement between the Carriers, of
     transmission capacity (other than Interconnect Capacity) for operation and
     use as part of, in or in connection with STW's Network.

1.2  In this Agreement except where the contrary intention appears;

     (a)  the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    12

     (b)  a reference to an agreement or another instrument includes any 
          variation or replacement of either of them; and

     (c)  a reference to an annexure or Manual or schedule is a reference to an
          annexure or Manual or schedule to this Agreement and a reference to
          this Agreement includes a recital, annexure or Manual or schedule; and

     (d)  a reference to a clause is a reference to a clause of this document
          and a reference to a paragraph is a reference to a paragraph of the
          schedule; and

     (e)  a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes
          regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations,
          amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them; and

     (f)  a reference to a person includes a firm, body corporate,
          unincorporated association or an authority; and

     (g)  a reference to a person includes the person's executors,
          administrators, successors, substitutes (including, without
          limitation, persons taking by innovation), and assigns; and

     (h)  if the day on which the payment of money falls due is not a Business
          Day, the due date shall be deemed to be the next Business Day; and

     (i)  a reference to a related body corporate of a party has the same
          meaning as in the Companies Act 1965; and

     (j)  a reference to a party is a reference to a party to this Agreement;
          and

     (k)  a reference to a third person is a reference to a person who is not a
          party to this Agreement; and

     (l)  in relation to an Access Service for the carriage of a call from a POI
          to a called number a reference to a direct dialled call includes a
          Call Communication where the called number is directly dialled:

          (I)  from the calling number, or

          (II) by the Interconnecting Carrier's operator or an overseas 
               operator,

          but does not include a Call Communication for which the Access Service
          is provided with the assistance (call dialling, handling or
          completion) of the Access Carrier's operator or an overseas operator;
          and

     (m)  headings are included for convenience and do not affect the
          interpretation of this Agreement.


<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    13

2.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

2.1  The scope of this Agreement shall be limited to the provision of Access 
     Services and Interconnection Services by either party to the other party 
     in respect of Interconnect Traffic.

2.2  Except where this Agreement provides to the contrary, the rights and
     obligations conferred by this Agreement apply reciprocally as between
     Telekom Malaysia and STW.  For the purposes of clarification, where this
     Agreement expressly states that a service is only to be provided by one
     named Carrier to the other named Carrier, (for example, the provision of
     Directory Assistance Service by Telekom Malaysia to STW customers) the
     obligations in respect of that service are not regarded as reciprocal.

2.3  The parties agree and acknowledge that the governing principle of this
     Agreement is that Telekom Malaysia and STW are in respect of
     Interconnection and Access Services in a Carrier-to-Carrier relationship. 
     Accordingly, the parties will treat each other on a non-discriminatory
     basis ("the requirement of non-discrimination").

2.4  The parties agree and acknowledge that, unless otherwise specifically
     agreed and identified in this Agreement, the requirement of 
     non-discrimination also means that:

     (a)  to the extent technically feasible, a Carrier will treat the Other
          Carrier and its own operations on a non-discriminatory basis in
          relation to the technical and operational quality of the services;

     (b)  a Carrier will treat its own customers and customers of the Other
          Carrier who are similarly situated on a non-discriminatory basis as
          regards:

     (i)  to the extent technically feasible, the transparency, from the
          customers' perspective, of Call Communication and other services
          carried across the Access Carrier's Network; and

     (ii) the standard and quality of services which the Access Carrier supplies
          to customers of the Interconnecting Carrier, whenever those services
          are associated with or incidental to the supply of Telecommunications
          Services by the Interconnecting Carrier.

2.5.1  This Agreement establishes a framework for the provision of
     Interconnection Service and Access Service between the respective parties'
     networks relating to Call Communication.  Accordingly the parties have
     agreed on terms and conditions in respect of the provision of certain kinds
     of Interconnection Service and certain kinds of Access Service in relation
     to certain types of Call Communication as set out in the Schedules to this
     Agreement.  The parties acknowledge that additional kinds of
     Interconnection Service and Access Service in relation to other types of
     Call Communication may be requested by a party for the provision of
     Telecommunications Services by it.  If a party wishes to extend the range
     of the kinds or types of 

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    14


     Interconnection Service and Access Service relating to Call Communication
     provided by another party under this Agreement:

     (a)  it shall notify the other party in writing at least three (3) months
          prior to its request to extend the range of kinds or types of
          Interconnection Service and Access Service; and

     (b)  the parties shall promptly consult with each other with a view to
          determining if the other party is able to supply the requested
          Interconnection Service and Access Service, or other available
          Interconnection Service and Access Service which would meet the
          party's requirements, and the terms and conditions on which the
          Interconnection Service and Access Service are to be included.

2.5.2In the event both Carriers agree to provide any additional kinds of
     Interconnection Service or Access Service then the agreed terms and
     conditions in respect thereof shall be supplemental to this Agreement.

2.6  The parties agree that this Agreement is not intended to govern the
     provision of any services not specified in this Agreement or subsequently
     agreed to by the parties pursuant to Clause 2.5.2 except to the extent that
     the supply of the service is incidental to the functionality required for:

     (a)  the Interconnection of the Network Facilities of one Carrier with the
          Network of the Other Carrier; or

     (b)  the carriage of a Call Communication across the Other Carrier's
          Network.

2.7  The obligation of a party to agree to the extension of this Agreement to
     cover the provision of a Telecommunications Service to another party under
     clauses 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 is first subject to the party being so obliged by
     virtue of its Licence or by applicable regulations, directives,
     determinations and/or directives issued by the Director-General of
     Telecommunications.

2.8  (a)  Whenever the provisions of this Agreement state that matters are to be
          agreed between the parties, those matters shall be determined by the
          ISG in accordance with procedures agreed between the parties.

     (b)  Any matter agreed by the parties by determination of the ISG must be
          included in either the Operations and Maintenance Manual, the
          Technical and Implementation Manual or any other appropriate Manuals,
          as the parties may agree.

     (c)  A matter agreed or purportedly agreed between the parties shall not be
          legally binding on the parties unless such matter is included or
          reflected in the appropriate Manuals or is made in writing and
          expressed to be a variation or amendment to this Agreement.


<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    15

2.9  (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary the Access Carrier is not 
          required to provide a service to the Interconnecting Carrier until the
          parties have agreed on all the remaining terms and conditions relevant
          to the supply of that service which are not already specified in this
          Agreement or in the Manuals as being applicable to that service ("THE 
          OUTSTANDING SUPPLY TERMS").

     (b)  The Access Carrier may at its choice and in exceptional circumstances
          agree to supply a service prior to final and full agreement on any
          outstanding supply terms relating to that service subject to such
          period and conditions as may be agreed by the Carriers but without
          prejudice to any of the rights and remedies of the Access Carrier.

     (c)  STW hereby undertakes to finalise and agree to the outstanding supply
          terms in the manuals with Telekom Malaysia within three (3) months
          from the Commencement Date or such further period as may be agreed by
          Telekom Malaysia and STW.  Failing which, STW irrevocably and
          unconditionally agrees that Telekom Malaysia shall be entitled (but
          not obligated) at Telekom Malaysia's discretion:

     (i)  to terminate the Access Service, Facilities, Facilities Access,
          Interconnect Conditioning, Interconnect Support or Interconnection
          Service, Network Capacity, Network Conditioning, Network Facilities,
          Operations and Maintenance Support, Supplementary Services,
          Transmission Service or any other service support or capacity or part
          thereof; and/or 

     (ii) to decline to provide any further Access Service, Facilities,
          Facilities Access, Interconnect Conditioning, Interconnect Support or
          Interconnection Service, Network Capacity, Network Conditioning,
          Network Facilities, Operations and Maintenance Support, Supplementary
          Services, Transmission Service or any other service support or
          capacity or part thereof,
          without any notice to STW notwithstanding anything to the contrary.

2.10 For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is intended to apply only to the
     provision of services by one Carrier to the other and to related matters
     concerning the parties and may not be construed as conferring benefits on
     third persons.

3.   INTERCONNECTION CAPACITY

3.1  Subject to clauses 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 and the Interconnecting Carrier's
     compliance with the relevant Service Ordering Procedures, the Access
     Carrier will provide agreed Interconnection Service in accordance with the
     relevant provisions of the Manuals.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    16

3.2  Each Carrier must ensure that its Network Facilities delivered at each POI
     conform to QOS Standards and Technical Specifications agreed between the
     Carriers.

3.3  Each Carrier must provide, install, test, make operational and maintain all
     Network Facilities on its side of the POI unless otherwise agreed.

3.4  Interconnection Services and related Operations and Maintenance Support, 
     and the relevant technical, operational and other procedures relating to 
     those services shall be negotiated and agreed between the parties and 
     recorded in the appropriate Manual prior to the Access Carrier providing 
     those services subject to clause 2.9.

3.4A Each party shall give a discount on their charges for Interconnect Capacity
     connected to the POI and the Gateway from the Commencement Date.  This
     discount shall be [*] off the published leased circuit charges.

3.5  The rates as stated in the Schedule will be reviewed two (2) years from the
     date of this Agreement unless otherwise stated in the Schedule and pending
     agreement both parties shall pay the rates in the Schedule.  The parties
     agree to adjust the payments upon reaching an agreement on the revised
     rates.  If the amounts paid to date for the period pending agreement ("the
     Period") are higher than the amounts payable under the revised rates then
     the other party will credit such difference (free of any interest) within
     fourteen (14) Business Days from the date of agreement to the invoiced
     party.  If the amounts paid to date for the Period are less than the
     amounts payable under the revised rates then the invoiced party will pay in
     full such difference (free of interest) within fourteen (14) Business Days
     from the date of agreement to the other party.  With respect to additional
     Interconnection Services and Interconnect Support and Operations and
     Maintenance Support provided to and provided by the relevant Carrier, upon
     request from either Carrier, the Carriers will meet, negotiate and agree
     and document as a schedule to this Agreement all relevant terms and
     conditions (including the applicable charges, amounts and rates payable and
     the period for which they are to apply). 

3.6  Each Carrier will provide its own Interconnect Capacity to the POI unless 
     it is agreed by the Carriers that the Interconnect Capacity is to use CCS7
     signalling in which case the charges for the provision of such circuits for
     both incoming and outgoing traffic (two way Interconnect Capacity) is to be
     based on the utilisation.  Utilisation shall be agreed upon by the parties
     and documented in the Technical and Implementation Manual.

4.   ACCESS SERVICE

4.1  Subject to clauses 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 and Interconnection Service being 
     provided in accordance with clause 3 and the Interconnecting Carrier's 
     compliance with a Service Ordering Procedure, the Access Carrier will 
     provide the agreed Access Service in accordance with the agreed 
     provisioning procedure, as set out in the relevant Manual.


- ------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    17


4.2  Each Carrier must ensure that the carriage of a Call Communication by it
     conforms to the QOS Standards for the carriage in respect of which the
     Carrier has control.

4.3  The Interconnecting Carrier will pay to the Access Carrier for Access
     Services provided by the Access Carrier, charges in accordance with the
     applicable provisions set out in the Schedules to this Agreement.

4.4  The routing and call handover principles to apply to a Call Communication
     will be agreed by the parties prior to the provision of the Access Service
     for that type of Call Communication and will be recorded in the appropriate
     Manual.

4.5  In the event that a Call Communication to a number (the 'B' party number)
     which is allocated to either party to this Agreement is "forwarded" to
     either party's PSTN Number, or ATUR Number, the forwarded portion of the
     call shall be considered in all respects to be a second and separate call
     for the purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to the
     calculation of any Access Charges).  Any Access charges incurred in
     forwarding the call from the original 'B' party number to another PSTN
     Number or ATUR number or to another network, shall be to the account of the
     'B' party and the Carrier to which the 'B' party is connected.

4.6  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, each party shall be entitled to
     its revenue share if it carries traffic to the Other Carrier's PSTN Number
     or ATUR Number irrespective of the location of Other Carrier's customer at
     the time the Call Communication is made.

5.   SPECIAL SERVICES

5.1  The parties will agree to the terms and conditions (including Access
     Charges) for each type of Special Service as that type is agreed to be
     added to the category of Special Services covered by this Agreement.  The
     Interconnecting Carrier will pay to the Access Carrier in relation to each
     Special Service those charges which are payable in accordance with the
     terms and conditions applicable to that Special Service and as set out in
     Schedule 3.

5.2  The parties hereby agree that the minimum period for which STW will be
     provided each of the Special Services in Schedule 3 is eighteen (18) months
     from the Commencement Date and thereafter STW may terminate their
     requirement for any one or more of such Special Services provided it serves
     Telekom Malaysia with at least a six (6) months written notice.

6.   DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE

6.1  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Telekom Malaysia agrees to provide
     to STW in respect of Directory Assistance Service Calls, a Directory
     Assistance Service accessed by callers dialling '103' on the STW Network.


<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    18

6.2  Directory Assistance Service provided by Telekom Malaysia to callers from 
     the STW Network will be in accordance with Telekom Malaysia's standard
     operating practices and procedures for Directory Assistance Service.

6.2A In order to supply STW with a Directory Assistance Service, STW shall
     supply Telekom Malaysia its new customers and amended customer information
     as required to support the Directory Assistance Service ("Customer
     Information").  Such Customer Information shall be supplied by STW in an
     agreed electronic format on a weekly basis, or such longer period of time
     as agreed between the parties.

6.2B The supply of Customer Information by STW to Telekom Malaysia and the
     inclusion of such information within the Directory Assistance Service does
     not confer any rights to STW in Telekom Malaysia's Directory Assistance
     Service database or other related databases or otherwise in whatever form. 
     STW is fully authorised to supply and utilise the Customer Information and
     expressly grants an irrevocable free licence to Telekom Malaysia to use
     STW's information for the provision of the Directory Assistance Service and
     Telekom Malaysia shall not be under any confidentiality obligations under
     Clause 15 in respect thereof.

6.3  STW will pay to Telekom Malaysia in relation to Call Communications from
     the STW numbers to the Directory Assistance Service, charges in accordance
     with Schedule 2 to this Agreement.  The rates in the Schedule may be
     reviewed two (2) years from the date of this Agreement unless otherwise
     stated in the Schedule and pending agreement both parties shall pay the
     rates in the Schedule.  The parties agree to adjust the payments upon
     reaching an agreement on the revised rates.  If the amounts paid to date
     for the period pending agreement ('said Period") are higher than the
     amounts payable under the revised rates then the other party will credit
     such difference (free of interest) within fourteen (14) Business Days from
     the date of agreement to the invoiced party.  If the amounts paid to date
     for the said Period are less than the amounts payable under the revised
     rates then the invoiced party will pay in full such difference (free of
     interest) within fourteen (14) Business Days from the date of agreement to
     the other party 

6.4  The parties hereby agree that the minimum period for the Directory
     Assistance Service is eighteen (18) months and thereafter STW may terminate
     its requirement for such service provided it serves Telekom Malaysia with
     at least six (6) month's written notice.

6A.  PRINTED DIRECTORIES

6A.1 Telekom Malaysia agrees to make available, at Kedai Telekom or as otherwise
     determined by Telekom Malaysia, for the distribution of its printed
     directory of subscriber and other numbers (typically known as the 'white
     pages' directory) which it prepares for its own customers to STW's
     customers contained in the Directory Assistance Service database in
     accordance with Telekom Malaysia's standard operating procedures.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                    19

6A.2 STW shall pay Telekom Malaysia or if directed by Telekom Malaysia, to the
     relevant party, [*] only per number entry for each of STW's customers
     listed in the white pages directory.  This charge shall entitle each of
     STW's customers to:

     (i)  a single standard entry in the white pages directory; and

     (ii) one (1) copy of the white pages directory and yellow pages directory
          applicable to the customer's Telephone Area.

     Should STW require the entries to be in a form other than a standard entry,
     the charges shall be at such rates as may be agreed by the Carriers. STW
     acknowledges that it is fully aware of the type of print of the standard
     entry in the white pages. For the avoidance of doubt, the bold entry shall
     not be construed as a standard entry.

     STW shall pay these charges to Telekom Malaysia or if directed in writing
     by Telekom Malaysia, to the relevant party, within 30 days from the invoice
     date.

     6A.3 At STW's request, Telekom Malaysia shall make available to it at the
          Kedai Telekom or as otherwise determined by Telekom Malaysia a
          reasonable quantity of additional copies of both the white pages
          directory and yellow pages directory to STW at the retail price for
          such directories. Such a request shall be for a minimum of five
          thousand (5,000) copies for each directory with increments in
          multiples of one thousand (1,000) unless otherwise agreed between the
          parties. All requests shall be made at least two (2) months prior to
          the intended date of printing of the new directory. Any requests not
          made within this time will be subject to stock availability. 
          Additional procedures applying to the supply and distribution of the
          white pages directory and yellow pages directory shall be agreed in
          the Technical and Implementation Manuals.

     6A.4 The supply of Customer Information by STW to Telekom Malaysia and the
          inclusion of such information in one or more printed directories does
          not confer any rights to STW in Telekom Malaysia's printed directories
          or related databases or otherwise in whatever form. STW is fully
          authorised to supply and utilise the Customer Information and
          expressly grants an irrevocable free licence to Telekom Malaysia to
          use and reproduce the Customer Information for the preparation and
          distribution of the printed directories and Telekom Malaysia shall not
          be under any confidentiality obligation under Clause 15 in respect
          thereof.

     6A.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the above
          mentioned charges in Clause 6A.2 shall be subject to an increase of
          [*]  per annum.

7.   TRANSMISSION CAPACITY SERVICES

7.1  Subject to either Carrier complying with the Service Ordering Procedures,
     and 

- -----------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    20 

agreement being reached pursuant to clause 7.3, Telekom Malaysia will provide in
accordance with the provisioning procedures in the relevant Manual, Transmission
Capacity Services agreed by both Carriers.

7.2  Each Carrier will ensure that Transmission Capacity Services conform to the
     QOS Standards and Technical Specifications, subject to Other Carrier's use
     of those Transmission Capacity Services in accordance with the Technical
     Specifications and other agreed requirements.

7.3  Upon request from either Carrier, the Carriers will meet, negotiate and
     agree and document as a schedule to this Agreement all relevant terms and
     conditions (including the applicable charges, amounts and rates payable and
     the period for which they are to apply) in respect of the provision by,
     either Carrier to the Other Carrier of Transmission Capacity Services.

8.   FACILITIES ACCESS

8.1  Unless otherwise agreed by the Carriers, each POI will be physically
     installed and housed at the locations listed in the relevant Manual.  It is
     agreed that where a Carrier ("First Carrier") leases Interconnect Capacity
     from the Other Carrier to trunk its Interconnect Traffic to and from the
     POI to its Gateway, the Other Carrier's equipment can be co-located in the
     First Carrier's premises in accordance with the terms of the relevant
     Manual for the required space in the Other Carrier's premises.  STW shall
     provide Telekom Malaysia access to its premises when Telekom Malaysia,
     reasonably requires it for the purpose of installing, maintaining,
     modifying or removing Telekom Malaysia equipment required at the POI.

8.2  The Carriers will negotiate and agree and document all relevant terms and
     conditions in respect of the provision of Facilities Access to Facilities
     in addition to those provided for in clause 8.1, if and when the same is
     required.

9.   PROVISION OF INFORMATION

9.1  The obligations of each Carrier to provide information to the Other Carrier
     are as set out in this clause or as otherwise agreed between the parties
     and are subject to the requirements of confidentiality imposed by this
     Agreement.

9.2  The ISG will negotiate methods and procedures governing the provision of
     information by each Carrier to the Other Carrier under this Agreement.

9.3  A Carrier must provide the Other Carrier on a timely basis with all agreed
     information reasonably required to determine rates and charges to be billed
     by each Carrier to the Other Carrier or by each Carrier to its customers.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    21

9.4  Each Carrier will charge and bill its own customers for a Call
     Communication.  The Carriers will agree on the Communication Information
     which is to be exchanged for the purposes of charging and billing and such
     Communication Information will be deemed to be included in the Manuals for
     the purposes of call and billing verification.  For the purpose of inter
     carrier billing reconciliation the Carriers will provide CLI to each other,
     subject to:

     (a)  the ability of the relevant exchange to provide CLI; and

     (b)  CLI being forwarded to it from another network with which its Network
          is interconnected.

9.5  To the extent permitted by Malaysian law and any relevant guidelines or
     customer service standards in force pursuant to the Carrier's respective
     Licence conditions, the Carriers will exchange information and otherwise
     cooperate in relation to the prevention and investigation of fraudulent use
     or misuse of the Carriers' respective Telecommunications Services and the
     theft of Carrier provided terminal equipment.

9.6  Information provided under this Agreement may only be used for the purpose
     for which it was given.  Personal information about a customer's credit
     worthiness, credit standing, credit history or credit capacity may only be
     used for the purposes permitted by, and in compliance with, Malaysian law.

9.7  Information required to be provided under this Agreement need not be
     provided if the recipient Carrier has not established security measures
     agreed by the ISG to be adequate to protect the confidentiality of the
     information.  If the recipient Carrier does not observe such security
     measures or any of the information is used by it for any purpose other than
     the purpose for which it was given, the providing Carrier may deny the
     recipient Carrier further access to the information for the period during
     which the non observance or nonconforming use continues on notice
     specifying the nonobservance or nonconforming use.  The Carriers will
     cooperate to resolve the providing Carrier's reasonable concerns so that
     information exchange can be resumed as soon as possible.

9.8  The parties acknowledge that when information (including for the purposes
     of this clause any updated information) required to be provided under this
     clause is held on a database the party entitled to receive the information
     will not be entitled to obtain direct access to the database.  The precise
     method by which information is to be made available will be determined by
     the ISG having regard to the reasonable cost, convenience and security
     concerns of the parties.

9.9  (a)  Subject to the Telecommunications Act and any subordinate legislation,
          nothing in this Agreement may be construed as requiring a Carrier at
          any time to disclose to the Other Carrier information which is at the
          date when this Agreement comes into force, the subject of a 
          confidentiality obligation owed to a third person unless the third 
          person consents to such disclosure.  Where the


<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    22

          consent of a third person is required, the Carrier holding the 
          information must use its reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent
          of that third person.

     (b)  After this Agreement comes into force a Carrier must use its best
          endeavours not to enter into any contract which would prevent it 
          from making information available to the Other Carrier unless the 
          contract includes a term which permits the contracting Carrier to 
          make the information available if directed to do so by the 
          Director General of Telecommunications.

9.10    All communication information, call and such other relevant information 
        in relation to Call Communication must be kept by both Carriers for a 
        period of two (2) years unless otherwise agreed in writing.

10.     BILLING AND SETTLEMENT

10.1.1  In this clause:

        "DISPUTE NOTIFICATION PERIOD" means the period of thirty (30) days 
        after the invoice date; and

        "DUE DATE" means the date which is thirty (30) days after the relevant
        invoice date; and

        "INVOICE CARRIER" means the Access Carrier which issues an invoice; and

        "INVOICE DATE" means the date on which an invoice is dispatched.

10.1.2  In respect of any charge due from a Carrier or invoice to be sent to a
        customer the Invoice Carrier shall raise the invoice.  The Invoice 
        Carrier shall invoice within the next calendar month substantiated by 
        an interconnect usage report relating to each Call Communication for 
        the last preceding month in of call charges except for charges 
        incurred for agreed numbers used for testing purposes prior to 
        commissioning of the respective POI. In addition, the Carrier shall 
        also be entitled to invoice the Other Carrier for any Access Charges 
        and other charges in relation to the provision of Access Services, 
        and Interconnection Services and any other facilities or services.

10.1.3  The Invoice Carrier is responsible for obtaining information upon
        which the invoice is based and if the Invoice Carrier does not normally
        collect that information and it is not reasonably practicable for the
        Invoice Carrier to do so but the Other Carrier is able to collect the
        information, that Carrier shall supply such information and the Invoice
        Carrier may use that information.  The Invoice Carrier shall bear all
        expenses in checking any information so supplied.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    23


10.1.4  If a Carrier is unable to submit a monthly statement of interconnect
        usage by the end of the next month then the monthly adjustment and 
        payment (if any) will be made against the last invoice (save and 
        except for the first month) within fourteen (14) Business Days of the 
        end of that particular month and the parties agree to pay each other 
        the sum not less than the amount invoiced in the last preceding month's 
        invoice (save and except for the first month) ("Provisional Amount").  
        Monthly payments will be provisionally adjusted in the next invoice or 
        as soon as practicable but not later than ninety (90) Business Days 
        after the date the charges were incurred.  In respect of the first 
        month both parties will send an estimated invoice if they are unable 
        to send an interconnect usage report not later than one hundred and 
        twenty (120) days from the Commencement Date and this shall not in 
        any way prevent the Other Carrier from issuing its invoice at any time 
        earlier and neither does it affect such Carrier from being paid in 
        accordance with this Agreement.

10.1.5  (a) If the invoiced amount for that month is higher than the
            Provisional Amount for the same month, then the Other Carrier will 
            pay in full such difference within fourteen (14) Business Days from 
            the invoice date to the Invoice Carrier.

        (b) If the invoiced amount for that month is lower than the Provisional 
            Amount for the same month, the Invoice Carrier will reimburse in 
            full such difference free of interest within fourteen (14) 
            Business Days from the invoice date to the Other Carrier.  Such 
            payment must be forwarded to the Other Carrier together with the 
            relevant monthly statement of the actual interconnect usage.


10.1.6. Where appropriate, any taxes shall be added to all or any charges 
        under this Agreement and be paid by the party responsible for making 
        such payment.

        TERMS OF PAYMENT

10.2    (a)  A Carrier must pay any amount due and owing to the Other Carrier 
             on the due date unless otherwise agreed in writing by both parties.

        (b)  A Carrier to whom any service is provided under this Agreement 
             must pay the Carrier providing the service the applicable rates 
             and charges, and on the terms and conditions set out or referred 
             to, as the case may be, in this Agreement.

10.3    Subject to clauses 10.1.4, 10.9 and 10.10, each Carrier agrees to 
        provide the Other Carrier with an invoice for all amounts due under 
        clause 10.2 in respect of each Billing Period.

10.4    All payments under this Agreement must be:

        (a) paid by electronic transfer to the Invoice Carrier or exceptionally 
            by cheque to the nominated account(s) of the Invoice Carrier if 
            agreed by the Invoice Carrier; and

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    24

        (b) subject to clause 10.10, paid without set off or counterclaim and 
            free and clear of any withholding or deduction.

10.5    Unless otherwise agreed, all invoices shall be stated in RM and payment
        must be made in RM.

10.6    Interest on due and unpaid amounts is payable (as well before judgment 
        and after judgement) at the rate of [*] Malayan Banking Bhd's base 
        lending rate ("BLR") calculated daily from the due date until the date 
        of actual payment. Payments which are overdue by more than sixty (60) 
        days will bear additional interest at the rate of [*] per annum (as 
        well as before judgment and after judgement) calculated from the due 
        date until the date of receipt by the Invoice Carruer if full payment.

10.7    Where interest in respect of any due and unpaid amount is due to an 
        Invoice Carrier under clause 10.6, that Carrier may add the amount of 
        such interest to its next invoice.

10.8    If a Carrier discovers an error in an invoice given by the Other 
        Carrier under this clause 10, it must notify the Other Carrier.  The 
        Carrier which made the error must make the adjustment necessary to 
        correct that error in its next invoice.

10.9    If a Carrier has omitted charges from an invoice, that Carrier may 
        include those charges in a later invoice which may not be submitted 
        after ninety (90) Business Days after the date the charges were 
        incurred provided that omitted charges may be included in any invoice 
        issued within the first one hundred and twenty (120) Business Days 
        after the Commencement Date.

10.10   Unless the parties otherwise agree, there will be no setting-off (ie
        netting) of inter Carrier invoices except where a Carrier goes into
        liquidation in which case the Other Carrier may set off.  However, 
        in order to minimise the administration and financial costs of the 
        settlement process, the parties will consider set off proceeds for 
        Carrier invoices which may require the alignment of each Carrier's 
        invoice date and other procedures to allow set off to occur 
        efficiently.

BILLING DISPUTES

10.11   If a Carrier ("DISPUTING CARRIER") disputes in good faith an invoice 
        prepared by the Invoice Carrier, the Disputing Carrier must notify the 
        Invoice Carrier in writing within the dispute notification period.

10.12   A notice given under clause 10.11 must specify:

        (a)  the reasons why the Disputing Carrier disputes the invoice; and

        (b)  the amount in dispute.


- -------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.


<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    25 

10.13  Subject to clause 10.14, the Carriers must use their reasonable 
       endeavours to promptly resolve any dispute notified under clause 10.11 
       through the ISG and, if it is unable to do so within thirty (30) days 
       after the expiry of the dispute notification period, either Carrier may 
       refer the dispute for resolution in accordance with the dispute 
       resolution procedures set out in clause 19.

10.14  To the extent that a dispute notified under clause 10.11 involves a
       dispute with a Correspondent of the Invoice Carrier, the procedures 
       set out in clause 10.13 are suspended for a reasonable period of time 
       pending resolution of the dispute with the Correspondent.  As a 
       general rule, the period of suspension will not exceed ninety (90) 
       days.  However, the Carriers recognise that disputes with some 
       Correspondents may take longer than ninety (90) days to resolve, in 
       which case the Invoice Carrier must promptly inform the Disputing 
       Carrier in writing of the likely period required for resolution.

10.15  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary , the Carrier is obligated to
       pay the amount stated in the invoice by the due date even if it 
       disputes the amount of the invoice or claim.  If the amounts paid to 
       date for the period pending the settlement of the dispute is higher 
       than the amounts payable then the Invoice Carrier will credit such 
       difference (free of any interest) within fourteen (14) Business Days 
       from the date of settlement of the dispute to the Carrier.  If the 
       amounts paid to date under the invoice in dispute are less than the 
       amounts payable then the Carrier will pay in fun such difference 
       within fourteen (14) Business Days from the date of settlement of the 
       dispute to the Invoice Carrier.

CUSTOMER BILLING

10.16  The parties will also comply with the arrangements for the billing of 
       customers agreed and documented by the ISG in the relevant Manual.

11.    AUDITS

11.1   Either Carrier may request an audit of the Other Carrier's call data, 
       and the Other Carrier will facilitate and provide access upon 
       reasonable notice for such audit to be carried out by independent 
       auditors agreed upon by the parties and an audit certificate provided. 
       The costs of such an audit will be equally shared by Telekom Malaysia 
       and STW.  Audits cannot be conducted more frequently than at six (6) 
       month intervals unless the requesting Carrier pays the entire costs of 
       the audit 

       The independent auditor shall be appointed within thirty (30) days 
       from the date of the request of the audit.  Failing agreement on the 
       independent auditor above mentioned, another auditor will be appointed 
       by an independent third party (the President of the Malaysia Institute 
       of Accountants) within thirty (30) days from the date of notification 
       by the Carrier requiring the audit.  The costs of the audit shall be 
       borne by the Carriers equally and the results of the audit shall be 
       final and binding.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    26

12.  NETWORK PROTECTION AND RELATED NETWORK MATTERS

12.1 Each Carrier is responsible for the safe operation of its Network and 
     must reasonable and necessary steps to ensure that its Network, its 
     Network operations and implementation of this Agreement:

     (a)   do not endanger the safety or health of the officers, employees,
           contractors, agents or customers of the Other Carrier; and

     (b)   do not damage, interfere with or cause any deterioration in the
           operation of the Other Carrier's Network 

12.2 A Carrier must not modify, or take any action which would have the 
     effect of modifying the operation of the Network of the Other Carrier 
     or take any action with respect to the Other Carrier's Network which 
     is without the Other Carrier's permission.

12.3 A Carrier must not interfere with the use of the Telecommunications
     Services provided by the Other Carrier, but this clause will not be 
     taken as excusing a Carrier from the performance of any of its 
     obligations under this Agreement.

12.4 The parties will cooperate to enable each other to meet the terms of 
     their respective Licences and to fulfill their obligations under this 
     Agreement and to provide Telecommunications Services to their 
     customers.  The parties will manage their Networks to minimise 
     disruption to services and, in the event of interruption or failure 
     of any service, will restore those services as soon as is reasonably 
     practical.  Each Carrier must manage, notify and correct faults arising 
     in its Network which affect the provision of any Telecommunications 
     Service by the Other Carrier:

     (a)   as it would in the ordinary course for similar faults affecting 
           the provision of Telecommunications Services by it; and

     (b)   in accordance with the fault notification procedures and the
           principles of priority of repair of faults agreed by the ISG and
           documented in the relevant Manual.

12.5 STW agrees that Interconnect Traffic bound for Telekom Malaysia's PSTN
     Numbers and ATUR Numbers shall be routed directly to Telekom Malaysia 
     via the agreed POIs and shall not be routed via the Network and the POI 
     of another operator with a Licence in Malaysia 

     12A.  NUMBERING

     12A.1 Both the Carries agree to comply with the obligations, operations
           and procedures in relation to the PSTN Numbers determined by the
           Numbering Plan promulgated by the Director General of
           Telecommunications.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    27 

12A.2 Both Carriers shall have full discretion in allocating to its customers
      the PSTN Numbers which have been allocated for its use by the Director 
      General of Telecommunications subject to the following conditions:

      (a)  Every 10,000 block of numbers must be capable of reference to and
           restricted to one Telephone Area; and

      (b)  Any allocation of PSTN Numbers facilitates access to and routing over
           the Telekom Malaysia's Network or STW's Network in accordance with 
           the procedures laid down in the Technical and Implementation Manuals.

13.  NETWORK PROVISION AND OPERATIONAL LIAISON

13.1 The parties will:

     (a)  use their best efforts to negotiate and agree and document as soon as
          reasonably practicable the provisions of the Technical and
          Implementation Manual and the Operations and Maintenance Manual and
          any other Manuals which the parties deem necessary to establish;

     (b)  comply with the operational procedures and methods set out in the
          Manuals; and

     (c)  where such procedures and methods have not been agreed, negotiate
          operational procedures and methods;

     in relation to:

     (1)  the planning, ordering, provisioning and delivery of services;

     (2)  the management of services including:

          (i)  QOS indicators, reporting on performance in terms of those
               indicators and determining the appropriate action to be taken in
               the event that service quality falls below the agreed indicator
               levels;

         (ii)  network operations in the event of Network failure, congestion
               and blockage; and

        (iii)  ensuring that the parties Networks are adequately protected
               from harm;

     (3)  test procedures and other technical and operational matters relating 
          to the provision of services by one Carrier to the Other Carrier;

     (4)  the handling of customer operations; and

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    28 

     (5)  such other matters as the parties determine.

     13.1A  It is agreed that the Technical and Implementation Manual will
            contain a requirement for STW to, inter alia:

          (a)  provide a forecast for its required Interconnect Capacity on a
               monthly basis for the first eighteen (18) months including an
               undertaking that STW will pay the agreed rates for the first six
               (6) months of Interconnect Capacity (that Telekom Malaysia
               supplied or has offered to supply) irrespective of STW's actual
               use of that Interconnect Capacity; and

          (b)  provide a five (5) year rolling forecast of the required
               Interconnect Capacity, updated on a six (6) monthly basis.  This
               forecast will include Interconnect Capacity requirements on a
               quarterly basis for the first and second years and annually for
               years three to five.

     13.1B In addition to the requirements under the Technical and 
           Implementation Manuals, each Carrier agrees to:

          (a)  designate in writing the POI or POIs for the handover of
               Interconnect Traffic for every State and if different, for any
               Telephone Area; and

          (b)  provide at least two (2) months prior written notice of its
               intention to designate a POI as the point for the handover of
               particular Interconnect Traffic that would affect the
               interconnect charges payable by a Carrier to the Other Carrier on
               any particular route.  This notice period can be shortened by,
               agreement between the parties.

13.2 The co-ordination of the on-going inter carrier relationship will be
     undertaken by the ISG.

13.3 It is hereby expressly agreed that nothing in clause 13.1A or this
     Agreement obliges Telekom Malaysia in any way to provide any additional
     Network Capacity, Interconnect Capacity, Facilities, Services or otherwise
     unless it is in accordance with the terms of the Manuals.  Pending
     finalisation of the Manuals, Telekom Malaysia may in its absolute
     discretion provide the same upon such terms and conditions as both parties
     may agree.

14.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

14.1 All right, title and interest in and to any:

     (a)  Intellectual Property (in relation to matters the subject of this
          Agreement) developed after the Commencement Date vests in the party
          who developed that Intellectual Property or for whom that Intellectual
          Property was developed by a third person; and

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    29 

     (b)  improvements to or adaptations, versions or modifications of
          Intellectual Property (in relation to matters the subject of this
          Agreement) vest in the party who developed that Intellectual Property
          or on behalf of whom that Intellectual Property was developed.

14.2 The parties will negotiate arrangements (including in respect of title)
     concerning Intellectual Property jointly developed in the course of
     performing or otherwise in connection with this Agreement.

14.3 The owner of Intellectual Property ("Owner") may take such steps and
     proceedings as it considers necessary or desirable to protect its rights in
     respect of the Intellectual Property and the rights of any other party to
     which the Intellectual Property has been disclosed or licensed ("User") and
     each User must render all reasonable assistance in connection with those
     steps or proceedings at the request and expense of the Owner.

14.4 A party must not use a trade mark belonging to another party as a trade
     mark without the prior written consent of that other party.

14.5 Each party ("INDEMNIFYING PARTY") indemnifies the other party ("INNOCENT
     PARTY") against all liability or loss arising directly or indirectly from,
     and all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with
     any claim, action, suit or demand alleging infringement by the Innocent
     Party of the rights of a third party arising from use by the Innocent Party
     of Intellectual Property disclosed or licensed by the Indemnifying Party
     under this Agreement.  This indemnification will represent the only remedy
     and form of compensation available to the Innocent Party in relation to the
     infringement by the Innocent Party of the rights of a third party in
     relation to Intellectual Property licensed or disclosed by the Indemnifying
     Party under this Agreement.

15.  CONFIDENTIALITY

15.1 Subject to clause 15.3 each party must keep confidential all Confidential
     Information of another party which:

     (a)  is disclosed, communicated or delivered to it by a party pursuant to
          this Agreement; or

     (b)  comes to its knowledge or into its possession in connection with this
          Agreement,

     and must not:

     (c)  use or copy such Confidential Information except for the purposes of
          this Agreement or as required by the Director General of
          Telecommunications; or

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      30

       (d)  disclose or communicate, cause to be disclosed or communicated or
            otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any third
            person other than its directors, officers, employees and/or
            Professional Adviser to whom disclosure is necessary for the 
            purposes of this Agreement.

15.2   Each party much establish and observe procedures adequate to protect the
       Confidential Information of another party and, without limiting the
       generality of the foregoing, must ensure that each of its directors,
       officers, employees and/or Professional Adviser to whom that 
       Confidential Information is disclosed for the purposes of this Agreement
       is subject to and maintains the confidentiality obligations set out 
       herein.

15.3   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a party ("DISCLOSING
       PARTY") may only disclose the Confidential Information of another party
       only in accordance with a lawful and binding directive issued by the
       Director General of Telecommunications and provided that in each case 
       the disclosing party:

       (i)  has given twenty four (24) hours notice to the other party that it 
            is required to disclose the Confidential Information so that the 
            other party has an opportunity to protect the confidentiality of 
            its Confidential Information; and 

       (ii) provides the other party with a copy of the Confidential 
            Information of that other party so disclosed.

15.4   Each party must co-operate in any action taken by another party to:

       (a)  protect the confidentiality of the other party's Confidential
            Information; or

       (b)  enforce the rights in relation to its Confidential Information.

15.5   Confidential Information provided by one party to another party is 
       provided for the benefit of that other party only.  Each party 
       acknowledges that no warranty is given by the disclosing party that 
       the Confidential Information is or will be correct.  However, the 
       parties will use their best endeavors to ensure such information is 
       correct.

15.6   Each party acknowledges that a breach of this clause 15 by one party may
       cause another party irreparable damage for which monetary damages would 
       not be an adequate remedy.  Accordingly, in addition to other remedies 
       that may be available (including but not limited to recovery of monetary 
       damages), a party may seek injunctive relief against such a breach or 
       threatened breach.

15.7   A party may use CLI disclosed to it only for the purpose of providing 
       inter carrier billing services provided that such use does not violate 
       the Director General of Telecommunication's directive.  The parties 
       will co operate in the barring of CLI where required under law, by the 
       Director-General's directive or as otherwise agreed.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      31

16.    LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

GENERAL PRINCIPLE

16.1   Save to the extent that another provision of this Agreement expressly
       provides for (or expressly excludes or limits) a remedy, a liability or a
       form of compensation in relation to an act, omission or event, this 
       clause shall regulate the liability (whether arising in contract, 
       in tort, under statute or in any other way and whether due to 
       negligence, willful or deliberate breach or any other cause) of 
       a party to each other party under and in relation to this Agreement 
       and in relation to any act, omission or event relating to or arising 
       out of this Agreement.

INSURANCE

16.2   Without limiting or reducing STW's liability and responsibility as 
       contained elsewhere in this Agreement, STW shall procure and maintain 
       the following insurance applicable to its operations with respect to 
       and for the duration of this Agreement:

       (a)  Worker's Compensation and/or Social Security Insurance and/or
            Employer's Liability Insurance and/or other insurance with 
            statutory limits as required by the laws of Malaysia to provide 
            for payment to its employees employed on or in connection with 
            the work covered by this Agreement and/or their dependents.

       (b)  Comprehensive General Liability Insurance in the amount of Ringgit
            Malaysia Ten Million (RM10,000,000.00) for any one claim or series 
            of claims arising out of an accident or occurrence in connection 
            with this Agreement resulting in bodily injury and/or personal 
            injury including death and property damage of Telekom Malaysia 
            which shall arise out of or in consequence of any acts or omission 
            of STW.  Such policy shall include contractual liability.

DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

16.3   Either party ("DEFAULTING PARTY") shall indemnify and hold the other 
       party safe and harmless from and against all damage to or destruction 
       or loss of all or any property beneficially and/or absolutely owned 
       by the other party arising out of any act or omission of either party, 
       its servants or agent in so far as such damage, destruction or loss 
       arises out of or in the course of or by reason of the carrying out 
       any works for or in relation to the Interconnection or providing the 
       Telecommunications Services. 

DEATH AND PERSONAL INJURY

16.4   Subject to Clause 16.6.3, the defaulting party shall be absolutely 
       liable for, and hereby indemnifies the other party from and against all 
       claims in respect of all injuries to, including the death of any and all 
       employees of the other party arising out of any act or omission of either
       party, its servants or agent. 

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      32

THIRD PERSON INDEMNITY

16.5   Subject to clause 16.6.3, the defaulting party shall indemnify and 
       hold the other party safe and harmless from and against: 

       (a) all injuries to, including death of; and/or 

       (b) loss of or damage to property of;

       third parties arising out of or in connection with or in the course of 
       or by reason of either party's breach or when due to any acts omission 
       or default of either party, its servants and/or agents in the carrying 
       out of any works for or in relation to the Interconnection or providing 
       the Telecommunications Services.

LIABILITY

16.6.1 Neither party excludes liability for death or personal injury 
       attributable to its own negligence or the negligence of its servants 
       and agents. 

16.6.2 Subject to Clause 16.5, either party shall not be liable to the other 
       party or any other third party and shall not indemnify the other party 
       for any claims, proceedings or actions brought or made by a third party 
       against the other party howsoever arising including but not limited to:

       (a)  the lack of or loss or interruption or any delays to access,
            interconnection transmission or otherwise; and

       (b)  any claims, proceedings or actions brought or made against the 
            other party by any person pursuant to a contractual relationship 
            with the other party.

16.6.3 In no event will either Carrier's liability under this Agreement exceed 
       in aggregate, [*] only.  

EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES

16.7   Except as expressly set out in this Agreement all representations, 
       conditions and warranties (whether express or implied, statutory or 
       otherwise) including but not limited to any implied warranty of 
       merchantability, implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, 
       implied warranty of non infringement and implied warranty arising out of 
       the course of dealing custom or usage of trade with respect to any 
       service provided by Telekom Malaysia are expressly negatived and 
       excluded.  The warranties set forth in this Agreement are the only 
       warranties made by Telekom Malaysia and will not be enlarged or 
       diminished without Telekom Malaysia's approval 

16.8   In no event will Telekom Malaysia be liable to STW or any other person 
       for loss of profits, business, use of data or special, exemplary, 
       indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages of any kind 
       for any reason, including, without limitation, the 

_________________________________
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      33

       breach of this Agreement or any termination of this Agreement, whether
       such liability is asserted on the basis of contract, tort (including 
       negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, even if Telekom Malaysia
       has been advised of the possibility of such damages.  The essential 
       purpose of this provision is to limit the potential liability of 
       Telekom Malaysia arising out of this Agreement.

REMEDIES FOR WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY LAW

16.9   If a party breaches any condition or warranty implied by any applicable 
       law rules or other regulations which cannot lawfully be excluded, to the 
       extent permitted by applicable law the liability of the party is limited 
       to:

       (a)  in the case of services constituting or included in a service, the
            resupply of, or payment of the cost of resupplying, the service; 
            and

       (b)  in the case of goods constituting or included in a service:

            (i)   the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent 
                  goods; or

            (ii)  the repair of the goods; or

            (iii) the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of
                  acquiring equivalent goods; or        

            (iv)  the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired, at the
                  election of the party.

17.  COMMENCEMENT, DURATION AND CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH

17.1   This Agreement takes effect on the Commencement Date, except the
       obligations to provide a service which is a Telecommunications Service
       which will take effect when all the material obligations in this 
       Agreement have been fulfilled.

17.2   This Agreement shall remain in force until the earlier of:

       (a)  the termination of Telekom Malaysia's Licence where Telekom 
            Malaysia is not immediately granted another Licence; or

       (b)  the termination of STW's Licence where STW is not immediately 
            granted another Licence of that type; or

       (c)  the termination of this Agreement pursuant to CLAUSE 17.4 or 17.6.

17.3   Subject to CLAUSES 17.4 and 17.6, where either Carrier's Licence or part
       thereof is terminated and such Carrier is not immediately granted 
       another licence of that type, the obligations under this Agreement shall 
       terminate insofar as it affects or relates to

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      34

       that part of the licence that has been terminated and the other
       obligations under this Agreement shall remain in force.

17.4   If either party breaches a material obligation in the opinion of the 
       other party under this Agreement relating to, or arising out of a 
       service, and: 

       (a)  after becoming aware of the breach, the affected party ("INJURED
            PARTY") gives notice in writing ("BREACH NOTICE") to the party in
            breach ("PARTY IN BREACH"):

            (i)   citing this CLAUSE 17.4; and

            (ii)  specifying the breach and the service in respect of which the
                  breach has occurred; and

            (iii) requiring the Party in Breach to institute remedial action
                  in respect of that breach; and

       (b)  the Party in Breach:

            (i)   fails to institute remedial action in respect of the breach
                  within fourteen (14) days after receiving the Breach Notice; 
                  or         

            (ii)  having instituted remedial action in respect of the breach, 
                  fails to remedy the breach within thirty (30) days after 
                  receiving the Breach Notice,

       the Injured Party may at its discretion,

       (A)  by written notice ("SUSPENSION NOTICE") given to the Party in 
            Breach within thirty (30) days after the expiry of the fourteen 
            (14) day or thirty (30) day period, as the case may be:

            (1)   (aa) refuse to continue to provide the party in breach. with 
                       the service:

                       (i)  of the kind in respect of which the breach has
                            occurred;

                       (ii) a request for which is made after the date of the
                            breach; and

                  (bb) refuse to provide any further Access Service, 
                       Facilities, Facilities Access, Interconnect 
                       Conditioning, Interconnect Support or Interconnection 
                       Service, Network Capacity, Network Conditioning, 
                       Network Facilities, Operations and Maintenance Support, 
                       Supplementary Services, Transmission Service or any 
                       other service support or capacity or part thereof, 
                       whether a request for the same has been agreed to or 
                       not by Telekom Malaysia; or

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      35

            (2)  suspend the provision of any service of the kind in
                 respect of which the breach has occurred, until the 
                 breach is remedied in full.

     OR

       (B)  terminate this Agreement forthwith by notice in writing to 
            the Party in Breach ("TERMINATION NOTICE").

17.5   The issuance of a suspension notice shall not in any way prejudice or
       prevent the Injured Party from exercising its right to issue a 
       termination notice under CLAUSE 17.4 provided the Injured Party has 
       given the Party in Breach seven (7) days notice of its intention to 
       terminate this Agreement if the suspension notice has been issued.

17.6   A party ("TERMINATING PARTY") may terminate this Agreement on fourteen 
       (14) days notice in writing if:

       (a)  an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for winding 
            up or dissolution (otherwise than for the purposes of 
            reconstruction or amalgamation) of the other party and the order 
            or resolution remains in effect for a continuous period of sixty 
            (60) days; or     

       (b)  a receiver, receiver and manager, official manager, provisional
            liquidator, liquidator, or like official is appointed over the 
            whole or a substantial part of the undertaking and property of 
            the other party and the appointment remains in effect for a 
            continuous period of sixty (60) days; or

       (c)  a holder of an encumbrance takes possession of the whole or any
            substantial part of the undertaking and property of the other 
            party; or
     
       (d)  a Force Majeure, substantially and adversely affecting the ability 
            of a party to perform its obligations to the other party under this
            Agreement, continues for a period of ninety (90) days provided that
            the terminating party may not give notice under this clause unless 
            the terminating party has negotiated or endeavoured to negotiate 
            in good faith with the other party to remedy the Force Majeure and 
            amend the terms of this Agreement to enable this Agreement to 
            remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such inability to 
            so perform but has failed to reach any agreement within thirty (30)
            days from the commencement of negotiations.

17.7   If, after the termination or expiry of this Agreement in whole or in 
       part:

       (a)  a Carrier ("NOTIFYING CARRIER") gives the Other Carrier notice
            requesting the Other Carrier to carry out necessary disconnection
            works and to return any equipment or facilities of the notifying
            Carrier or a third person installed by or for the notifying 
            Carrier; and

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      36

       (b)  the Other Carrier has failed to comply with the request, the 
            notifying Carrier may enter the premises of the Other Carrier 
            on reasonable notice for the purposes of carrying out any 
            necessary disconnection works and repossessing such equipment 
            and facilities.  The Other Carrier on whose premises such equipment 
            or facilities were installed is responsible for compensating the 
            notifying Carrier for any such equipment or facility which is not 
            delivered up in good condition (fair wear and tear excepted) and 
            for making good all the damage to the notifying Carrier's premises, 
            if the equipment or facilities of the Other Carrier are in the 
            notifying Carrier's premises or under the notifying Carrier's care.
            The Other Carrier shall indemnify the other party in respect of any
            damage thereby caused to the premises, equipment and facilities of
            or under the care of the notifying Carrier.

17.8   Termination or expiry of this Agreement in whole or in part does not
       operate as a waiver of any breach by a party of any of its provisions 
       and is without prejudice to any rights, liabilities or obligations of 
       any party which have accrued up to the date of the termination or 
       expiry, including a right of indemnity.

18.    REVIEW

18.1   If:

       (a)  the Telecommunications Act (as in force at the Commencement Date) 
            is amended or there is an introduction of a new law; or

       (b)  a condition of a party's Licence (as at the Commencement Date) is
            amended or deleted or a new condition is imposed; or     

       (c)  a lawful directive is made by the Director General of 
            Telecommunications, 

       and such amendment, deletion, new condition or directive affects the 
       rights or obligations of any of the parties under this Agreement, the 
       parties agree to negotiate in good faith such amendments to this 
       Agreement as are necessary or appropriate to ensure consistency between 
       this Agreement and the Telecommunications Act or the new law, and the 
       parties' respective Licences or the directive, as the case may be.

18.2   The obligation to negotiate set out in CLAUSE 18.1 commences promptly 
       after delivery of a notice from one party to the other party setting 
       out in reasonable detail the amendments sought.

18.3   For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement remain in 
       full force and effect during any negotiations conducted under this 
       CLAUSE 18 until commencement of an agreement replacing or amending this 
       Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      36


19.  DISPUTE RESOLUTION

19.1.1 Each party shall use all reasonable endeavors to resolve any disputes 
       arising from, as a result of or in connection with this Agreement.

19.1.2 Subject to CLAUSE 10.13, if any dispute or difference of any kind
       whatsoever shall arise between the parties in connection with or arising
       out of this Agreement (whether before or after the determination
       abandonment or breach of this Agreement) it shall be referred to and
       settled by the ISG comprising of a representative of Telekom Malaysia 
       and STW and such respective representatives being headed by a person who 
       holds a position not lower than general manager.  The ISG shall state 
       its decision in writing and give notice of the same to Telekom Malaysia 
       and STW.

19.1.3 Such decision in respect of every matter so referred to the ISG shall
       be final and binding upon Telekom Malaysia and STW unless and until the
       same shall be revised as hereinafter provided in an amicable settlement 
       or arbitral award and shall forthwith be given effect to by the parties 
       who shall proceed with the provision of the Interconnection Services 
       with all due diligence whether notice of dissatisfaction is given by 
       either party as hereinafter provided or not.

19.1.4 If the ISG shall fail to give such decision for a period of ninety
       (90) days after being referred to the ISG or if either Telekom Malaysia 
       or STW be dissatisfied with any such decision of the ISG then either 
       Telekom Malaysia or STW may either within ninety (90) days after 
       receiving notice of such decision or within ninety (90) days after the 
       expiration of the first mentioned period of ninety (90) days (as the 
       case may be) give notice to the other party of his intention to commence
       arbitration.

19.1.5 Any dispute in respect of which amicable settlement has not been reached 
       as aforesaid shall be referred to an arbitrator to be agreed upon 
       between the parties or failing agreement to be nominated on the 
       application of either party by the Director for the time being of 
       the Regional Centre for Arbitration in Kuala Lumpur and any such 
       reference shall be deemed to be a submission to arbitration within 
       the meaning of the Arbitration Act. No. 93 (Revised 1972) of Malaysia 
       or any other law amending or replacing this Act.

19.1.6 If the ISG has given a decision and given notice thereof within a period 
       of ninety (90) days as aforesaid and no notice of dissatisfaction
       has been given either by Telekom Malaysia or STW within a period of 
       ninety (90) days from receipt of such notice thereof the said decision 
       of the ISG shall remain final and binding upon Telekom Malaysia and STW.

19.1.7 Such arbitrator shall have full power to open up review and revise any
       decision, opinion, direction, certificate or valuation of the ISG and
       neither party shall be limited in the proceedings before such arbitrator 
       to the evidence or arguments put before the ISG for the purpose of 
       obtaining his decision above referred to.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      38


19.1.8 The award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties
       Provided Always that no decision given by the ISG shall disqualify any 
       of them from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the
       arbitrator on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute or 
       difference so referred to the arbitrator as aforesaid.

19.1.9 The arbitration shall be held at the Regional Centre for Arbitration
       at Kuala Lumpur using the facilities and assistance available.

19.2   Except as otherwise provided in the dispute resolution procedures in the
       Manuals, a party must continue to fulfill its obligations under this
       Agreement during the period of the dispute and any dispute resolution
       process invoked under this CLAUSE 19.

19.3   A party must not use any information obtained from another party solely
       during the course of any dispute resolution process invoked under this
       clause or the dispute resolution procedures in the Manuals for any 
       purpose other than to resolve the dispute, by whatever means.

19.4   CLAUSE 19.1 may not be construed to preclude:

       (a)  the right of a party under the Telecommunications Act to seek the
            Director General's involvement in the resolution of a dispute the
            subject of CLAUSE 19.1; or

       (b)  the involvement of the Director-General of Telecommunications in 
            the resolution of such a dispute where that involvement is within
            Director-General's functions and powers under the 
            Telecommunications Act.

20.  INTERCONNECT STEERING GROUP

20.1   The parties will establish a body to be known as the "Interconnect 
       Steering Group" or ISG which will be responsible for coordinating the 
       activities of the Carriers, the operation of this Agreement and any 
       matters specifically referred to the ISG under this Agreement.  The 
       ISO may establish such working groups as it thinks fit to report to it 
       on particular issues.

20.2   Telekom Malaysia and STW will be equally represented on the ISG and such
       representatives shall fully represent and shall be authorised to bind 
       the parties in regard to decisions made by the ISG.

21.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

FORCE MAJEURE

21.1   If a party is unable to perform any obligation (other than an obligation 
       to pay money) under this Agreement by reason of Force Majeure and that 
       party:

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      39

       (a)  gives the other party to which the obligation is owed prompt notice 
            of the Force Majeure with reasonably full particulars thereof and 
            an estimate of the extent and duration of its inability to perform; 
            and

       (b)  shall continue to take all actions within its power to comply as 
            fully as possible with the said terms and conditions, 

       that obligation is suspended insofar as it is affected by, and during the
       continuance of the Force Majeure.

21.2   If the Force Majeure continues beyond fourteen."(14) days after the 
       notice given under CLAUSE 21.1, the parties shall meet to discuss in 
       good faith a mutually satisfactory resolution to the problem.

21.3   The requirement that a Force Majeure be removed with all possible 
       diligence does not require the settlement of strikes, lockouts or other 
       labour disputes or claims or demands on unreasonable terms.  If a 
       strike, lockout or other labour dispute or claim or demand principally 
       concerns any matter the subject of this Agreement, the party affected 
       must so notify and consult with the other party.

GOVERNING LAW

21.4   This Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it are governed 
       by the laws of Malaysia.

21.5   In the event of:

       (a)  a party seeking urgent interlocutory relief in respect of any 
            matter; or

       (b)  a party seeking relief in respect of another party failing to 
            comply with the dispute resolution process set out in CLAUSE 19; 
            or 

       (c)  a party seeking relief in respect of a manifest error or mistake of
            law of an expert committee, established by the parties pursuant to 
            any dispute resolution procedures of the Manuals, each party 
            irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non exclusive 
            jurisdiction of the Courts of Malaysia for such relief. 

PARTIES TO ACT IN GOOD FAITH

21.6   Each party agrees that it will act in good faith in relation to each 
       other party with respect to all matters relating to or contemplated 
       by this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      40

COSTS

21.7      The parties agree to bear their own legal and other costs incurred in
          relation to the preparation, negotiation and execution of this 
          Agreement and all documents contemplated by it (except where this 
          Agreement or those other documents expressly provides to the 
          contrary).  The stamp duty in respect of this Agreement shall be 
          borne by STW.

RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

21.8      The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is one of
          independent contractors only.  Nothing in this Agreement is to be 
          construed as creating an agency, partnership, association, trust or 
          joint venture between the parties.  Each party is responsible only 
          for its obligations as set out in this Agreement.

SURVIVING OBLIGATIONS

21.9      Termination or expiration in whole or in part of this Agreement does
          not affect those clauses (including. without limitation, CLAUSES 14, 
          15, 16, 17.7, 17.8 AND 19) which by their nature survive termination 
          or expiry.

RELATIONSHIP WITH THIRD PERSONS

21.10     Neither a party nor any of its employees, agents, representatives or 
          contractors is to be deemed an employee, agent, contractor or 
          representative of another party which is not a related body corporate
          of the first mentioned party.

21.11     Subject to this Agreement, no party has any authority to bind or
          oblige or incur any liability on behalf of another party and no such
          authority is to be implied.

21.12     CLAUSES 21.10 AND 21.11 have neither the effect nor imply:

          (a)  that a party or any of its employees, agents, representatives 
               or contractors is the employee agent contractor or representative
               of another party, or

          (b)  that a party has the authority to bind or oblige or incur a 
               liability on behalf of another party.

21.13     The Interconnecting Carrier may advise its customers that certain
          services are provided by the Access Carrier, but the Interconnecting
          Carrier must not represent that the Access Carrier jointly 
          participates in the Interconnecting Carrier's services.

VARIATION

21.14     (a)  Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) a variation of any part of this
               Agreement is valid if, and only if, made between and in writing
               subscribed by the parties.


<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      41

          (b)  Insofar as this Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions
               (including without limitation terms and conditions about charges)
               upon which each of the Carriers agrees to

               (i)   interconnect its Network to the Network Facilities of the 
                     Other Carrier, and

               (ii)  supply requested Telecommunications Services to the Other
                     Carrier, and

               (iii) make available to the Other Carrier services facilities and
                     information specified in the supplementary access 
                     conditions to which their relevant respective Licences are 
                     subject, 

               a variation of those terms and conditions and of any part of this
               Agreement relating thereto is valid if made between and in 
               writing subscribed by the Carriers provided it is in accordance 
               with any applicable determination by the Director General of 
               Telecommunications.

          (c)  In this Agreement, a reference to this Agreement includes a 
               reference to. this Agreement as varied from time to time by 
               variations of the kinds referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b).

          (d)  In the foregoing provisions of this clause 21.14 a reference to a
               variation includes a reference to an addition deletion amendment
               modification alteration or other variation.

ASSIGNMENT

21.15     No rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement may be 
          assigned by a party without the prior written consent of the other 
          party.  

REMEDIES CUMULATIVE 

21.16     Subject to any clause or provision of this Agreement which provides 
          for a remedy or form of compensation to the exclusion of any other 
          remedy or form of compensation, the rights, powers and remedies 
          provided in this Agreement are:

          (a)  cumulative; and

          (b)  not exclusive of the rights, powers or remedies provided by law
               independent of this Agreement.

NOTICES

21.17     A notice, approval, consent, request or other communication in 
          connection with this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      42

          (a)  must be in writing; and

          (b)  must be left at the address of the addressee, or sent by prepaid
               ordinary post to the address of the addressee or sent by 
               facsimile (to be followed by post) to the facsimile number of the
               addressee which is set out below or if the addressee notifies 
               another address or facsimile number then to that address or 
               facsimile number.

          The address and facsimile number of each party is:

          TELEKOM MALAYSIA:

          Attention:     Vice President, Corporate Strategy

          Address:       Ibu Pejabat Telekom Malaysia, Jalan Pantai Baharu,
                         59200 Kuala Lumpur

          Facsimile:     03 232 1100

          STW:

          Attention:     Chief Financier Officer

          Address:       Wisma Segar, Jalan Tun Sambathan 
                         50470 Kuala Lumpur

          Facsimile:     03 2735955

21.18     A notice, approval, consent, request or other communication takes
          effect from the time it is received unless a later time is specified
          in it.

21.19     A notice, approval, consent, request or other communication is, in the
          absence of contrary evidence, deemed to be received:

          (a)  in the case of a posted letter, on the third day after posting; 
               and

          (b)  in the case of a facsimile, on production of a transmission 
               report by the machine from which the facsimile was sent which 
               indicated that the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the 
               facsimile number of the recipient; and

          (c)  in the case of a communication left at the address of the 
               addressee, at the time the communication was so left.

WAIVER

21.20     A provision of or right under this Agreement may not be waived except 
          in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                      43

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

21.21     This Agreement, any agreement arising under CLAUSE 2.8 and the 
          Schedules and Manuals constitute the entire agreement of the parties
          regarding the subject matter of this agreement.

SEVERABILITY

21.22     The whole or any part of any clause in this Agreement that is illegal
          or unenforceable:

          (a)  will be:

               (1)  read down to the extent necessary so that it is legal and
                    enforceable; or

               (2)  severed (if it cannot be read down in accordance with 
                    paragraph (1)); and

          (b)  will not affect the continued operation of the remaining 
               provisions of this Agreement.

INCONSISTENCIES

21.23     In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the 
          Manuals the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      44

SIGNED by  Dr. Abdul Rahim HJ. Daud      )
as authorised representative for TELEKOM )
MALAYSIA BERHAD in the presence of:      )
                                         )
                                         )
/s/ Tuan Syed Hussain Syed Hamdah        )
- -------------------------------------    )
Signature of Witness                     )
                                         )
                                         )
Tuan Syed Hussain Syed Hamdah            )
- -------------------------------------    )
Name of witness (block letters)          ) /s/ Dr. Abdul Rahim HJ. Daud
                                         ) ---------------------------------
                                         ) By executing this Agreement the 
0815712                                  ) signatory warrants that the signatory
- -------------------------------------    ) is duly authorised to execute this 
NRIC No. of witness                      ) Agreement on behalf of TELEKOM 
                                         ) MALAYSIA BERHAD (Company No. 128740P)
                                         )   
Chief Network Implementation             )   
- -------------------------------------    )
Occupation of witness                    )
                                         
                    
SIGNED by  HJ. Shuaib B. HJ. Lazim       )
as authorised representative for         )
SYARIKAT TELEFON WIRELESS (M) SDN        )
BHD in the presence of                   )
                                         )
                                         )
                                         )
                                         )
                                         )
                                         )
/s/ HJ. Rosli B. Man                     )
- -------------------------------------    )
Signature of Witness                     )
                                         )
                                         )
HJ. Rosli B. Man                         )
- -------------------------------------    )
Name of witness                          )
                                         ) /s/ HJ. Shuaib B. HJ. Lazim
                                         ) ---------------------------------
530614-02-5009                           ) By executing this Agreement the 
- -------------------------------------    ) signatory warrants that the signatory
NRIC No. of witness                      ) is duly authorised to execute this 
                                         ) Agreement on behalf of 
                                         ) SYARIKAT TELEFON WIRELESS (M) SDN BHD
Managing Director                        ) (Company No. 257906 T)
- -------------------------------------    )
Occupation of witness                    )
                                         )     


<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      45

                                  SCHEDULE 1

                      CHARGES AND CHARGING PRINCIPLES

1.   CHARGING PRINCIPLES

1.1  That, in respect of Access Charges, the principles of revenue sharing will
     be adopted such that the end to end customer tariff will be
     apportioned between Carriers on the basis of point of call handover in
     the manner detailed in this Schedule.  As a result of Access Charges
     being generally based on a share of the customer tariff, revenue
     apportionment is on Successful Call basis save as expressly stated in
     this Agreement.

1.2  The parties agree that a revenue sharing arrangement promotes
     investment in the local access network, and new service rollout, which
     is consistent with Malaysia's National Telecommunications Policy and
     its challenging penetration targets and automatically builds in a
     contribution to Telekom Malaysia's access deficit which results from
     the current distorted PSTN tariff structure.

1.3  The agreed revenue shares in this Schedule are based on the gazetted
     PSTN tariffs and the Telephone Areas and not the actual call charge
     levied on a customer by STW or Telekom Malaysia.  Any discount from
     the PSTN tariff given to STW customer for a call from STW Network to
     Telekom Malaysia's Network, unless agreed in writing beforehand by
     Telekom Malaysia, shall be borne by STW from its share of the
     retention.  Any discount from the gazetted PSTN tariff given to
     Telekom Malaysia's customer for a call from Telekom Malaysia's Network
     to the STW Network, unless agreed in writing before hand by STW, shall
     be borne by Telekoni Malaysia from its share of the retention.
     
1.4  (a)  The rates detailed in this Schedule are fixed for a two (2) year
          period from the Commencement Date when a review of these Access 
          Charges will take place.  Failing reaching agreement on any revised
          rates the current charges shall continue to apply.

     (b)  The parties agree to adjust the payments upon reaching an
          agreement on the revised rates.  If the amounts paid to date for
          the period pending agreement ("said Period") are higher than the
          amounts payable under the revised rates then the other party will
          credit such difference (free of interest) within fourteen (14)
          Business Days from the date of agreement to the invoiced party. 
          If the amounts paid to date for the said Period are less than the
          amounts payable under the revised rates then the invoiced party
          will pay in full such difference (free of interest) within
          fourteen (14) Business Days from the date of agreement to the
          other party.

1.5  For a [*] year period from the Commencement Date, STW will route all of
     its international Interconnect Traffic through Telekom Malaysia.

- -------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.



<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       46

                                 NOTES TO TABLE 1

     1.   The following words have these meanings in the Notes to Table 1 unless
          the contrary intention appears:

          "BAND" refers the different bands of Effective Trunk Calls set out in
          tables of the Schedule to Telephone Regulations 1996.  The applicable
          band is determined by reference to the radial distance between area
          and district charge points and as otherwise described in the said
          Regulation.  Band A is the band with the lowest radial distance, Band
          B is the band with the second lowest radial distance and so forth.

          "EFFECTIVE NATIONAL CALL" has the meaning given to it in section 2 of
          the Telephone Regulations 1996.

          "INTERSTATE CALLS" means those Successful Calls which originate from a
          PSTN Number and terminate on a PSTN Number located in another State.

          "INTRASTATE CALLS" means those Successful Calls which originate from a
          PSTN Number and terminate on a PSTN Number located within a State.

          "EFFECTIVE LOCAL CALL" has the meaning given to it in Section 2 of the
          Telephone Regulations 1996.

          "TRANSIT CALLS" are calls bound for other Networks where Telekom
          Malaysia provides transit and must pay the terminating carrier for
          call termination.

     2.   The applicable interconnect charge (revenue shares) for calls between
          PSTN Numbers between the parties to this Agreement are to be
          determined in relation to:

          (a)  the location of the PSTN Number where the call originated from
               and the location of the PSTN Number where the call should have
               terminated (that is, "end to end" billing); and

          (b)  the location of the POI where the Interconnecting Carrier hands
               over the call to the Access Carrier.

     3.   The call charges to be apportioned between the parties are as set in
          the Telephone Regulations 1996.  If such Regulations are amended such
          that the call charges in the said Regulations become maximum call
          charges then the maximum call charges shall be used for the
          calculation of the applicable revenue share except as otherwise agreed
          in writing between the parties.

     4.   For the purposes of clarification the revenue shares in the tables
          shall apply irrespective of whether the applicable trunk fees are for
          the full rate period or reduced rate period as defined in section
          10(2) of the Telephone Regulations 1996.


<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       47


     5.   In cases where the call charges in the Telephone Regulations 1996 are
          calculated on a per call basis and not on a timed basis the revenue
          shares will also be calculated on a per call basis.

     6.   The call charges in the Telephone Regulations 1996 are subject to
          review.  Any amendment to the said Regulations will be immediately
          effective upon notification in the gazette of the effective date.

     7.   Nothing in this Schedule shall be construed to give a Carrier the
          benefit or partial benefit of free allowance of call units provided by
          the Other Carrier to its customers in accordance with clause 4 of the
          Schedule (or such other clause as amended in order to reflect the
          same) to the Telephone Regulations 1996.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       48


                             NOTES TO TABLES 2 AND 3

     1.   The following words have these meanings in the Notes to Tables 2 and 3
          unless the contrary intention appears:

          "ATUR EXCHANGE AREA" has the meaning given to it in section 2 of the
          Telecommunications (Automatic Telephone Using Radio Services)
          Regulations 1986, as amended.

     2.   The applicable interconnect charge (revenue shares) for Successful
          Calls between ATUR Numbers and STW's PSTN Numbers are to be determined
          in relation to:

          (a)  the location of the PSTN Number where the call originated and
               registered location of the ATUR Number where the call should have
               terminated (that is, "end to end" billing); or

          (b)  the actual location of the ATUR Number where the call originated
               and the location of the PSTN Number where the call should have
               terminated (that is, "end to end" billing); and

          (c)  the location of the POI where the Interconnecting Carrier hands
               over the call to the Access Carrier.

     3.   For calls between ATUR Numbers and STW's PSTN Numbers, the call
          charges to be apportioned are set in the Telecommunications (Automatic
          Telephone Using Radio Services) Regulations 1986, as amended.  If
          these Regulations are amended such that the call charges in the said
          Regulations become maximum call charges then the maximum call charges
          shall be used for the calculation of the applicable revenue share
          except as otherwise agreed in writing between the parties.

     4.   For the purposes of clarification the revenue shares in the tables
          shall apply irrespective of whether the applicable trunk fees are for
          the "full rate" period or "reduced rate" period as defined in section
          2 of the Telecommunications (Automatic Telephone Using Radio Services)
          Regulations 1986, as amended.

     5.   The call charges in the Telecommunications (Automatic Telephone Using
          Radio Services) Regulations 1986, as amended, are subject to review. 
          Any amendment to the said Regulations will be immediately effective
          upon notification in the gazette of the effective date.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       49

                                   SCHEDULE 2

                          DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICES

     1.1  The charge for each Directory Assistance Service Call shall be [*]
          per Successful Call.  For the purposes of this Schedule, a Successful 
          Call in respect of a Directory Assistance Service Call, is a maximum 
          of [*] directory enquiries by caller on the STW's Network.

    1.2   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the above
          mentioned charges in item 1.1 will be subject to an increase of [*]
          per annum. 












__________________
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.


<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       50

                                    SCHEDULE 3

                                 SPECIAL SERVICES

     1.   OPERATOR ASSISTANCE SERVICES

     1.1  Telekom Malaysia agrees to provide the following Operator Assistance
          Services for STW:

          (a)  '101' Telephonist assisted trunk calls;
          (b)  '104' Telegram Service;
          (c)  '108' Telephonist assisted international calls;
          (d)  '1062' Calls to Ships; and
          (e)  such other operator services agreed in writing between the
               parties.

     1.2  The charge for such services will be [*] per Communication
          Attempt (except [*] calls which shall be [*] per Communications
          Attempt) in addition to the gazetted Telekom Malaysia rates for
          operator assisted calls.

     1.3  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the above
          mentioned charges in item 1.2 will be subject to an increase of [*]
          per annum.

     1.4  Telekom Malaysia will provide Operator Assistance Services for STW to
          the same QOS standard it treats Call Communications of a similar
          nature within its own Network. 

     1.5  STW agrees that consistent with the provision of Operator Assistance
          Services to it by Telekom Malaysia, all '108' Telephonist assisted
          international calls originating from PSTN Number on STW's Network
          shall be routed by the international Network of Telekom Malaysia.

     1.6  STW agrees that it will route calls with the dial codes of '100',
          '102' and '1061' which originate from PSTN Numbers on its Network to
          its own fault reporting centre or customer service centre number as
          appropriate and will handle fault reporting and customer services. 
          Each Carrier will charge [*] per Communications Attempt for calls
          transferred from STW fault reporting centre or customer service centre
          to Telekom Malaysia's fault reporting centre or customer service
          centre.

     2.   EMERGENCY SERVICE CALLS

     2.1  Upon receiving Emergency Service Calls delivered by STW to Telekom
          Malaysia's Gateway, Telekom Malaysia will route the calls directly or
          via a Telekom Malaysia operator to the appropriate emergency service
          through its Network.


__________________
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       51


     2.2  While Telekom Malaysia will attempt to route the calls directly to the
          appropriate emergency service in areas where such emergency services 
          have established their own centres for handling Emergency Service 
          Calls, STW acknowledges that due to certain technical limitations, 
          some Emergency Service Calls will be routed via a Telekom Malaysia 
          operator to such centres notwithstanding that the Emergency Service 
          Call originated from a PSTN Number that may be located in an area 
          served by such a centre.

     2.3  STW shall pay Telekom Malaysia [*] per each Emergency Service Call
          which is routed to a Telekom Malaysia Operator and [*] per each
          Emergency Call which is directly routed to an emergency services
          centre respectively.

     2.4  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the charges
          in item 2.3 will be subject to an increase of [*] percent per annum.

     2.5  Telekom Malaysia will provide Emergency Service Calls for STW to the
          same QOS standard it treats Call Communications of a similar nature
          within its own Network 

     2.6  Telekom Malaysia excludes all liability to STW and/or any other party
          which may directly or indirectly arise out of or in connection with
          the provision of the emergency service or Interconnection of Emergency
          Service Calls whether arising in contract, tort, by statute or
          otherwise.  This exclusion and limitation of liability is in addition
          to the exclusions and limitations of Telekom Malaysia's liability
          under clause 16 of this Agreement.

     3.   REVERSE CHARGE CALLS

     3.1  As requested by STW, Telekom Malaysia is not to provide STW and its
          customers with Reverse Charge Call service.

     4.   TOLL FREE NUMBER CALLS

     4.1  A call made to a Toll Free Number will, as between the parties, be
          treated:

          (a)  where the Call is made from a STW PSTN Number to a Toll Free
               Number on the Telekom Malaysia Network, as if the Call
               Communication originated on the Network of Telekom Malaysia; and

          (b)  where the Call is made from a Telekom Malaysia PSTN Number or
               ATUR Number to a Toll Free Number on the STW Network, as if the
               Call Communication originated on the Network of STW.

     4.2  For calls from PSTN Numbers to the Other Carrier's Toll Free Numbers
          the parties agree that the Local Call charge which is levied on the
          PSTN Number which actually originated the call to the Toll Free Number
          shall be retained by the Interconnecting


__________________
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       52

          Carrier while the other revenues generated by the call shall be 
          retained by the Access Carrier.  In the event that the Local Call 
          charge for calls to the Toll Free Numbers is reduced, the Carriers 
          agree to negotiate an appropriate revenue share for the 
          Interconnecting Carrier.
 
     4.3  For calls from ATUR Numbers to STW's Toll Free Numbers Telekom
          Malaysia shall be entitled to charge its customers the applicable
          gazetted tariff for directly dialled calls (within an ATUR exchange
          area) in accordance with the Telecommunications (Automatic Telephone
          Using Radio Services) Regulations 1986.  This airtime revenue shall be
          shared between the parties on the basis of [*] for Telekom Malaysia
          and [*] for STW.

     4.4  All calls to Toll Free Numbers of the Other Carrier shall be handed
          over on a Near end Handover basis.

     5.   CALLING CARD CALLS

     5.1  A Carrier shall be entitled to invoice the calling card account holder
          for any originating calls from the Other Carrier's number using the
          Carrier's calling card as the caller is the Carrier's customer.

     5.2  For calling card calls from the Other Carrier's PSTN Numbers the
          Carriers agree to share only the Call charge which is levied on the
          PSTN Number which originated the call to the dial code or dial code
          and number by which the Carrier's calling card service may be
          accessed.  At the date of signing of this agreement the dial code for
          Telekom Malaysia's calling card is "1092".

     5.3  All calls to the dial code or dial code and number by which the
          Carrier's calling card service may be accessed shall be handed over on
          a Near end Handover basis.

     6.   INFORMATION SERVICES CALLS 

          STANDARD RATE SERVICE CALLS

     6.1  Telekom Malaysia agrees to provide access to the following Information
          Services for customers of STW:

          (a)  '1051' Time Announcement;
          (b)  '1052' Weather (Kuala Lumpur and Petaling Jaya only);
          (c)  '1055' Time announcement for breaking fast; and
          (d)  such other information services agreed in writing between the
               parties.

     6.2  The charge to STW for calls to such services will be the gazetted rate
          for Local Calls.


__________________
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       53

     PREMIUM RATE SERVICE CALLS

     6.3  The Carriers hereby agree that reciprocal access will not be provided
          for each other's customers to the information services which utilise
          the '600' numbering range on each Carrier's Network unless otherwise
          agreed in writing between the Carriers.
 





<PAGE>
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       54


                                   SCHEDULE 4

                                TELEPHONE AREAS





<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

TABLE 1: INTERCONNECTION (REVENUE SHARING) CHARGES FOR CALLS 
         BETWEEN PSTN NUMBERS - STW

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TYPE OF ARRANGEMENT                                                Call Category
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Local Call         Band A           Band B         Band C         Band D   
                                                   Orig:Term          Orig:Term        Orig:Term      Orig:Term      Orig:Term
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>
A.  INTRASTATE CALLS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.1  Intrastate Calls handed by Interconnecting       [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        not
     Carrier to the Access Carrier at POI                                                                           applicable
     located within the State
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.2  Intrastate Calls handed by Interconnecting
     Carrier to the Access Carrier at a POI    
     located outside the State where:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (a) the POI is designated by the                 [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        not       
         Interconnecting Carrier; or,                                                                               applicable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (b) the POI is designated by the Access Carrier  [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        not       
                                                                                                                    applicable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.  INTERSTATE CALLS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.1 Interstate Calls handed by the Interconnecting    [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        [*]
    Carrier to the Access Carrier at a POI within                                                                 
    the State where the call originates
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.2 Interstate Calls handed by the Interconnecting    [*]
    Carrier to the Access Carrier at a POI which is
    not located either within the state where the
    Interstate call originated or the state where
    the Interstate Calls will terminate where:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) the POI is designated by the Interconnecting  [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        [*]
        Carrier; or
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (b) the POI is designated by the Access Carrier.  [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        [*]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.3 Interstate Calls handed by the Interconnecting    [*]               [*]              [*]             [*]        [*]
    Carrier to the Access Carrier at POI located
    within the State where the Interstate Calls
    will terminate.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Note:  "Orig' refers to the revenue share retained by the Interconnecting 
Carrier originating the call and "Term' refers to the revenue share retained 
by the Access Carrier for terminating the call




- ----------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.


<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

TABLE 2:  INTERCONNECT CHARGES (REVENUES SHARES) FOR DIRECT DIALLED CALLS 
          BETWEEN ATUR NUMBERS AND STW'S PSTN NUMBERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIRECT DIALLED CALLS         Within same ATUR       Between Adjacent         Between Non Adjacent
                             exchange area          ATUR exchange area       ATUR exchange areas 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Orig:Term               Orig:Term                 Orig:Term
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                    <C>                      <C>
Near end Handover                  [*]                     [*]                       [*]
Far end Handover                   [*]                     [*]                       [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Note: "Orig' refers to the revenue share retained by the Interconnecting 
Carrier for originating the call and "Term' refers to the revenue share 
retained by the Access Carrier for terminating the call.

- -----
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.

<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                  CALLS TO SINGAPORE
                                 Interconnect Charges
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            STW ORIGINATE
TYPE OF ARRANGEMENT            Charge Band
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                          <C>
                                                            STW RETENTION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Rev. Share
                                                              Percentage
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TYPE I - FAR END HAND OVER    Peninsular Malaysia            [*]
         (FEH)                                           
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Sagah, Sarawak & FT Labuan     [*]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TYPE II - NEAR END HAND OVER   Peninsular Malaysia            [*]
          (NEH)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Sabah, Sarawak & FT Labuan     [*]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TYPE I AND TYPE II             Johor Bahru Charge District    [*]
                               (PSTN CODE 07)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Note:
i)    [*]

ii)   Telekom Malaysia shall pay STW [*] per minute for Standard Rate call 
      and [*] per minute for Reduced Rate call for calls originating in 
      Singapore and terminating elsewhere in Malaysia.

      Payment to STW will be made only when TELEKOM MALAYSIA has received
      inpayment from Singapore.


- ------------------
*Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

<PAGE>
                              CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


DOMESTIC TRANSIT CALL

Interconnect Charges

STW calls transitting Telekom Malaysia's network (where STW is the originator 
and the terminator).

A)   INTRASTATE CALLS (SIMPLE TRANSIT)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge Band                         STW Retention           Payment to TM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Rev. Share              Rev. Share
                                     Percentage              Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Call                              [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band A                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band B                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band C                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


B)   INTERSTATE CALLS (TRUNK TRANSIT)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge Band                         STW Retention            Payment to TM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Rev. Share               Rev. Share
                                     Percentage               Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Call                              [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band A                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band B                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band C                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band D                                  [*]                      [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- ----------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>

                              CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

DOMESTIC TRANSIT CALL

Interconnect Charges

1)   FIXED NETWORK TO FIXED NETWORK TRANSIT+

     (where traffic originated from STW terminated into another network and 
     vice versa)

A)   INTRASTATE CALLS (SIMPLE TRANSIT)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge Band                          STW ORIGINATE         STW TERMINATE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     STW Retention         Payment to STW
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Rev. Share            Rev. Share
                                      Percentage            Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Call                               [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band A                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band B                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band C                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


B)   INTRASTATE CALLS (TRUNK TRANSIT)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge Band                          STW ORIGINATE         STW TERMINATE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     STW Retention         Payment to STW
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Rev. Share            Rev. Share
                                      Percentage            Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Call                               [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band A                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band B                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band C                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Band D                                   [*]                   [*]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2)   STW TO MOBILE NETWORK TRANSIT (INCLUDING TRUNK TRANSIT)++

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 STW (FIXED) ORIGINATE       STW (FIXED) 
Charge Band                                                   TERMINATE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    STW Retention          Payment to STW
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Rev. Share              Rev. Share
                                     Percentage              Percentage
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Within the                               [*]                   [*]
same ATUR Exchange area   
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Between                                  [*]                   [*]
Adjacent ATUR Exchange area
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Between                                  [*]                   [*]
Non Adjacent ATUR Exchange area  
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



+  Where the Telephone Regulations (as ammended) apply.
++ Were the Telecommunications (Automatic Telephone using Radio Services) 
Regulation 1966 apply.

- --------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.


<PAGE>

                              CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

1.      TELEKOM MALAYSIA/SYARIKAT TELEFON WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL CALLS 
        REVENUE APPORTIONMENT



                      Existing IDD Rate                  STW Share
    Country

                   Standard        Reduced          Standard       Reduced
                   (RM/MIN)        (RM/MIN)
                                                                    
 1  Netherlands      [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 2  Thailand         [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 3  Thailand South   [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 4  Canada           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 5  France           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 6  Italy            [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 7  Japan            [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 8  Alaska           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 9  Australia        [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 10 Brunei           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 11 Cyprus           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 12 Gambia           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 13 Germany          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 14 Iran             [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 15 Ireland          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 16 Kyrgyzstan       [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 17 Liechtenstein    [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 18 Lithuania        [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 19 Madeira          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 20 Monaco           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 21 Nigeria          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 22 Niue Island      [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 23 Phillipines      [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 24 Portugal         [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 25 Puerto Rico      [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 26 Slovak Rep       [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 27 Slovenia         [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 28 South Africa     [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 29 South Korea      [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 30 Swaziland        [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 31 Sweden           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 32 Taiwan           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 33 Tajikistan       [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 34 Turkey           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 35 United Kingdom   [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 36 USA              [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 37 Venezuela        [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 38 Zambia           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 39 Jordan           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 40 Algeria          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 41 Andorra          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 42 Antigua          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 43 Armenia          [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%
 44 Azores           [*]             [*]              [*]%          [*]%

 -----------------------

  * Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
 Commission.


<PAGE>

                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                Existing IDD Rate             STW share
     Country
                               Standard     Reduced     Standard     Reduced
                               (RM/MIN)     (RM/MIN)  

<S>                            <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
45 Bahamas                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

46 Bahrain                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

47 Barbados                    [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

48 Belarus                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

49 Belgium                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

50 Benin                       [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

51 Bermuda                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

52 Bhutan                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

53 Bolivia                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

54 Bosnia                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

55 Botswana                    [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

56 Christmas Is.               [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

57 Cocos Is.                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

58 Colombia                    [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

59 Comores                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

60 Costa Rica                  [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

61 Crotia                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

62 D Garcia                    [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

63 Denmark                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

64 Dom Rep                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

65 Falkland Is.                [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

66 Finland                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

67 Gibraltar                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

68 Greenland                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

69 Grenada                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

70 Guadeloupe                  [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

71 Guam                        [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

72 Guyana                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

73 Hawaii                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

74 Hong Kong                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

75 Hungary                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

76 Iceland                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

77 India                       [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

78 Indonesia                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

79 Jamaica                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

80 Kenya                       [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

81 Kiribati                    [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

82 Korea Pdr                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

83 Lesotho                     [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

84 Macao                       [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

85 Malawi                      [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

86 Maldive Is.                 [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

87 Mauritania                  [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

88 Mauritius                   [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

89 Nakhoda Rep                 [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

90 Nepal                       [*]          [*]            [*]%        [*]%

</TABLE>

- -------------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
  Commission.

<PAGE>

                              CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                           Existing IDD Rate              STW Share
     Country
    ---------           ----------------------          --------------
                       Standard         Reduced      Standard      Reduced
                       (RM/MIN)         (RM/MIN)
                      ----------       -----------   ---------     --------
91 New Zealand         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
92 Norway              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
93 Oman                [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
94 Panama              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
95 Peru                [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
96 P.N. Guinea         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
97 Qatar               [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
98 Reunion Is.         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
99 Seycelles           [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
100 Sri Lanka          [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
101 Sudan              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
102 Switzerland        [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
103 Tanzania           [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
104 Tonga              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
105 Trinidad & Tobag   [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
106 Uae                [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
107 Uganda             [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
108 Vanuatu            [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
109 Vatican City       [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
110 Yugoslavia         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
111 Zimbabwe           [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
112 American Samoa     [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
113 Angola             [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
114 Argentina          [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
115 Aruba              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
116 Ascension Is.      [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
117 Austria            [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
118 Azerbaijan         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
119 Bangladesh         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
120 Belize             [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
121 Brazil             [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
122 Bulgaria           [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
123 Burkina Faso       [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
124 Burundi            [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
125 Canary Is.         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
126 Cape Verde         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
127 Cayman Is.         [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
128 Chad               [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
129 Chile              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
130 China              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
131 Combellga          [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
132 Congo              [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
133 Cook Is.           [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
134 Cuba               [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%
135 Czech Rep          [*]              [*]             [*]%         [*]%

- -----------------------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with 
  the Commission.

                                      99
<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

COUNTRY                                    EXISTING IDD RATE          STW SHARE      
- ----------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                                          STANDARD   REDUCED    
                                          (RM/MIN)   (RM/MIN)   STANDARD    REDUCED
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>  <C>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
136  Djibouti                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
137  Dominican Is.                        [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
138  Ecuador                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
139  Egypt                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
140  El Salvador                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
141  Equ. Guinea                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
142  Eritrea                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
143  Estonia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
144  Ethiopia                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
145  F Guiana                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
146  Faroe Is.                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
147  Gabon                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
148  Georgia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
149  Ghana                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
150  Greece                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
151  Haiti                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
152  Honduras                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
153  Iraq                                 [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
154  Israel                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
155  Ivory Coast                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
156  Kazakhstan                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
157  Kuwait                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
158  Laos                                 [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
159  Latvia                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
160  Lebanon                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
161  Libya                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
162  Luxembourg                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
163  Macedonia                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
164  Maldova                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
165  Mali                                 [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
166  Malta                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
167  Marshall Is.                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
168  Martinque                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
169  Mayotte                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
170  Mexico                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
171  Micronesia                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
172  Mongolia                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
173  Morocco                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
174  Myanmar                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
175  Namibia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
176  Nauru                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
177  Neth Antilles                        [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
178  Nicaragua                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
179  Norfolk Island                       [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
180  Pakistan                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
</TABLE>

- --------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COUNTRY                                    EXISTING IDD RATE          STW SHARE      
- ----------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                                          STANDARD   REDUCED    
                                          (RM/MIN)   (RM/MIN)   STANDARD    REDUCED
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>  <C>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
181  Palau                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
182  Paraguay                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
183  Poland                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
184  Romania                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
185  Russia                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
186  Rwanda Rep                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
187  Sahara West                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
188  Saipan                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
189  Sakhalin Rep                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
190  Samao West                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
191  San Marino                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
192  Saudi Arabia                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
193  Senegal                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
194  Sierra Leone                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
195  Solomon Island                       [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
196  Somalia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
197  Spain                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
198  Spanish N. Africa                    [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
199  St. Kitts                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
200  St. Lucia                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
201  St. Pierre & M                       [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
202  St. Vincent                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
203  Surinam                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
204  Syria                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
205  Tatarstan                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
206  Togo Rep                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
207  Tokelau Island                       [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
208  Tunisia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
209  Turkmenistan                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
210  Tuvalu                               [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
211  Ukraine                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
212  Uruguay                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
213  US Samoa                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
214  US Virgin Is                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
215  Uzbekistan                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
216  Vietnam                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
217  Yemen Ar                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
218  Afghanistan                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
219  Albania                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
220  Anguilla                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
221  Bt Virgin Is                         [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
222  C Afr Rep                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
223  Cameroon                             [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
224  F Polynesia                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
225  Fiji                                 [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
</TABLE>

- --------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.

<PAGE>
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COUNTRY                                    EXISTING IDD RATE          STW SHARE      
- ----------------------------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                                          STANDARD   REDUCED    
                                          (RM/MIN)   (RM/MIN)   STANDARD    REDUCED
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>  <C>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
226  Guatemala                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
227  Guinea Bis                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
228  Guinea Rep                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
229  Kampuchea                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
230  Liberia                              [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
231  Madagascar                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
232  Montserrat                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
233  Mozambique                           [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
234  New Caledonia                        [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
235  Niger                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
236  Sao Thome                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
237  Turk Island                          [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
238  Yemen Pdr                            [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
239  Zaire                                [*]        [*]        [*]%        [*]%
</TABLE>

2  INBOUND INTERNATIONAL CALLS
   For Inbound International Calls to Syarikat Telefon Wireless customers, 
   Telekom Malaysia shall pay Syarikat Telefon Wireless [*] per min.

   Payment to Syarikat Telefon Wireless will be made as and when Telekom 
   Malaysia receives inpayment from the foreign telecommunications 
   administration.

- --------------------
* Confidential portion has been omitted and filed separately with the 
Commission.


<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 10.26A


May 29, 1997

Vanguard Cellular Financial Corp.
2002 Pisgah Church Road, Suite 300
Greensboro, NC  27455
ATTN:  Haynes G. Griffin, President

         RE:  Warrant Exchange Guaranty and The Toronto-Dominion Bank Guaranty

Gentlemen:

          This letter seeks to clarify our understanding of certain of the 
terms of the Guaranty provided by Vanguard Cellular Financial Corp., a North 
Carolina corporation ("Vanguard") to International Wireless Communications 
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("IWCH") pursuant to the Agreement 
dated as of May 5, 1997 between Vanguard and IWCH (the "Warrant Exchange 
Agreement").  Under the terms of the Warrant Exchange Agreement, Vanguard 
agreed to assist IWCH in arranging such interim financing by guarantying (the 
"Guaranty") up to an aggregate or $3,200,000 of indebtedness incurred by IWCH 
or its wholly owned subsidiaries (the "Guaranty Amount"), from May 5, 1997 
until the earlier of February 3, 1999 and such time as IWCH either receives 
at least $3,200,000 in alternative debt financing or consummates an initial 
public offering providing it with at least $3,200,000 in net proceeds (the 
"Guaranty Period").

          This letter confirms our understanding that IWCH may utilize the 
Guaranty from time to time during the Guaranty Period pursuant to one or more 
guarantys by Vanguard provided that the aggregate amount of any such guaranty 
shall not at any time exceed the Guaranty Amount. Without limiting the 
foregoing, Vanguard's obligation to make available the Guaranty shall remain 
in full force and effect following the termination of Vanguard's guarantee on 
behalf of IWCH pursuant to the Bridge Loan Agreement between Star Digitel 
Limited, a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong ("Star Digitel") and 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TD") (the "Bridge Loan Agreement"), whereby TD 
has agreed to make advances to Star Digitel for a period of up to one year in 
an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,000,000.

                           Sincerely,
                            
                           /s/ Douglas S. Sinclair
                           Douglas S. Sinclair
                           Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO

     BY:  VANGUARD CELLULAR FINANCIAL CORP.

     By: /s/ Haynes G. Griffin
        ------------------------------
         Haynes G. Griffin, President


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.27A





                              DATED  17  JULY 1997




                 MOTOROLA INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION


                                       AND


             INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN LIMITED




          ____________________________________________________________


                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

          ____________________________________________________________










                               Ref:  H53/30657093



<PAGE>

                                      INDEX


CLAUSE  HEADING                                                         PAGE
- ------  -------                                                         ----
1.      Definitions                                                        1
2.      Purchase and Sale of the Sale Shares                               5
3.      Representations, Warranties and Undertakings Concerning
        the Transaction                                                    6
4.      Representations and Warranties Concerning the Company              9
5.      Further Provisions relating to the Seller's Representations
        and Warranties                                                    16
6.      Pre-Closing Covenants                                             17
7.      Post-Closing Covenants                                            19
8.      Conditions to Obligation to Close                                 19
9.      First Option and Second Option                                    22
10.     Remedies for Breach of this Agreement                             23
11.     Undertaking of Seller                                             26
12.     Termination                                                       27
13.     Arbitration                                                       29
14.     Miscellaneous                                                     29

SCHEDULES                                                                   
- ---------
A:      Tangible assets                                                     
B:      Financial statements                                                
C:      Immovable property                                                  
D:      Leased or sub-leased immovable property                             
E:      Material contracts                                                  
F:      Litigation                                                          
G:      Licence                                                             

EXHIBIT                                                                     
- -------
A -     Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement                         


<PAGE>

                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Agreement entered into on 17 July, 1997, by and among Motorola International
Development Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Seller"), and International
Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited, a company established under the laws
of Mauritius (the "Buyer").  Buyer and Seller are referred to collectively
herein as the "Parties".


                                    RECITALS

Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt) Ltd. is a limited liability company
organised under the laws of Pakistan (the "Company") with an authorised share
capital of Rupees 600,000,000 divided into 60,000,000 shares of Rupees 10 each
("Shares"), of which 54,387,750 Shares have been issued and are fully paid up.
The Company owns and operates a cellular mobile telephone company in Pakistan
under the service mark Mobilink/a Motorola Network.

Seller owns 40,248,036 Shares and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement:-

(i)     Seller desires to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase 17,028,804 of 
        such Shares representing 31.31% of the total issued Shares (the "Sale 
        Shares"); and

(ii)    Seller intends to grant an exclusive option ("First Option"), 
        exercisable on one occasion only at any time during the period 
        commencing on the date hereof and ending on (and including) 5:00 p.m. 
        Hong Kong time on 25th August, 1997 or, if clause 11 shall apply, 
        such later date as provided therein ("First Option Period"), to Buyer 
        to purchase Shares representing a further 12.69% of the total issued 
        Shares on the date on which the First Option is exercised (the "First 
        Option Shares").  In the event that the First Option is not exercised 
        prior to the expiry of the First Option Period, an exclusive option 
        ("Second Option") is granted by the Seller to Buyer to purchase 
        Shares representing 5% of the total issued Shares on the date on 
        which the Second Option is exercised ("Second Option Shares").

Contemporaneously herewith, Buyer is negotiating the purchase of an additional
14.69% of the Shares, such percentage representing all of the interest in the
Company held by Continental Communications Limited ("CCL").

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations,
warranties, and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

1.      DEFINITIONS

                                                                     1

<PAGE>

        "Active Subscribers"            has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        4(aa);

        "Adverse Consequences"          means all actions, suits, 
                                        proceedings, hearings, 
                                        investigations, charges, complaints, 
                                        claims, demands, injunctions, 
                                        judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, 
                                        damages, dues, penalties, fines, 
                                        costs, reasonable amounts paid in 
                                        settlement, liabilities, obligations, 
                                        taxes, liens, losses, expenses, and 
                                        fees, including court costs and 
                                        lawyers' and advocates' fees and 
                                        expenses.

        "Affiliated Entity"             means any Person with respect to 
                                        which a specified Person owns a 
                                        majority of the common stock or 
                                        equity interests or has the power to 
                                        vote or direct the voting of 
                                        sufficient securities to elect a 
                                        majority of the board of directors or 
                                        similar governing body of such Person.

        "Applicable Laws"               has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        4(i).

        "Buyer"                         has the meaning set forth in the 
                                        preface above.

        "Closing"                       has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        2(c).

        "Closing Date"                  means the day on which the Closing 
                                        shall take place.

        "Company"                       has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "Condition of the Company"      means the property, condition 
                                        (financial or otherwise) business or 
                                        operations of the Company.

        "Confidential Information"      means any information concerning the
                                        businesses and affairs of the Company
                                        that is not already generally available
                                        to the public.

        "Disclosure Letter"             means the letter from Seller to Buyer
                                        delivered immediately prior to the
                                        execution of this Agreement by the
                                        Parties.


                                                                         2

<PAGE>


        "Financial Statements"          has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        4(h).

        "First Option"                  has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "First Option Closing"          has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        9(d).

        "First Option Closing Date"     means the day on which the First Option
                                        Closing takes place.

        "First Option Period"           has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.
        
        "First Option Purchase Price"   means the sum of US$13,959,000.

        "First Option Shares"           has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "GOP"                           means the Government of Pakistan and 
                                        any agency, department and/or 
                                        instrumentality thereof.

        "Liabilities"                   has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        4(s).

        "LIBOR"                         means, in relation to any relevant 
                                        time and any relevant period of one 
                                        month or more, the rate per annum 
                                        quoted at or about 11:00 a.m. (London 
                                        time) on the first day of such 
                                        period, on the page "LIBO" of the 
                                        Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service 
                                        (or such other page as may replace 
                                        the "LIBO" page for the purpose of 
                                        displaying London interbank offered 
                                        rates of leading reference banks) as 
                                        being the interest rates offered in 
                                        the London interbank market for 
                                        United States dollar deposits for the 
                                        same period as that period.

        "Licence"                       means the licence grant from the
                                        Ministry of Communications of the
                                        Government of Pakistan issued on 6th
                                        July, 1992, as amended on 27th October,
                                        1993, pursuant to which the Company
                                        operates a cellular mobile telephone
                                        system in Pakistan.

                                                                         3

<PAGE>


        "MINC"                          means Motorola, Inc., the parent 
                                        company of Seller.

        "Most Recent Financial          has the meaning set forth in clause
        Statements"                     4(h).

        "Most Recent Fiscal Month       has the meaning set forth in clause
        End"                            4(h).

        "Net Deficit"                   means the amount by which the
                                        liabilities of the Company exceed its
                                        assets.

        "Sale Shares"                   has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "Second Option"                 has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "Second Option Closing"         has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        9(e).

        "Second Option Closing Date"    means the day on which the Second Option
                                        Closing takes place.

        "Second Option Period"          has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        9(e).

        "Second Option Purchase Price"  means the sum of US$5,500,000 plus 
                                        interest at a rate of 10% per annum, 
                                        compounded monthly, on such aggregate 
                                        amount from the date on which the 
                                        Second Option is exercised to the 
                                        date of actual payment.

        "Second Option Shares"          has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "Seller"                        has the meaning set forth in the 
                                        preface above.

        "Party"                         has the meaning set forth in the 
                                        preface above.

        "Person"                        means an individual, a partnership, a 
                                        corporation, an association, a joint 
                                        stock company, a trust, a joint 
                                        venture, an unincorporated 
                                        organisation, or other entity, 
                                        including but not limited to, a 
                                        governmental entity (or any 
                                        department, agency, or political 
                                        subdivision thereof).

                                                                         4

<PAGE>


        "Purchase Price"                has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        2(b).

        "Saif"                          means Saif Telecom (Pvt) Limited, a 
                                        Pakistan company and the direct owner 
                                        of 11.31% of the Shares.

        "Sale Shares"                   has the meaning set forth in the
                                        recitals.

        "Seller"                        has the meaning set forth in the 
                                        preface above.

        "Shareholders' Agreement"       means the Shareholders' Agreement 
                                        between the Seller and Saif executed 
                                        on 3rd June, 1993 as amended pursuant 
                                        to the Equity Ownership Agreement 
                                        dated 2nd July 1996 between Seller, 
                                        Saif and CCL.

        "SBP"                           means the State Bank of Pakistan.

        "Unaudited June Net Deficit"    has the meaning set forth in clause
                                        6(f).

2.      PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SALE SHARES

        (a)    BASIC TRANSACTION
        
               On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
               Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, and Seller agrees to sell
               to Buyer, the Sale Shares for the consideration specified below
               in this clause 2.
        
        (b)    PURCHASE PRICE
        
               Buyer shall pay to Seller at the Closing, except as provided 
               in clause 2(c) below, the aggregate price of thirty four 
               million four hundred and forty one thousand United States 
               Dollars (US$34,441,000) in cash by wire transfer in 
               immediately available funds to Seller's bank account, number 
               40694123 at Citibank N.A. in New York, New York (the "Purchase 
               Price").
        
        (c)    THE CLOSING
        
               Subject to the provisions of clause 11, the closing of the 
               sale and purchase of the Sale Shares (the "Closing") shall 
               take place at the offices of Seller in London, in the United 
               Kingdom, commencing at 3:00 p.m. local time on or before 14th 
               August, 1997, contingent upon the Parties being satisfied or 
               having waived in writing all conditions to the obligations of 
               the Parties to consummate the transaction contemplated thereby 
               (other than conditions with respect to actions 

                                                                         5

<PAGE>

               the respective Parties will take at the Closing itself). 
               Subject to the provisions of clause 11, the Closing Date may 
               be extended only by mutual agreement of the Parties.
        
        (d)    DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING
        
               At the Closing, (i) Seller will deliver to Buyer the various 
               certificates, instruments, and documents referred to in clause 
               8(a) below, (ii) Buyer will deliver to Seller the various 
               certificates, instruments, and documents referred to in clause 
               8(b) below, (iii) Seller will deliver to:- (A) the Buyer the 
               share certificates totalling 14,853,294 Shares equal to a 
               27.31% interest in the Company and duly executed instruments 
               of transfer in respect thereof, and (B) Citibank in New York, 
               New York as the escrow agent pursuant to the terms of an 
               escrow agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable 
               to the Parties to be entered into between Buyer and Seller 
               under clause 8(c)(iii), the share certificates totalling 
               2,175,510 Shares equal to a 4% interest in the Company, in 
               each case validly issued to Seller and on a fully repatriable 
               basis and SBP-approved for export out of Pakistan, accompanied 
               by transfer deeds duly executed on behalf of Seller, the 
               signatures of whose signatory(ies) are verified by the 
               Company, and (iv) Buyer will deliver to Seller the 
               consideration specified in clause 2(b) above.
        
3.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS CONCERNING THE TRANSACTION

        (a)    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS OF SELLER
        
               Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that:
        
               (i)    ORGANISATION OF SELLER
               
                      Seller is duly organised, validly existing, and in good
                      standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
                      incorporation.
               
               (ii)   AUTHORISATION OF TRANSACTION
               
                      Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute
                      and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations
                      hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and
                      legally binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable in
                      accordance with its terms and conditions.  There are no
                      authorizations, consents, or approvals that Seller must
                      obtain from the GOP, including the SBP, prior to Closing,
                      in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by
                      this Agreement.

                                                                         6

<PAGE>

               
               (iii)  OWNERSHIP OF SALE SHARES
               
                      Seller is the lawful holder of record and beneficial 
                      owner of the Sale Shares, the First Option Shares and 
                      the Second Option Shares, free and clear of any liens, 
                      claims, restrictions on sale and security interests, 
                      and has full legal right to sell, transfer, and convey 
                      the Sale Shares, the First Option Shares and the Second 
                      Option Shares pursuant to this Agreement; the 
                      registration of the Sale Shares and, upon exercise of 
                      the First Option or the Second Option (as the case may 
                      be), the First Option Shares or the Second Option 
                      Shares (as the case may be) in the name of Buyer in the 
                      Company's register of shareholders will transfer good 
                      and valid title thereto, free and clear of any liens, 
                      claims, restrictions and security interests.  Seller 
                      further undertakes to Buyer that it shall discharge any 
                      and all capital gains tax or any other taxes or duties 
                      in Pakistan or anywhere in the world which may arise 
                      from Seller's sale of the Sale Shares, the First Option 
                      Shares and the Second Option Shares (as the case may 
                      be) to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement except for 
                      stamp duty on the transfer of the Sale Shares, the 
                      First Option Shares and Second Option Shares, which is 
                      to be paid by Buyer. The Sale Shares, the First Option 
                      Shares and the Second Option Shares are held by Seller 
                      on a fully repatriable basis both as to capital, all 
                      accretions thereto and dividends payable thereon.
               
               (iv)   NONCONTRAVENTION
               
                      Neither the execution and the delivery of this 
                      Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions 
                      contemplated hereby, will (A) violate any constitution, 
                      statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, 
                      decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any 
                      government, governmental agency, or court to which 
                      Seller is subject or any provision of its charter or 
                      bylaws or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, 
                      constitute a default under, result in the acceleration 
                      of, create in any party the right to accelerate, 
                      terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice 
                      under any agreement, contract, lease, license, 
                      instrument, or other arrangement to which the Seller is 
                      a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its 
                      assets is subject, except with respect to the 
                      restrictions on transfer of Shares under the 
                      Shareholders' Agreement.  Seller has obtained a waiver 
                      from Saif with respect to Clauses 11.4 and 11.5 of the 
                      Shareholders' Agreement, permitting the Parties hereto 
                      to proceed with the transaction contemplated hereunder.

                                                                         7

<PAGE>


               (v)    BROKERS' FEES
               
                      Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or
                      commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect
                      to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
               
               (vi)   STATEMENTS COMPLETE AND CORRECT
               
                      The statements contained in this clause 3(a) are true, 
                      correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement 
                      and will be true, correct and complete as of the 
                      Closing Date and the First Option Closing Date and, if 
                      applicable, the Second Option Closing Date (as though 
                      made then and as though the Closing Date and, if 
                      applicable,  the First Option Closing Date or the 
                      Second Option Closing Date were substituted for the 
                      date of this Agreement throughout this clause 3(a)).
               
        
        (b)    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
               
               Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that:
               
               (i)    ORGANISATION OF THE BUYER
        
                      Buyer is a corporation duly organised, validly 
                      existing, and in good standing under the laws of the 
                      jurisdiction of its incorporation.
               
               (ii)   AUTHORISATION OF TRANSACTION
               
                      Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute
                      and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations
                      hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and
                      legally binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable in
                      accordance with its terms and conditions.  Subject to the
                      provisions of the Licence and to confirmation from Seller
                      that it obtained the requisite exchange control approval
                      to the issue of the Sale Shares, the First Option Shares
                      and the Second Option Shares to itself on a repatriable
                      basis both as to capital, all accretions thereto and
                      dividends payable thereon there are no authorisations,
                      consents, or approvals that Buyer must obtain from the
                      GOP, including the SBP, prior to Closing, in order to
                      consummate the transactions contemplated by this
                      Agreement.

                                                                         8

<PAGE>

               
               (iii)  FUNDS AVAILABLE
               
                      Buyer has, or will have on or prior to the Closing 
                      Date, sufficient cash, available lines of credit or 
                      other sources of immediately available funds to enable 
                      it to make payment of the Purchase Price as well as 
                      meet its pro-rata share of the Company's funding 
                      requirements under the 1997 Business Plan.
               
               (iv)   DISCLOSURE
               
                      As of the date hereof neither the Buyer nor any of its
                      Affiliated Entities, directors, employees or agents have
                      been advised of or have knowledge of facts or
                      circumstances involving the Condition of the Company that
                      demonstrate an existing material misrepresentation by
                      Seller pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to
                      an ability by Buyer to terminate this Agreement or to a
                      claim for indemnification pursuant to clause 10(b)(i).
               
               (v)    NONCONTRAVENTION
               
                      Neither the execution and the delivery of this 
                      Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions 
                      contemplated hereby, will (A) violate any constitution, 
                      statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, 
                      decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any 
                      government, governmental agency, or court to which 
                      Buyer is subject or any provision of its charter or 
                      by-laws or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, 
                      constitute a default under, result in the acceleration 
                      of, create in any party the right to accelerate, 
                      terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice 
                      under any agreement, contract, lease, licence, 
                      instrument, or other arrangement to which the Buyer is 
                      a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its 
                      assets is subject.

               (vi)   BROKERS' FEES     
                      
                      The Buyer has no liability or obligation to pay any fees
                      or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with
                      respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
                      for which Seller could become liable or obligated.
               
               (vii)  STATEMENTS COMPLETE AND CORRECT
               
                      The statements contained in this clause 3(b) are true, 
                      correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement 
                      and will be true, correct and complete as of the 
                      Closing Date (as though made then and as though the 
                      Closing Date 


                                                                         9

<PAGE>

                      were substituted for the date of this Agreement 
                      throughout this clause 3(b)).
               
4.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY
        
        Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that save as fairly disclosed 
        in the Disclosure Letter:

        (a)    ORGANISATION, QUALIFICATION AND CORPORATE POWER
        
               The Company is a limited liability company duly organised and
               validly existing under the laws of Pakistan, and is duly
               authorised to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to
               own and use the properties owned and used by it.
               
        (b)    CAPITALISATION

               The entire authorised share capital of the Company consists of 
               60,000,000 Shares, all one class, of which 54,387,750 are 
               validly issued.  All of the validly issued Shares have been 
               duly authorised and are fully paid, and are held of record by 
               the Seller, CCL, and Saif in the proportions specified in the 
               Disclosure Letter.  There are no outstanding or authorised 
               options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription right, 
               conversion rights, exchange rights, or other contracts or 
               commitments that could require the Company to issue, sell, or 
               otherwise cause to become outstanding any of its share 
               capital. There are no outstanding or authorised stock 
               appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation, or similar 
               rights with respect to the Company.
        
        (c)    SUBSIDIARIES
        
               The Company has no, and never has had any, subsidiaries.
        
        (d)    NONCONTRAVENTION
        
               Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement, nor 
               the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will 
               (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, 
               injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other 
               restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court 
               to which the Company is subject or any provision of the 
               charter or by-laws of the Company or (ii) to the best of the 
               knowledge of Seller, conflict with, result in a breach of, 
               constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, 
               create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, 
               modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, 
               contract, lease, licence, instrument, or other arrangement to 
               which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to 
               which any of its assets is subject (or result in the 
               imposition of any security interest upon any of its assets) or 
               (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a 
               default under, result in the 


                                                                         10

<PAGE>


               acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, 
               terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under the 
               Licence.  To the best of Seller's knowledge, the Company does 
               not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or 
               obtain any authorisation, consent, or approval of any 
               government or governmental agency prior to the Closing in 
               order for the parties to consummate the transactions 
               contemplated by this Agreement.
        
        (e)    BROKERS' FEES
        
               The Company has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or
               commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the
               transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
        
        (f)    TITLE TO TANGIBLE ASSETS
        
               Schedule A lists all material tangible assets which the Company
               uses in the conduct of its business.  All of such assets are
               owned by the Company free and clear of all liens, claims, or
               other security interests, are in good operating condition and
               repair, subject to normal wear and use, and are usable in a
               manner consistent with their current use.
        
        (g)    LEASED TANGIBLE PROPERTY
               
               No tangible property has been leased or sub-leased to the
               Company.
        
        (h)    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        
               Schedule B contains the following financial statements 
               (collectively the "Financial Statements"): (i) audited balance 
               sheets and profit and loss account as of and for the fiscal 
               years ended 31st December, 1995, and 31st December, 1996 for 
               the Company; and (ii) unaudited balance sheets and summary 
               profit and loss account (the "Most Recent Financial 
               Statements") as of and for the six months ended 30th June, 
               1997 (the "Most Recent Fiscal Month End") for the Company.  
               The Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) have 
               been prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
               generally accepted in Pakistan and applied on a consistent 
               basis throughout the periods covered thereby, comply with the 
               requirements of Pakistan law and present fairly the financial 
               condition of the Company as of such dates and the results of 
               operations of the Company for such periods.

                                                                         11

<PAGE>

        
        (i)    LEGAL COMPLIANCE
        
               To Seller's knowledge, after making all due and careful 
               enquiries, the Company has complied in all material respects 
               with all applicable laws (including rules, regulations, codes, 
               plans, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and 
               charges thereunder) of the GOP and any applicable laws of the 
               United States federal, state and local governments (and all 
               agencies thereof) (the "Applicable Laws") and the Company has 
               filed all returns and made all filings required by all 
               applicable laws.  As at the date hereof, the Company has not 
               received any notice of any failure to comply with, nor are 
               there any circumstances which indicate that the Company is in 
               violation of, any such Applicable Laws.
        
        (j)    TAX MATTERS
        
               The Company has timely filed all Pakistan tax returns that it 
               was required to file, and has paid all applicable taxes shown 
               thereon as owing, except taxes that are being contested in 
               good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate 
               reserves have been made.  There are no outstanding claims, 
               assessments (including penalty or interest claims) in respect 
               of taxation and the Company is not subject to any dispute with 
               the relevant tax authorities or any other fiscal authority at 
               the date hereof and there is no fact or matter which might 
               result in any such dispute or any liability for taxation 
               (present and future) not provided for in its audited accounts.
        
        (k)    IMMOVABLE PROPERTY
        
               (i)    Schedule C attached hereto lists all immovable property
                      that the Company owns.  With respect to each such parcel
                      of owned immovable property:
               
                      (A)     the Company has good and marketable title to the
                              parcel of immovable property, free and clear of
                              any security interest, easement, covenant, or
                              other restriction, recorded easements, covenants,
                              and other restrictions, and utility easements,
                              building restrictions, zoning restrictions, and
                              other easements and restrictions existing
                              generally with respect to properties of a similar
                              character; and

                                                                         12

<PAGE>


                      (B)     there are no leases, subleases, licenses,
                              concessions, or other agreements granting to any
                              party or parties the right to use or occupancy of
                              any portion of the parcel of immovable property.
                      
               (ii)   Schedule D lists all immovable property leased or 
                      subleased to the Company.  Each such lease and sublease 
                      listed in Schedule D is legal, valid, binding, 
                      enforceable, and in full force and effect, and the 
                      Company has not received any notice of any default 
                      thereunder.
               
        (l)    MATERIAL CONTRACTS
        
               Schedule E lists all material contracts and other written 
               agreements to which the Company is a party or by which its 
               assets or properties may be bound.  All such contracts and 
               agreements are in full force and effect, are valid and binding 
               upon and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance 
               with their respective terms.  The Company has not violated any 
               of the terms or conditions of any contract or agreement set 
               forth in Schedule E in any material respect, and to Seller's 
               knowledge after having made all due and careful enquiries, all 
               of the covenants to be performed by any other party thereto 
               have been materially performed.
        
               For the purposes of this sub-paragraph, "material" contracts or
               agreements means any contract or agreement (whether written or
               oral) with a value of US$10,000 or more in any twelve month
               period.
        
        (m)    POWERS OF ATTORNEY
        
               There are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on behalf 
               of the Company.
        
        (n)    LITIGATION
        
               To the knowledge of Seller after having made all due and careful
               enquiries, there is no pending or threatened litigation against
               the Company.  Except as set forth in Schedule F, there are no
               actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, or investigations before
               any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any
               federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction that involve the
               Company or any of its assets or properties, nor is it a party to
               or its assets or properties subject to any injunction, judgment,
               order, decree, ruling, or charge which would have a material
               adverse effect on the Condition of the Company, and there are no
               circumstances at present which indicate the Company is about to
               become involved in any litigation.

                                                                         13

<PAGE>

        
        (o)    EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
        
               The Company complies in form and in operation in all respects
               with the applicable requirements of the labour laws and
               regulations currently in effect in Pakistan.
        
        (p)    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES
        
               Except with respect to the License and the trade name 
               "Mobilink", the Company has no patents, patent rights, 
               licenses, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade 
               name rights, service marks, service mark rights, copyrights or 
               similar rights, and does not require any such rights in 
               connection with the conduct of its business.  The Company is 
               not infringing or otherwise acting adversely to, the right of 
               any Person under or in respect of any patent, license, 
               trademark, trade name, service mark, copyright or similar 
               intangible right.
        
        (q)    STATEMENTS CORRECT AND COMPLETE
        
               The statements contained in this clause 4 are true correct and
               complete in all material respects as of the date of this
               Agreement and will be true correct and complete in all material
               respects as of the Closing Date and, if applicable, the First
               Option Closing Date or the Second Option Closing Date (as though
               made then and as though the Closing Date and the First Option
               Closing Date or the Second Option Closing Date were substituted
               for the date of this Agreement throughout this clause 4), except
               as Seller may otherwise notify Buyer pursuant to clause 6(e).
        
        (r)    MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
        
               Seller has heretofore delivered to Buyer true and complete 
               copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association and 
               minute books of the Company.  The minute books of the Company 
               contain true and complete records of all meetings and consents 
               in lieu of meeting of the board of directors (and any 
               committees thereof) and of shareholders thereof since the time 
               of its incorporation in reasonable detail and accurately 
               reflect in all material respects all transactions referred to 
               in such minutes and consents in lieu of meeting.
        
        (s)    LIABILITIES 
        
               Save in respect of a potential additional liability of US$1
               million payable to MINC on account of the supply of
               infrastructure equipment, the Company does not have any
               Liabilities other than (i) Liabilities fully and adequately
               reflected or reserved against on the Most Recent Financial
               Statements or disclosed in the 

                                                                         14

<PAGE>

               footnotes thereto and (ii) Liabilities incurred since December 
               31, 1996 in the ordinary course of business.
        
               "Liabilities" means, with respect to any Person as of any time,
               any direct or indirect indebtedness, liability, claim, loss,
               damage, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, fixed or
               unfixed, choate or inchoate, liquidated or unliquidated, secured
               or unsecured, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, of a
               kind required to be set forth on a balance sheet of such Person
               as at such time prepared in accordance with generally accepted
               accounting principles in effect in Pakistan or individually,
               collectively, specifically or generally to be included in the
               notes to such balance sheet.
        
        (t)    NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE 
        
               Since December 31, 1996, there has not been any (i) material 
               adverse change, or any development involving a prospective 
               material adverse change, in the Condition of the Company, (ii) 
               damage to, destruction or loss of any assets or properties of 
               the Company, whether or not covered by insurance, which has 
               had or could have a material adverse effect on the Condition 
               of the Company, or (iii) commencement or discontinuance of any 
               material line of business of the Company.
        
        (u)    OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES; EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
               
               (i)    No officer or director of the Company or any other 
                      employee of the Company had compensation reported for 
                      the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 exceeding 
                      US$50,000 or received or is entitled to receive bonuses 
                      in excess of US$10,000 in respect of the fiscal year 
                      ended December 31, 1996 (each a "Highly Compensated 
                      Person") and there are no commitments or agreements by 
                      the Company to increase the wages of any such Highly 
                      Compensated Person.  No officer, director or employee 
                      of the Company is a party to or beneficiary of any 
                      contract or other agreement pursuant to which such 
                      Person shall receive any bonus or other payment from 
                      the Company in connection with the transactions 
                      contemplated hereby.
               
               (ii)   To the knowledge of Seller, there is not now 
                      threatened, a strike, picket, work stoppage, work 
                      slowdown or other labour trouble or similar event by 
                      any employee of the Company.
               
        (v)    ARRANGEMENTS WITH DIRECTORS AND CONNECTED PERSONS
        
               There is not outstanding:

                                                                         15

<PAGE>

        
               (i)    any loan made by the Company to, or debt owing to the
                      Company by, any director of the Company or any Person
                      connected with any of them;
               
               (ii)   any agreement or arrangement to which the Company is a
                      party and in which any director of the Company or any
                      Person connected with any of them is interested.
               
        (w)    THE LICENCE
        
               A true, complete and accurate copy of the Licence is annexed 
               in Schedule G hereto.  The Licence is in full force and effect 
               and validly subsisting and there do not exist any 
               circumstances which might lead to the revocation or non 
               renewal of the Licence or any amendment or variation of its 
               terms.  Seller has disclosed to Buyer all information known to 
               it which might reasonably be considered to affect the value of 
               the Licence to the Company in the carrying on of its business, 
               now and in the future.
        
        (x)    MATERIAL INFORMATION
        
               All information relating to the Company which is known to 
               Seller and which is material to be known by a purchaser for 
               value of the Shares has been disclosed to Buyer in writing.
        
        (y)    RECITALS AND DISCLOSURES
        
               The recitals and Schedules to this Agreement and all 
               information and documents relating to the Company disclosed or 
               supplied by Seller or the Company or any agent of any of them 
               to the Purchaser, its legal advisers, accountants or other 
               agents or advisers during or with a view to the negotiations 
               leading up to this Agreement, including (but not limited to) 
               the information contained in the Disclosure Letter, are true 
               and accurate in all material respects and there is no fact 
               known to Seller not disclosed which would render any such 
               information or document inaccurate or misleading or which, if 
               disclosed, might reasonably affect the willingness of Buyer to 
               purchase the Sale Shares and/or the First Option Shares and/or 
               the Second Option Shares for the consideration or otherwise on 
               the terms specified in this Agreement.
        
        (z)    POSITION SINCE 31ST DECEMBER, 1996
        
               Since 31st December, 1996:

                                                                         16

<PAGE>

               (i)    no dividend or other distribution has been declared, paid
                      or made by the Company;
               
               (ii)   the business of the Company has been carried on in the
                      ordinary course and so as to maintain it as a going
                      concern;
               
               (iii)  there has been no reduction in the value of the net
                      tangible assets of the Company on the basis of the
                      valuations adopted in the Most Recent Financial
                      Statements;
               
               (iv)   the Company has not acquired or disposed of or agreed to
                      acquire or dispose of any business or any material asset
                      other than trading stock in the ordinary course of
                      business;
               
               (v)    no debtor has been released by the Company on terms that
                      he pays less than the book value of any debt in excess of
                      US$10,000 (subject to settlement discounts on the usual
                      terms which have been disclosed to the Purchaser) and no
                      debt in excess of US$10,000 has been written off or has
                      proved to be irrecoverable to any extent;
               
               (vi)   other than making payments in the ordinary course of 
                      business under the existing management agreement with 
                      Motorola, and payment of principal and interest under 
                      the outstanding third party loans, the Company has not 
                      paid any service, management or similar charges or any 
                      interest or amount in the nature of interest to any 
                      Person or incurred any liability to make such a payment.
               
        (aa)   The Company had on 30th June, 1997 a minimum of 22,000 active
               subscribers in respect of its cellular mobile telephone system.
               For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (aa), active subscribers
               means subscribers who are not blocked from making calls and who
               in the three month period after 30th June, 1997 make payment in
               full of at least one of their monthly accounts with the Company.
        
        (bb)   The Company had, as at 30th June, 1997, Delinquent Receivables 
               of not more than 60 million Rupees (before netting off any 
               deposits or other security held by the Company from 
               subscribers). For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (bb), 
               Delinquent Receivables means receivables which, as at the date 
               at which the calculation is made, have been outstanding for 
               120 days or more. 
               
5.      FURTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND
        WARRANTIES

                                                                         17

<PAGE>


        (a)    Each of the representations and warranties of Seller in clause 
               4 shall be construed as a separate representation and warranty 
               and is given subject to the matters of which true, complete 
               and accurate details are given in the Disclosure Letter but 
               (save as expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be 
               otherwise limited or restricted by reference to or inference 
               from the terms of any other representation and warranty or any 
               other term of this Agreement.
        
        (b)    Buyer shall not be entitled to claim after Closing that any of 
               the representations and warranties of Seller is or was untrue 
               or misleading or has been breached even if Buyer had 
               discovered but failed to raise such fact before Closing, 
               provided, however, that Buyer shall not be deemed to have 
               waived its right to claim a breach of such relevant 
               representation or warranty after Closing if Buyer knew of but 
               failed to raise such breach before Closing because Buyer in 
               good faith believed such breach was not material and had no 
               reason to believe it would become material, but subsequent to 
               Closing the representation and warranty giving rise to such 
               immaterial breach prior to Closing shall have changed, thereby 
               resulting in an Adverse Consequence.
        
        (c)    The rights and remedies of Buyer in respect of any breach of 
               the representations and warranties of Seller shall not be 
               affected by Closing, by any investigation made by or on behalf 
               of Buyer into the affairs of the Company, by the giving of 
               time or other indulgence by Buyer to any Person, by Buyer 
               rescinding or not rescinding this Agreement or by any other 
               cause whatsoever except a specific waiver or release by the 
               Buyer in writing; and any such waiver or release shall not 
               prejudice or affect any remaining rights or remedies of the 
               Buyer.
        
6.      PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

        The parties agree as follows with respect to the period between the
        execution of this Agreement and the Closing:

        (a)    GENERAL
        
               Each of the parties will use its reasonable best efforts to 
               take all actions and to do all things necessary in order to 
               consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by 
               this Agreement (including satisfaction, but not waiver, of the 
               closing conditions set forth in clause 8 below).
        
        (b)    OPERATION OF BUSINESS
        
               Seller will not cause or permit the Company to engage in any 
               practice, take any action, or enter into any transaction 
               outside the ordinary and usual course of business or 
               inconsistent with past practices and the preservation of the 
               goodwill of the Company's suppliers, customers, employees and 
               others having business 

                                                                         18

<PAGE>


               relations with the Company.  The Seller shall cause the 
               Company to preserve all licenses and permits of the Company in 
               full force and effect and preserve the business of the Company 
               as in effect on the date hereof.
        
        (c)    Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (b), Seller
               shall procure that unless Buyer shall have consented thereto in
               writing the Company shall not:
        
               (i)    create, extend, grant or issue, or agree to create, grant
                      or issue any mortgage, charge, debenture or other
                      security; or
               
               (ii)   create or issue or agree to create or issue any share or
                      loan capital, or give or agree to give any option in
                      respect of any share or loan capital; or
               
               (iii)  pass any resolution by its members in general meeting or
                      make any alteration of its Memorandum or Articles of
                      Association; or
               
               (iv)   declare, make or pay any dividend or other distribution;
                      or
               
               (v)    pay its creditors otherwise than in the ordinary course 
                      or change its policy in relation to the payment of 
                      creditors; or
               
               (vi)   enter into any contract or commitment in relation to the
                      Licence except with the GOP, as may be necessary for the
                      reissuance of the License; or
               
               (vii)  sell or transfer any of its assets or cancel, release or
                      assign any indebtedness owed to it or any claims held by
                      it, in each case in excess of US$10,000; or
               
               (viii) do any act, matter or thing which would make any of the
                      representations and warranties contained in clause 4
                      untrue if the same were repeated at any time prior to
                      Closing by reference to the facts and circumstances then
                      pertaining.
        
        (d)    FULL ACCESS
               
               Seller will permit, and Seller will cause the Company to 
               permit, representatives of Buyer to have full access at all 
               reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to interfere with 
               the normal business operations of the Company, to all 
               premises, properties, personnel, books, records (including tax 
               records), contracts, and documents of or pertaining to the 
               Company.  Buyer will treat and hold as Confidential 
               Information any such information it receives from either of 
               Seller or the Company in the course of the reviews 
               contemplated by this clause 6(d), will not use any of the 
               Confidential Information except in connection with this 
               Agreement, and, if this Agreement is terminated for any reason 
               whatsoever, will 

                                                                         19

<PAGE>

               return to Seller and the Company all tangible
               embodiments (and all copies) of the Confidential Information
               which are in its possession.
        
        (e)    NOTICE OF DEVELOPMENTS
        
               Each Party will give prompt written notice to the other Party 
               of any material adverse development causing a breach of any of 
               its own representations and warranties in clause 3 above, and 
               Seller shall notify Buyer of any development causing a breach 
               of any of the representations and warranties in clause 4 
               above.  Unless Buyer has the right to terminate this Agreement 
               pursuant to clause 12(a)(ii) below by reason of such 
               development and exercises that right within the period of 10 
               business days referred to in clause 12(a)(ii) below, the 
               written notice pursuant to this clause 6(e) will be deemed to 
               have amended any applicable Schedule or the Disclosure Letter, 
               as the case may be, to have qualified the representations and 
               warranties contained in clause 4 above, and to have cured any 
               inaccurate or incomplete representation or breach of warranty 
               that otherwise might have existed hereunder by reason of the 
               development.
        
        (f)    Buyer acknowledges that Seller has provided to Buyer in writing
               notice that the Net Deficit of the Company was as at 30th June,
               1997 US$14,889,977 (the "Unaudited June Net Deficit").
        
7.      POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

        In case at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary 
        or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the 
        Parties will take such further action (including the execution and 
        delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other 
        Party reasonably may request, all at the sole cost and expense of the 
        requesting Party (unless the requesting Party is entitled to 
        indemnification therefor under clause 10 below), except where such 
        action is undertaken solely on behalf or to facilitate any necessary 
        action required of the other Party, in which event the other Party 
        shall be liable for reimbursing the costs and expenses of the 
        requesting Party.
        
8.      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

        (a)    CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER

                                                                         20

<PAGE>

        
               The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions to be
               performed by it in connection with the Closing is subject to
               satisfaction of the following conditions:
        
               (i)    the representations and warranties set forth in clause
                      3(a) and clause 4 above shall be true and correct at and
                      as of the Closing Date;
               
               (ii)   Seller shall have performed and complied with all of its
                      covenants hereunder required to be performed or complied
                      with by Seller on or before the Closing Date in all
                      material respects through the Closing;
               
               (iii)  there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order, 
                      decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing 
                      consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by 
                      this Agreement;
               
               (iv)   approval of the transfers to Buyer of the Sale Shares 
                      by majority vote of the Company's Board of Directors 
                      and registration of the Sale Shares in the name of 
                      Buyer in the Company's register of shareholders at a 
                      meeting of such Board, to occur at the Closing, 
                      followed by the resignation of one of the directors 
                      representing Seller on the Company's Board of 
                      Directors, effective as of the Closing Date;
               
               (v)    Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate of an
                      officer of Seller to the effect that each of the
                      conditions specified above in clause 8(a)(i)-(iv) is
                      satisfied;
               
               (vi)   Buyer shall have received from counsel to Seller an
                      opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
                      Buyer, addressed to Buyer, and dated as of the Closing
                      Date;
               
               (vii)  all actions to be taken by Seller in connection with 
                      consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby 
                      and all certificates, opinions, instruments and other 
                      documents required to effect the transactions 
                      contemplated hereby will be reasonably satisfactory in 
                      form and substance to Buyer.  Except as may have been 
                      previously disclosed to Buyer by Seller pursuant to 
                      clause 6(e), there shall have been no material adverse 
                      change or any development involving a prospective 
                      material adverse change, in the Condition of the 
                      Company; and
               
               (viii) the License shall have been reissued pursuant to the
                      requirements of the Pakistan Telecommunications
                      (Reorganization) Act, 1996, on terms reasonably
                      satisfactory to Buyer.

                                                                         21

<PAGE>

               Buyer may waive any condition specified in this clause 8(a) in
               writing at or prior to the Closing.
        
        (b)    CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF SELLER
        
               The obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions to be
               performed by it in connection with the Closing is subject to
               satisfaction of the following conditions:
        
               (i)    the representations and warranties set forth in clause
                      3(b) above (other than in paragraph (iv) of clause 3(b))
                      shall be true and correct in all material respects at and
                      as of the Closing Date;
               
               (ii)   Buyer shall have performed and complied with all of its
                      covenants hereunder required to be performed or complied
                      with by Buyer on or before the Closing Date in all
                      material respects through the Closing;
               
               (iii)  there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order,
                      decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing the Buyer
                      from consummating any of the transactions contemplated by
                      this Agreement;
               
               (iv)   Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate of 
                      an officer of Buyer to the effect that each of the 
                      conditions specified above in clause 8(b)(i)-(iii) is 
                      satisfied;
               
               (v)    Seller shall have received from counsel to Buyer an
                      opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
                      Seller, addressed to Seller, and dated as of the Closing
                      Date; and
               
               (vi)   all actions to be taken by Buyer in connection with 
                      consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby 
                      and all certificates, opinions, instruments, and other 
                      documents required to effect the transactions 
                      contemplated hereby will be reasonably satisfactory in 
                      form and substance to Seller.
               
               Seller may waive any condition specified in this clause 8(b) in
               writing at or prior to the Closing.
        
        (c)    CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH BUYER AND SELLER

                                                                         22

<PAGE>

        
               The obligation of both Buyer and Seller to consummate the
               transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to
               the further conditions that:
        
               (i)    the Company shall have called a meeting of the
                      shareholders of the Company to be held on the Closing
                      Date, for the purpose of adopting Articles of Association
                      in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
                      Parties and reflecting, as applicable, the provisions of
                      the Restated and Amended Shareholders' Agreement referred
                      to below, in substitution for its existing articles of
                      association and upon the convening of such meeting
                      following the consummation of this transaction Buyer and
                      Seller shall vote in favour thereof;
               
               (ii)   the Shareholders Agreement shall have been terminated, 
                      including any amendments thereto, and each of the 
                      parties to the Shareholders Agreement shall have 
                      executed a mutual release of their respective rights 
                      and obligations to each other under such agreement; and 
                      the Restated and Amended Shareholders' Agreement in the 
                      form of Exhibit A attached hereto shall be executed on 
                      the Closing Date; 
               
               (iii)  Buyer and Seller shall have entered into the escrow 
                      agreement in form substance reasonably satisfactory to 
                      the Parties and the same shall be in full force and 
                      effect as at the Closing Date;
               
               (iv)   the Shareholders shall have entered into that certain 
                      side letter negotiated between the Parties regarding 
                      the capitalization of the Company during financial 
                      years 1997 and 1998.
               
        (d)    POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER
        
               Following the Closing the Buyer shall furnish a certificate to
               the Company (with a copy to the Seller) stating that it has
               acquired the Sale Shares on a repatriable basis with payment
               having been made outside Pakistan.
        
9.      FIRST OPTION AND SECOND OPTION

        (a)    Seller hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants to Buyer 
               the First Option, exercisable on one occasion only at any time 
               during the First Option Period to purchase the First Option 
               Shares in consideration of the payment of the First Option 
               Purchase Price on the terms and subject to the conditions of 
               this clause 9.

                                                                         23

<PAGE>

        
        (b)    Subject to the other provisions of this clause, Buyer may at 
               any time during the First Option Period, exercise the First 
               Option by serving on the Seller written notice of such 
               exercise and the date of exercise of the First Option shall be 
               the date when such written notice has been served on the 
               Seller in accordance with clause 14(g).  The First Option 
               shall lapse forthwith upon the expiration of the First Option 
               Period.
        
        (c)    The notice of exercise of the First Option referred to in clause
               9(b) once served shall be irrevocable and binding on Buyer and
               may not be withdrawn without the prior written consent of the
               Seller. 
        
        (d)    Following the exercise of the First Option in accordance with 
               clause 9(b), closing of the sale and purchase of the First 
               Option Shares (the "First Option Closing") shall take place at 
               the offices of Seller in London on the seventh business day 
               after the date of exercise of the First Option or, if the 
               provisions of clause 11 shall apply, on the date provided in 
               such clause, and the following matters shall be simultaneously 
               completed:
        
               (i)    Seller shall deliver to the Buyer share certificates
                      evidencing the total number of First Option Shares
                      together with instruments of transfer in respect thereof;
                      and
               
               (ii)   The Buyer shall pay to the Seller the First Option
                      Purchase Price in cash by wire transfer in immediately
                      available funds to Seller's bank account number 40694123
                      at Citibank N.A. in New York, New York.
        
        (e)    Seller irrevocably and unconditionally grants to Buyer the 
               Second Option, effective upon the lapse of the First Option 
               (whether due to the expiry of the First Option Period or the 
               failure to exercise the First Option) but not otherwise, and 
               exercisable on one occasion only at any time during the period 
               commencing on the expiry of the First Option Period and ending 
               on (and including) 11:00 p.m. Hong Kong time on 27th August, 
               1997 or, if the provisions of clause 11 shall apply, on the 
               date provided in such clause, ("Second Option Period"), to 
               purchase the Second Option Shares for the Second Option 
               Purchase Price.  
        
        (f)    Subject to the other provisions of this clause, Buyer may at 
               any time during the Second Option Period, exercise the Second 
               Option by serving on the Seller written notice of such 
               exercise and the date of exercise of the Second Option shall 
               be the date when such written notice has been served on the 
               Seller in accordance with clause 14(g).  The Second Option 
               shall lapse forthwith upon the expiration of the Second Option 
               Period.


                                                                         24

<PAGE>


        (g)    The notice of exercise of the Second Option referred to in 
               clause 9(f) once served shall be irrevocable and binding on 
               Buyer and may not be withdrawn without the prior written 
               consent of the Seller. 
        
        (h)    Following the exercise of the Second Option in accordance with
               clause 9(f), closing of the sale and purchase of the Second
               Option Shares (the "Second Option Closing") shall take place at
               the offices of Seller in London on the seventh business day after
               the date of exercise of the Second Option (or such later date as
               may be agreed by Seller not exceeding 30 days from the time of
               expiry of the Second Option Period) and the provisions of Clause
               9(d) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Second Option Closing.
        
10.     REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT

        (a)    SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
        
               All of the representations and warranties of the Parties in
               clause 3 and of the Seller contained in clause 4 above shall
               survive the Closing hereunder and shall continue in full force
               and effect subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
               clause.
        
        (b)    INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS FOR BENEFIT OF THE BUYER:
        
               (i)    In the event Seller breaches any of its 
                      representations, warranties and covenants contained 
                      herein (other than the representations and warranties 
                      in clause 3(a) above), and, provided that Buyer makes a 
                      written claim for indemnification against Seller 
                      pursuant to clause 14(g) below prior to 31st December 
                      1999 (the "Cut-off Date") or, in respect of claims 
                      relating to taxation ("Taxation Claims") prior to the 
                      sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, then Seller 
                      shall indemnify Buyer from and against any Adverse 
                      Consequences Buyer shall suffer originating prior to 
                      and continuing through and after the date of the claim 
                      for indemnification caused by the breach.  There shall 
                      be no indemnification for any Adverse Consequences 
                      Buyer shall suffer where written notice of the claim is 
                      first made after the Cut-off Date or, in respect of 
                      Taxation Claims, the sixth anniversary of the Closing 
                      Date.  The Seller shall not have any obligation to 
                      indemnify Buyer from and against any Adverse 
                      Consequences caused by the breach of any representation 
                      or warranty of Seller contained in clause 4 above 
                      unless the amount of Buyer's claim in respect thereof, 
                      when aggregated with one or more other claims brought 
                      against Seller hereunder, exceeds two hundred thousand 
                      United States Dollars (US$200,000).  The maximum 
                      liability of Seller for a breach of any of its 
                      representations, warranties and covenants contained 
                      herein shall be limited to an amount equal to the 
                      aggregate of 50% of the Purchase Price and, if the 
                      First Option or the Second Option is exercised, 50% of 
                      the First Option 

                                                                         25

<PAGE>

                      Purchase Price or 50% of the Second Option Purchase 
                      Price (as the case may be). 
               
               (ii)   In the event Seller breaches any of its representations
                      and warranties in clause 3(a) above, provided that Buyer
                      makes a written claim for indemnification against Seller
                      pursuant to clause 14(g) below prior to the first
                      anniversary of the Closing Date, then Seller shall
                      indemnify Buyer from and against the entirety of any
                      Adverse Consequences Buyer shall suffer through and
                      continuing after the date of the claim for indemnification
                      caused by the breach, without regard to the monetary limit
                      set forth above in clause 10(b)(i).  There shall be no
                      indemnification for any Adverse Consequences Buyer shall
                      suffer where written notice of the claim is first made
                      after the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
               
        (c)    INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS FOR BENEFIT OF SELLER
        
               In the event Buyer breaches any of its representations,
               warranties, and covenants contained herein, and provided that
               Seller makes a written claim for indemnification against Buyer
               pursuant to clause 14(g) below prior to the first anniversary of
               the Closing Date, then Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller from and
               against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences Seller shall
               suffer through and continuing after the date of the claim for
               indemnification caused by the breach.  There shall be no
               indemnification for any Adverse Consequences Seller shall suffer
               where written notice of the claim is first made after the first
               anniversary of the Closing Date.
        
        (d)    DETERMINATION OF ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES
        
               In quantifying the Adverse Consequences suffered by a Party as a
               result of a breach of any of the warranties in this Agreement,
               there shall be taken into account any proceeds of insurance and
               any tax repayment or other tax benefit actually received by the
               indemnified Party in respect of the same event, matter or thing
               for which it is seeking indemnification under this Agreement.
        
        (e)    Seller shall not be liable for loss of profits, business,
               revenue, goodwill, anticipated savings, or any other special,
               indirect or consequential losses even if such losses were
               foreseeable by Seller, except for such losses which cannot be
               legally excluded, and as further qualified below. 
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall be liable to Buyer
               with respect to the following:

                                                                         26

<PAGE>

        
               (i)    the amount (if any) by which the Delinquent Receivables as
                      at 30th June, 1997 exceed 60 million Rupees, on a Rupee
                      for Rupee basis;
               
               (ii)   the amount (if any) by which the number of Active
                      Subscribers as at 30th June, 1997 is less than 22,000, on
                      the basis of US$1,432 for each subscriber; and
               
               (iii)  the amount (if any) by which the audited Net Deficit of
                      the Company as at 30th June, 1997 is greater than 115% of
                      the Unaudited June Net Deficit, on the basis of:-
               
                         (1)  US$0.3131 for every US$1; or 
                      
                         (2)  if the First Option is exercised, US$0.44 for 
                         every US$1; or
                      
                         (3)  if the Second Option is exercised, US$0.3631 for 
                         every US$1
                      
                      in each case, by which the audited Net Deficit as
               aforesaid is greater than 115% of the Unaudited June Net
               Deficit.
               
        (f)    (i)    For the purposes of determining the amount of the
                      Delinquent Receivables and the Net Deficit and the number
                      of Active Subscribers as at 30th June, 1997, the Parties
                      shall procure that the Company shall prepare a draft of,
                      and the Company's auditors will audit, the profit and loss
                      account of the Company for the period from 1st January,
                      1997 to 30th June, 1997 and the balance sheet of the
                      Company as at 30th June, 1997 (together the "June
                      Accounts") on a basis consistent with the Financial
                      Statements and, in particular, the treatment of the
                      operating costs incurred in Karachi during the suspension
                      of cellular operations in that city shall be the same in
                      the June Accounts as in the Financial Statements.  For the
                      avoidance of doubt, the June Accounts shall separately
                      identify the amount of the Delinquent Receivables and the
                      Net Deficit and the number of Active Subscribers. Once
                      prepared, the June Accounts as audited by the Company's
                      auditors (the "Audited June Accounts") shall forthwith be
                      delivered to each of Buyer and Seller.

                                                                         27

<PAGE>

        
               (ii)   The amount of the Delinquent Receivables and the Net
                      Deficit and the number of Active Subscribers, for the
                      purposes of paragraph (e) above, shall be as shown in the
                      Audited June Accounts and any amounts owing by Seller to
                      Buyer pursuant thereto shall be paid in cash by Seller to
                      Buyer within seven days of delivery of the Audited June
                      Accounts to Seller and Buyer pursuant to sub-paragraph (i)
                      above.  
        
        (g)    OTHER INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS
        
               The indemnification provisions in this clause 10 are the
               exclusive remedy any Party may have for breach of any
               representation or warranty in this Agreement, except where the
               breach arises from the fraud or wilful misrepresentation of the
               defaulting Party in which case the other Party's rights of action
               shall not be limited as aforesaid. 
        
        (h)    It is expressly understood that to the extent that Buyer shall
               have brought a claim for indemnification against Seller under
               clause 10, it shall be barred from pursuing the same or
               substantially similar claim under clause 11, and conversely, a
               claim under clause 11 shall bar the same or substantially similar
               claim under clause 10.
        
11.     UNDERTAKING OF SELLER

        To the extent that the License shall not have been reissued on or before
        13th August, 1997 on terms reasonably acceptable to Buyer, Buyer shall
        have the right to request of Seller, and Seller shall so agree, that the
        Closing be postponed until 16th September, 1997, during which one month
        period Buyer shall determine whether it desires to participate in the
        transaction contemplated hereunder, notwithstanding that the License
        shall not have been reissued. It is understood, however, that during
        such one month period Seller shall not be restricted from entering into
        discussions with third parties for a selldown of its Shares in the
        Company, any possible agreement for such selldown to a third party being
        contingent on Buyer's determination by 13th September, 1997, that it
        will not participate in the acquisition of Shares under this Agreement.
        It is further understood that in the event the Closing is postponed and
        does occur on 16th September, 1997, that the Buyer shall have determined
        on or before 13th September, 1997 whether it desires to purchase the
        Shares being made available to Buyer either under the First Option or
        the Second Option, and such additional shares under either such option
        shall be included in the number of Shares being acquired at Closing on
        16th September, 1997.
        
        
12.     TERMINATION

                                                                         28

<PAGE>

        
        (a)    TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
        
               The Parties may terminate this Agreement as provided below:
        
               (i)    Buyer and Seller may terminate this Agreement by mutual
                      written consent at any time prior to the Closing;
               
               (ii)   Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written
                      notice to Seller at any time prior to the Closing in the
                      event (A) Seller has within the then previous ten (10)
                      business days given Buyer any notice pursuant to clause
                      6(e) above and (B) the development that is subject of the
                      notice has had or is likely to have a material adverse
                      effect upon the Condition of the Company or the
                      consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;
               
               (iii)  Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written
                      notice to Seller at any time prior to the Closing (A) in
                      the event Seller has breached any of its representations,
                      warranties, or covenants contained in this Agreement in
                      any material respect, Buyer has notified Seller of such
                      breach, and the breach, if capable of cure, has continued
                      without cure for a period of 10 days after the receipt of
                      the notice of breach, or (B) if the Closing shall not have
                      occurred on or before 16th September, 1997, by reason of
                      the failure of any condition precedent under clause 8(a)
                      hereof (unless the failure results primarily from the
                      Buyer itself breaching any of its representations,
                      warranties, or covenants contained in this Agreement); and
               
                (iv)  Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written
                      notice to Buyer at any time prior to the Closing (A) in
                      the event Buyer has breached any of its representations,
                      warranties, or covenants contained in this Agreement in
                      any material respect, Seller has notified Buyer of such
                      breach, and the breach if capable of cure has continued
                      without cure for a period of 10 days after the receipt of
                      the notice of breach, or (B) if the Closing shall not have
                      occurred on or before 16th September, 1997, by reason of
                      the failure of any condition precedent under clause 8(b)
                      hereof (unless the failure results primarily from Seller
                      itself breaching any of its representations, warranties,
                      or covenants contained in this Agreement).
               
        
        (b)    EFFECT OF TERMINATION

                                                                         29

<PAGE>

        
               If any Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to clause 12(a)
               above, all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall
               terminate without any liability of any Party to the other Party,
               except for any liability of any Party then in breach provided,
               however, that the confidentiality provisions contained in clause
               6(d) above and the provisions of clause 13 and clause 14 shall
               survive termination.
        
13.     ARBITRATION

        The Parties shall attempt to resolve all disputes under this Agreement
        through amicable discussions and consultations.  In the event that they
        are unable to resolve any differences the matter shall be referred to
        final and binding arbitration in accordance with the following:  Any
        dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including
        any questions regarding its existence, validity, breach or termination,
        shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in London in
        accordance with the Rules for the time being in force of the
        International Chamber of Commerce, which rules are deemed to be
        incorporated into this Agreement. The tribunal shall consist of three
        (3) arbitrators, with each side to the dispute choosing one arbitrator
        and such two arbitrators choosing the third.  If within 30 days any of
        the parties to the dispute has not selected its arbitrator, or the two
        arbitrators have been unable to agree on the selection of the third
        arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be chosen by the ICC.  The third
        arbitrator shall serve as the chairperson of the arbitration panel.  The
        language of the arbitration shall be English.

14.     MISCELLANEOUS

        (a)    PRESS RELEASES AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS
        
               No Party shall issue any press release or make any public
               announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
               without the prior written approval of the other Party; provided,
               however, that any Party may make any public disclosure it
               believes in good faith is required by applicable law or any
               listing or trading agreement concerning its publicly-traded
               securities (in which case the disclosing Party will use its
               reasonable best efforts to advise the other Party prior to making
               the disclosure).
        
        (b)    NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
        
               This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any
               Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and
               permitted assigns.
        
        (c)    ENTIRE AGREEMENT

                                                                         30

<PAGE>

        
               This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein which
               may be amended in accordance with clause 6(e)) constitutes the
               entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior
               understanding, agreements, or representations by or among the
               Parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way
               to the subject matter hereof.
        
        (d)    SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT
        
               This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
               the Parties named herein and their respective successors and
               permitted assigns.  Neither Party may assign either this
               Agreement or any of his or its rights, interests, or obligations
               hereunder without the prior approval of the other Party.
        
        (e)    COUNTERPART
        
               This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
               of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together
               will constitute one and the same instrument.
        
        (f)    HEADINGS
        
               The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for
               convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
               interpretation of this Agreement.
        
        (g)    NOTICES
        
               All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications
               hereunder will be in writing, deemed duly given (and received
               five days after) if sent by registered or certified mail, return
               receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended
               recipient as set forth below:
        
               If to Seller:  J. Michael Norris      Copy to:  Halyna Traversa
                              Vice-President                   Sr. International
                              Motorola International           Counsel
                              Development Corporation          (same address)
                              425 Martingale Road           
                              Schaumburg, II 60173
        
               If to Buyer:   Hugh McClung
                              Vice-Chairman
                              International Wireless 
                              Communications, Inc.
                              12/F, Sun Hung Kai Centre


                                                                         31

<PAGE>

                              30 Harbour Road
                              Wanchai, Hong Kong
        
                              John Troy                 Copy to:  Antonio Yeung
                              Executive Director                  (same address)
                              Asian Infrastructure Fund
                              Advisers Limited
                              Suite 2302-3
                              Nine Queen's Road Central
                              Hong Kong
        
     
          Either Party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other
          communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set
          forth above using any other means (including personal delivery,
          expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail,
          or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim, or
          other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and
          until it actually is received by the intended recipient.  Either Party
          may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims,
          and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the
          other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.
     
     (h)  GOVERNING LAW
     
          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
          the laws of England without giving effect to any choice or conflict of
          law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of
          any jurisdiction other than that of England.
     
     (i)  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
     
          No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless
          the same shall be in writing and signed by Buyer and Seller.  No
          waiver by any Party of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of
          warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be
          deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default,
          misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or
          affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or
          subsequent such occurrence.
     
     (j)  SEVERABILITY
     
          Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or
          unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect
          the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions
          hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or
          provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.


                                                                         32

<PAGE>

     
     (k)  EXPENSES
     
          Each of Buyer and Seller will bear its own costs and expenses
          (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this
          Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Stamp duty
          payable on the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares shall be borne by 
          Buyer.
     
     (l)  CONSTRUCTION
     
          The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting
          of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or
          interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted
          jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
          arise favouring or disfavouring any Party by virtue of the authorship
          of any of the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any
          federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also
          to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless
          the context requires otherwise.  The word "including" shall mean
          including without limitation.  Reference to the singular includes a
          reference to the plural and vice versa and reference to any gender
          includes a reference to all other genders.  Where any warranty is
          qualified by the expression "to the best of Seller's knowledge" or
          "known to Seller" or any similar expression, that warranty shall be
          deemed to be made to the best of the knowledge of all employees of
          Motorola Inc. (or its Affiliated Entities) who have been or are
          involved in the management of the Company.
     
     (m)  INCORPORATION OF ANNEXES, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
     
          The Schedules and Exhibits identified in this Agreement are
          incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

                                                                         33

<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date
first above written.


Motorola International Development Corporation

By: /s/ Fernando A. Amandi    
    ------------------------------------------

Title: By POA
       ---------------------------------------

Witnessed by: 1 /s/
                ------------------------------

              2 /s/
                ------------------------------



International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited

By: /s/ Antonio Yeung   /s/ Robin Maule 
    --------------------------------------------------

Title:        Director               Director     
       -----------------------------------------------


Witnessed by: 1 /s/
                ------------------------------

              2 /s/
                ------------------------------

                                                                         34




<PAGE>


                                                           EXHIBIT 10.27B
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                             DATED 17 JULY 1997
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                    CONTINENTAL COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED
                                     
                                     
                                   and
                                     
                                     
          INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN LIMITED
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
       ____________________________________________________________
                                     
                                     
                         SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                     
       ____________________________________________________________
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                     Ref:  H53/30657093/A001CCL7.DOC


<PAGE>
                                  INDEX
                                     

CLAUSE  HEADING                                                          PAGE
- ------  -------   
1.      Definitions                                                         1
2.      Purchase and Sale of the Sale Shares                                3
3.      Representations and Warranties Concerning the Transaction           4
4.      Representations and Warranties Concerning the Company               6
5.      Further Provisions relating to the Seller's Representations
        and Warranties                                                      9
6.      Pre-Closing Covenants                                               9
7.      Post-Closing Covenants                                             10
8.      Conditions to Obligation to Close                                  10
9.      Remedies for Breach of this Agreement                              12
10.     Termination                                                        14
11.     Arbitration                                                        15
12.     Miscellaneous                                                      15

SCHEDULES
A:      Financial statements
B:      Licence

EXHIBITS
A -     Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement
                                     
                                     

<PAGE>

                         SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                     

Agreement entered into on 17 July, 1997, by and among Continental 
Communications Limited a company established under the laws of the Republic 
of Ireland ("Seller") and International Wireless Communications Pakistan 
Limited, a company established under the laws of Mauritius (the "Buyer"). 
Buyer and Seller are referred to collectively herein as the "Parties".

                                 RECITALS
                                     
Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt) Ltd. is a limited liability company 
organised under the laws of Pakistan (the "Company") with an authorised share 
capital of Rupees 600,000,000 divided into 60,000,000 shares of Rupees 10 
each, of which 54,387,000 shares have been issued and are fully paid up 
("Shares"). The Company owns and operates a cellular mobile telephone company 
in Pakistan under the service mark Mobilink/a Motorola Network.

Seller owns 7,989,560 Shares and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement Seller desires to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase all of such 
Shares (the "Sale Shares") representing 14.69% of the total issued Shares.

Contemporaneously herewith, the Buyer is negotiating the purchase of an 
additional 31.31% of the Shares together with an option to purchase a further 
12.69% of the Shares, such percentage representing part of the interest in 
the Company held by Motorola International Development Corporation 
("Motorola").

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations, 
warranties, and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

1.  DEFINITIONS

    "Adverse Consequences"        means all actions, suits,
                                  proceedings, hearings,
                                  investigations, charges,
                                  complaints, claims, demands,
                                  injunctions, judgments, orders,
                                  decrees, rulings, damages, dues,
                                  penalty, fines, costs,
                                  reasonable amounts paid in
                                  settlement, liabilities,
                                  obligations, taxes, liens,
                                  losses, expenses, and fees,
                                  including court costs and
                                  lawyers' and advocates' fees and
                                  expenses.

    "Affiliated Entity"           means any Person with respect to
                                  which a specified Person owns a
                                  majority of the 


                                                                         1

<PAGE>

                                  common stock or equity interests or 
                                  has the power to vote or direct the
                                  voting of sufficient securities
                                  to elect a majority of the board
                                  of directors or similar
                                  governing body of such Person.

    "Buyer"                       has the meaning set forth in the
                                  preface above.

    "Closing"                     has the meaning set forth in
                                  clause 2(c) below.

    "Closing Date"                means the day on which the
                                  Closing shall take place.

    "Company"                     has the meaning set forth in the
                                  preface above.

    "Condition of the Company"    means the property, condition
                                  (financial or otherwise),
                                  business or operations of the
                                  Company.

    "Confidential Information"    means any information concerning
                                  the businesses and affairs of
                                  the Company that is not already
                                  generally available to the
                                  public.

    "Financial Statements"        has the meaning set forth in
                                  clause 4(e) below.

    "GOP"                         means the Government of Pakistan
                                  and any agency, department
                                  and/or instrumentality thereof.

    "Licence"                     means the licence grant from the
                                  Ministry of Communications of
                                  the Government of Pakistan
                                  issued on 6th July, 1992, as
                                  amended on 27th October, 1993,
                                  pursuant to which the Company
                                  operates a cellular mobile
                                  telephone system in Pakistan.

    "Motorola"                    has the meaning set forth in the
                                  preface above.



                                                                         2

<PAGE>

    "Party"                       as the meaning set forth in the
                                  preface above.

    "Person"                      means an individual, a
                                  partnership, a corporation, an
                                  association, a joint stock
                                  company, a trust, a joint
                                  venture, an unincorporated
                                  organisation, or a governmental
                                  entity (or any department,
                                  agency, or political subdivision
                                  thereof).

    "Purchase Price"              has the meaning set forth in
                                  clause 2(b) below.

    "Saif"                        means Saif Telecom (Pvt)
                                  Limited, a Pakistan company and
                                  the direct owner of 11.31% of
                                  the Shares.

    "Seller"                      has the meaning set forth in the
                                  preface above.

    "Shareholders' Agreement"     means the Shareholders'
                                  Agreement between the Seller and
                                  Saif executed on 3rd June, 1993
                                  as amended pursuant to the
                                  Equity Ownership Agreement dated
                                  2nd July 1996 between Seller,
                                  Saif and CCL.

    "SBP"                         means the State Bank of
                                  Pakistan.

2.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SALE SHARES

    (a)  BASIC TRANSACTION
    
         On and subject to the terms and conditions of this
         Agreement, Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, and
         Seller agrees to sell to Buyer, the Sale Shares for the
         consideration specified below in this clause 2.
         
    (b)  PURCHASE PRICE
         
         Buyer shall pay to Seller at the Closing, except as
         provided in clause 2(c) below, the aggregate price of 10
         million United States Dollars (US$10 million) (the
         "Purchase Price") in cash by wire transfer in immediately
         available funds to Seller's bank account as shall be
         nominted by Seller prior to Closing and shall procure the
         allotment or transfer to Seller (or such other person as
         Seller may nominate) 493,510 newly issued shares ("IWC
         Shares") of common stock of International Wireless


                                                                         3

<PAGE>

         Communications Holdings, Inc ("IWC"), such IWC Shares to
         be held on and subject to and with the benefit of the
         terms of the letter dated June 18, 1997 from IWC to
         Yates-Falcon Limited and the term sheet referred to
         therein.
         
    (c)  THE CLOSING
         
         The closing of the transaction contemplated by this
         Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices
         of Motorola International Development Corporation in
         London, in the United Kingdom, commencing at 3:00 p.m.
         local time on or before 14th August, 1997, contingent
         upon the Parties being satisfied or having waived in
         writing all conditions to the obligations of the Parties
         to consummate the transaction contemplated thereby (other
         than conditions with respect to actions the respective
         Parties will take at the Closing itself).  The Closing
         Date may be extended by Buyer to 16th September, 1997 and
         thereafter only by mutual agreement of the Parties.
         
    (d)  DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING
         
         At the Closing, (i) Seller will deliver to Buyer the
         various certificates, instruments, and documents referred
         to in clause 8(a) below, (ii) Buyer will deliver to
         Seller the various certificates, instruments, and
         documents referred to in clause 8(b) below, (iii) Seller
         will deliver to the Buyer the stock certificates
         totalling 7,989,036 Shares equal to a 14.69% interest in
         the Company validly issued to Seller and SBP-approved for
         export out of Pakistan, endorsed in blank or accompanied
         by duly executed transfer documents, and (iv) Buyer will
         deliver to Seller the consideration specified in clause
         2(b) above.
         
3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE TRANSACTION

    (a)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
         
         The Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that:
         
         (i)     ORGANISATION OF SELLER
         
                 Seller is duly organised, validly existing, and in
                 good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
                 of its incorporation.
         
         (ii)    AUTHORISATION OF TRANSACTION
         
                 Seller has full corporate power and authority to
                 execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform
                 its obligations hereunder.  


                                                                         4

<PAGE>

                 This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally 
                 binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable in
                 accordance with its terms and conditions.  There
                 are no authorizations, consents, or approvals that
                 Seller must obtain from the GOP, including the
                 SBP, prior to Closing, in order to consummate the
                 transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
         
         (iii)   OWNERSHIP OF SALE SHARES
         
                 Seller is the lawful holder of record and
                 beneficial owner of the Sale Shares, free and
                 clear of any liens, claims, restrictions sale and
                 security interests, and has full legal right
                 subject to the Shareholders' Agreement to sell,
                 transfer, and convey the Sale Shares pursuant to
                 this Agreement; the delivery of the Sale Shares to
                 the Buyer will transfer good and valid title
                 thereto, free and clear of any liens, claims,
                 restrictions and security interests. The Sale
                 Shares are held by Seller on a fully repatriable
                 basis both as to capital, all accretions thereto
                 and dividends payable thereon.
         
         (iv)    NONCONTRAVENTION
         
                 Neither the execution and the delivery of this
                 Agreement, nor the consummation of the
                 transactions contemplated hereby, will (A) violate
                 any constitution, statute, regulation, rule,
                 injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling,
                 charge, or other restriction of any government,
                 governmental agency, or court to which Seller is
                 subject or any provision of its charter or bylaws
                 or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of,
                 constitute a default under, result in the
                 acceleration of, create in any party the right to
                 accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or
                 require any notice under any agreement, contract,
                 lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement
                 to which the Seller is a party or by which it is
                 bound or to which any of its assets is subject,
                 except with respect to the restrictions on
                 transfer of Shares under the Shareholders'
                 Agreement.  Seller has obtained a waiver from Saif
                 and Motorola International Development Corporation
                 with respect to Clauses 11.4 and 11.5 of the
                 Shareholders' Agreement, permitting the Parties
                 hereto to proceed with the transaction
                 contemplated hereunder.
         
         (v)     BROKERS' FEES
         
                 Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any
                 fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or
                 agent with respect to the transactions


                                                                         5

<PAGE>

                 contemplated by this Agreement for which the Buyer
                 could become liable or obligated.
         
         (vi)    STATEMENTS COMPLETE AND CORRECT
         
                 The statements contained in this clause 3(a) are
                 true, correct and complete as of the date of this
                 Agreement and will be true, correct and complete
                 as of the Closing Date (as though made then and as
                 though the Closing Date were substituted for the
                 date of this Agreement throughout this clause
                 3(a)).
         
         (b)     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
         
                 Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that:
         
                 (i)    ORGANISATION OF THE BUYER
         
                        Buyer is a corporation duly organised,
                        validly existing, and in good standing
                        under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
                        incorporation.
         
                 (ii)   AUTHORISATION OF TRANSACTION
         
                        Buyer has full corporate power and
                        authority to execute and deliver this
                        Agreement and to perform its obligations
                        hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the
                        valid and legally binding obligation of
                        the Buyer, enforceable in accordance with
                        its terms and conditions.  There are no
                        authorisations, consents, or approvals
                        that Buyer must obtain from the GOP,
                        including the SBP, prior to Closing, in
                        order to consummate the transactions
                        contemplated by this Agreement.
         
                 (iii)  NONCONTRAVENTION
         
                        Neither the execution and the delivery of
                        this Agreement, nor the consummation of
                        the transactions contemplated hereby, will
                        (A) violate any constitution, statute,
                        regulation, rule, injunction, judgment,
                        order, decree, ruling, charge, or other
                        restriction of any government,
                        governmental agency, or court to which
                        Buyer is subject or any provision of its
                        charter or by-laws or (B) conflict with,
                        result in a breach of, constitute a
                        default under, result in the acceleration
                        of, create in any party the right to
                        accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel,
                        or require any notice under any agreement,
                        contract, lease, licence, instrument, or
                        other 


                                                                         6

<PAGE>

                        arrangement to which the Buyer is a party 
                        or by which it is bound or to which any 
                        of its assets is subject.
         
                 (iv)   BROKERS' FEES
                 
                        The Buyer has no liability or obligation
                        to pay any fees or commissions to any
                        broker, finder, or agent with respect to
                        the transactions contemplated by this
                        Agreement for which Seller could become
                        liable or obligated.
         
                 (v)    STATEMENTS COMPLETE AND CORRECT
         
                        The statements contained in this clause
                        3(b) are true, correct and complete as of
                        the date of this Agreement and will be
                        true, correct and complete as of the
                        Closing Date (as though made then and as
                        though the Closing Date were substituted
                        for the date of this Agreement throughout
                        this clause 3(b)).
         
4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY
    
    The Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that to the best
    of its knowledge and belief:

    (a)  ORGANISATION, QUALIFICATION AND CORPORATE POWER
    
         The Company is a limited liability company duly
         organised, validly existing, and in good standing under
         the laws of Pakistan, and is duly authorised to conduct
         the business in which it is engaged and to own and use
         the properties owned and used by it.
         
    (b)  CAPITALISATION

         The entire authorised share capital of the Company
         consists of 60,000,000 Shares, all one class, of which
         54,387,750 are validly issued. All of the validly issued
         and outstanding Shares have been duly authorised, are
         fully paid and are held of record by the Seller, Motorola
         and Saif with each of them holding a 14.69%, 74% and
         11.31% interest, respectively, in the Company.  There are
         no outstanding or authorised options, warrants, purchase
         rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange
         rights, or other contracts or commitments that could
         require the Company to issue, sell, or otherwise cause to
         become outstanding any of its share capital.  There are
         no outstanding or authorised stock appreciation, phantom
         stock, profit participation, or similar rights with
         respect to the Company.
         
    (c)  SUBSIDIARIES
         

                                                                         7

<PAGE>

         The Company has no, and never has had any, subsidiaries.
         
    (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION
         
         Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement,
         nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute,
         regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree,
         ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government,
         governmental agency, or court to which the Company is
         subject or any provision of the charter or by-laws of the
         Company or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of,
         constitute a default under, result in the acceleration
         of, create in any party the right to accelerate,
         terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under
         any agreement, contract, lease, licence, instrument, or
         other arrangement to which the Company is a party or by
         which it is bound or to which any of its assets is
         subject (or result in the imposition of any security
         interest upon any of its assets).  To the Seller's
         knowledge the Company does not need to give any notice
         to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorisation,
         consent, or approval of any government or governmental
         agency prior to the Closing in order for the parties to
         consummate the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement.
         
    (e)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
         Schedule A contains the following financial statements
         (collectively the "Financial Statements"): audited
         balance sheets and statements of income, and cash flow as
         of and for the fiscal years ended 31st December, 1995,
         and 31st December, 1996 for the Company.  The Financial
         Statements (including the notes thereto) have been
         prepared in accordance with accounting principles
         generally accepted in Pakistan and applied on a
         consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby,
         comply with the requirements of Pakistan law and present
         fairly the financial condition of the Company as of such
         dates and the results of operations of the Company for
         such periods.
         
    (f)  MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
         
         The Seller has heretofore delivered to Buyer true
         and complete copies of the Memorandum and Articles of
         Association of the Company.
         
    (g)  OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES; EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
         
         There is not now threatened, a strike, picket, work
         stoppage, work slowdown or other labour trouble or
         similar event by any employee of the Company.
         

                                                                         8

<PAGE>

    (h)  ARRANGEMENTS WITH DIRECTORS AND CONNECTED PERSONS
         
         There is not outstanding:
         
         (i)     any loan made by the Company to, or debt owing to
                 the Company by, any director of the Company or any
                 person connected with any of them;
         
         (ii)    any agreement or arrangement to which the Company
                 is a party and in which any director of the
                 Company or any person connected with any of them
                 is interested.
         
    (i)  THE LICENCE
         
         A true, complete and accurate copy of the Licence
         is annexed in Schedule B hereto.  The Licence is
         in full force and effect and validly subsisting
         and there do not exist any circumstances which
         might lead to the revocation of the Licence or any
         amendment or variation of its terms.  The Seller
         has disclosed to Buyer that the Pakistan
         Telecommunication Authority has the competence to
         reissue the Licence under the provisions of the
         Pakistan Telecommunication Act 1996 and the Seller
         is unaware of any circumstances in which the
         Licence will not be reissued on terms no less
         favourable to the Company.
         
    (j)  POSITION SINCE 31ST DECEMBER, 1996
         
         Since 31st December, 1996:
         
         (i)    no dividend or other distribution has been
                declared, paid or made by the Company;
         
         (ii)   the business of the Company has been
                carried on in the ordinary course and so
                as to maintain it as a going concern; and
         
         (iii)  the Company has not acquired or disposed
                of or agreed to acquire or dispose of any
                business or any material asset other than
                trading stock in the ordinary course of
                business.
         
5.  FURTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS
    AND WARRANTIES

    (a)  Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller
         in clause 4 shall be construed as a separate
         representation and warranty and shall not be otherwise
         limited or restricted by reference to or inference from
         the terms 


                                                                      9
<PAGE>

        of any other representation and warranty or any other 
        term of this Agreement.
         
    (b)  Buyer shall be entitled to claim both before and after
         Closing that any of the representations and warranties of
         the Seller is or was untrue or misleading or has been
         breached even if Buyer discovered or could have
         discovered before Closing that the representation or
         warranty in question was untrue or misleading or had been
         breached and Closing shall not in any way constitute a
         waiver of Buyer's rights.
         
    (c)  The rights and remedies of Buyer in respect of any breach
         of the representations and warranties of the Seller shall
         not be affected by Closing, by any investigation made by
         or on behalf of Buyer into the affairs of the Company, by
         the giving of time or other indulgence by Buyer to any
         person, by Buyer rescinding or not rescinding this
         Agreement or by any other cause whatsoever except a
         specific waiver or release by the Buyer in writing; and
         any such waiver or release shall not prejudice or affect
         any remaining rights or remedies of the Buyer.
         
6.  PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

    (a)  GENERAL

         The parties agree as follows with respect to the period
         between the execution of this Agreement and the Closing
         each of the parties will use its reasonable best efforts
         to take all actions and to do all things necessary in
         order to consummate and make effective the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement (including satisfaction,
         but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in
         clause 8 below).
         
    (b)  NOTICE OF DEVELOPMENTS
         
         In the period between the execution of this Agreement and
         the Closing, each Party will give prompt written notice
         to the other Party of any material adverse development
         causing a breach of any of its own representations and
         warranties in clause 3 above, and Seller shall notify
         Buyer of any development causing a breach of any of the
         representations and warranties in clause 4 above.  Unless
         Buyer has the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant
         to clause 10(a)(ii) below by reason of such development
         and exercises that right within the period of 10 business
         days referred to in clause 10(a)(ii) below, the written
         notice pursuant to this clause 6(b) will be deemed to
         have amended any applicable Schedule, to have qualified
         the representations and warranties contained in clause 4
         above, and to have cured any misrepresentation or breach
         of warranty that otherwise might have existed hereunder
         by reason of the development.
         

                                                                         10

<PAGE>

7.  POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

    In case at any time after the Closing any further action is
    necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this
    Agreement, each of the Parties will take such further action
    (including the execution and delivery of such further
    instruments and documents) as any other Party reasonably may
    request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting
    Party (unless the requesting Party is entitled to
    indemnification therefor under clause 9 below), except where
    such action is undertaken solely on behalf or to facilitate
    any necessary action required of the other Party, in which
    event the other Party shall be liable for reimbursing the
    costs and expenses of the requesting Party.
         
8.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

    (a)  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER
         
         The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions to
         be performed by it in connection with the Closing is
         subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:
         
         (i)     the representations and warranties set forth in
                 clause 3(a) and clause 4 above shall be true and
                 correct at and as of the Closing Date;
         
         (ii)    Seller shall have performed and complied with all
                 of its covenants hereunder required to be
                 performed or complied with by Seller on or before
                 the Closing Date in all material respects through
                 the Closing;
         
         (iii)   there shall not be any injunction, judgment,
                 order, decree, ruling or charge in effect
                 preventing consummation of any of the transactions
                 contemplated by this Agreement;
         
         (iv)    approval of the transfers to Buyer of the Sale
                 Shares by majority vote of the Company's Board of
                 Directors at a meeting of such Board, to occur at
                 the Closing, followed by the resignation of one of
                 the directors representing Seller on the Company's
                 Board of Directors, effective as of the Closing
                 Date;
         
         (v)     Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate
                 of the Secretary of Seller to the effect that each
                 of the conditions specified above in clause
                 8(a)(i)-(iv) is satisfied;
         

                                                                         11

<PAGE>

         (vi)    Buyer shall have received from counsel to Seller
                 an opinion in form and substance reasonably
                 satisfactory to Buyer, addressed to Buyer, and
                 dated as of the Closing Date;
         
         (vii)   all actions to be taken by Seller in connection
                 with consummation of the transactions contemplated
                 hereby and all certificates, opinions, instruments
                 and other documents required to effect the
                 transactions contemplated hereby will be
                 reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
                 Buyer.  There shall have been no material adverse
                 change or any development involving a prospective
                 material adverse change, in the Condition of the
                 Company;
         
         (viii)  Buyer having completed its business, accounting
                 and legal investigation and examination of the
                 Company and being satisfied with the results
                 thereof; and
         
         (ix)    Buyer having completed its acquisition of the
                 Shares representing a 31.31% interest in the
                 Company from Motorola referred to in the preface
                 above.
         
         Buyer may waive any condition specified in this clause
         8(a) in writing at or prior to the Closing.
         
    (b)  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF SELLER
         
         The obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions
         to be performed by it in connection with the Closing is
         subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:
         
         (i)     the representations and warranties set forth in
                 clause 3(b) above shall be true and correct in all
                 material respects at and as of the Closing Date;
         
         (ii)    Buyer shall have performed and complied with all
                 of its covenants hereunder required to be
                 performed or complied with by Buyer on or before
                 the Closing Date in all material respects through
                 the Closing;
         
         (iii)   there shall not be any injunction, judgment,
                 order, decree, ruling or charge in effect
                 preventing the Buyer from consummating any of the
                 transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
         
         (iv)    Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate
                 to the effect that each of the conditions
                 specified above in clause 8(b)(i)-(iii) is
                 satisfied;
         

                                                                         12

<PAGE>

         (v)     Seller shall have received from counsel to Buyer
                 an opinion in form and substance reasonably
                 satisfactory to Seller, addressed to Seller, and
                 dated as of the Closing Date; and
         
         (vi)    all actions to be taken by Buyer in connection
                 with consummation of the transactions contemplated
                 hereby and all certificates, opinions,
                 instruments, and other documents required to
                 effect the transactions contemplated hereby will
                 be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance
                 to Seller.
         
         Seller may waive any condition specified in this clause
         8(b) in writing at or prior to the Closing.
         
    (c)  CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH BUYER AND SELLER
         
         The obligation of both Buyer and Seller to consummate the
         transaction pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject
         to the further conditions that:-
         
         (i)     the Company shall have adopted the Articles of
                 Association in form and substance reasaonably
                 satisfactory to the Parties and reflecting, as
                 applicable, the provisions of the Restated and
                 Amended Shareholders Agreement referred to below,
                 in substitution for its existing articles of
                 association;
         
         (ii)    the relevant parties shall have entered into a
                 Restated and Amended Shareholders' Agreement in
                 the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and the same
                 shall be in full force and effect as at the
                 Closing Date.
         
9.  REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT

    (a)  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
         
         All of the representations and warranties of the Parties
         in clause 3 and of the Seller contained in clause 4 above
         shall survive the Closing hereunder and shall continue in
         full force and effect subject to the provisions of
         paragraph (b) of this clause.
         
    (b)  INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS FOR BENEFIT OF THE BUYER:
         
         (i)     In the event the Seller breaches any of its
                 representations, warranties and covenants
                 contained herein (other than the representations
                 and warranties in clause 3(a) above), and,
                 provided that Buyer makes a written claim for
                 indemnification against Seller 


                                                                         13

<PAGE>

                 pursuant to clause 12(g) below prior to 31st 
                 December, 1999, then the Seller shall indemnify 
                 Buyer from and against any Adverse Consequences 
                 Buyer shall suffer originating prior to and 
                 continuing through and after the date of the 
                 claim for indemnification caused by the breach.
                 There shall be no indemnification for any Adverse 
                 Consequences Buyer shall suffer where written 
                 notice of the claim is first made after 31st 
                 December, 1999. The Seller shall not have any 
                 obligation to indemnify Buyer from and against 
                 any Adverse Consequences caused by the breach of 
                 any representation or warranty of the Seller 
                 contained in clause 4 above unless the amount 
                 of Buyer's claim in respect thereof, when
                 aggregated with one or more other claims brought
                 against Seller hereunder, exceeds two hundred
                 thousand United States Dollars (US$200,000). The
                 maximum liability of the Seller for a breach of
                 any of his representations, warranties and
                 covenants contained herein shall be limited to an
                 amount equal to the aggregate of 50% of the
                 Purchase Price.
         
         (ii)    In the event the Seller breaches any of his
                 representations and warranties in clause 3(a)
                 above, provided that Buyer makes a written claim
                 for indemnification against the Seller pursuant to
                 clause 12(g) below prior to the first anniversary
                 of the Closing Date, then the Seller shall
                 indemnify Buyer from and against the entirety of
                 any Adverse Consequences Buyer shall suffer
                 through and continuing after the date of the claim
                 for indemnification caused by the breach, without
                 regard to the monetary limit set forth above in
                 clause 9(b)(i).  There shall be no indemnification
                 for any Adverse Consequences Buyer shall suffer
                 where written notice of the claim is first made
                 after the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
         
    (c)  INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS FOR BENEFIT OF SELLER
         
         In the event Buyer breaches any of its representations,
         warranties, and covenants contained herein, and provided
         that Seller makes a written claim for indemnification
         against Buyer pursuant to clause 12(g) below prior to the
         first anniversary of the Closing Date, then Buyer agrees
         to indemnify Seller from and against the entirety of any
         Adverse Consequences Seller shall suffer through and
         continuing after the date of the claim for
         indemnification caused by the breach.  There shall be no
         indemnification for any Adverse Consequences Seller shall
         suffer where written notice of the claim is first made
         after the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
         
    (d)  DETERMINATION OF ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES


                                                                         14

<PAGE>

         
         The indemnification provisions in this clause 9 are in
         addition to, and not in derogation of, any statutory,
         equitable, or common law remedy any Party may have for
         breach of representation, warranty, or covenant.
         
10. TERMINATION
         
    (a)  Termination of Agreement
         
         The Parties may terminate this Agreement as provided
         below:
         
         (i)     Buyer and Seller may terminate this Agreement by
                 mutual written consent at any time prior to the
                 Closing;
         
         (ii)    Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving
                 written notice to Seller at any time prior to the
                 Closing in the event (A) Seller has within the
                 then previous ten (10) business days given Buyer
                 any notice pursuant to clause 6(b) above and (B)
                 the development that is subject of the notice has
                 had or is likely to have a material adverse effect
                 upon the Condition of the Company or the
                 consummation of the transactions contemplated
                 hereby;
         
         (iii)   Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving
                 written notice to Seller at any time prior to the
                 Closing (A) in the event the Seller has breached
                 any of his representations, warranties, or
                 covenants contained in this Agreement in any
                 material respect, Buyer has notified the Seller of
                 such breach, and the breach, if capable of cure,
                 has continued without cure for a period of 10 days
                 after the notice of breach, or (B) if the Closing
                 shall not have occurred on or before 16th
                 September, 1997, by reason of the failure of any
                 condition precedent under clause 8(a) hereof
                 (unless the failure results primarily from the
                 Buyer itself breaching any of its representations, 
                 warranties, or covenants contained in this 
                 Agreement); and
         
         (iv)    Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving
                 written notice to Buyer at any time prior to the
                 Closing (A) in the event Buyer has breached any of
                 its representations, warranties, or covenants 
                 contained in this Agreement in any material
                 respect, Seller has notified Buyer of such breach,
                 and the breach if capable of cure has continued
                 without cure for a period of 10 days after the
                 notice of breach, or (B) if the Closing shall not
                 have occurred on or before 16th September,1997, by
                 reason of the failure of any condition precedent
                 under clause 8(b) hereof (unless the failure
                 results primarily the Seller itself breaching any
                 of its 
                                                                         15

<PAGE>

                 representations, warranties, or covenants contained 
                 in this Agreement).
         
    (b)  EFFECT OF TERMINATION
         
         If any Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to clause
         10(a) above, all rights and obligations of the Parties
         hereunder shall terminate without any liability of any
         Party to the other Party, except for any liability of any
         Party then in breach provided, however, that the
         provisions of clause 11 and clause 12 shall survive
         termination.
         
11. ARBITRATION

    The Parties shall attempt to resolve all disputes under this
    Agreement through amicable discussions and consultations.  In
    the event that they are unable to resolve any differences the
    matter shall be referred to final and binding arbitration in
    accordance with the following:  Any dispute arising out of or
    in connection with this Agreement, including any questions
    regarding its existence, validity, breach or termination,
    shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in
    London in accordance with the Rules for the time being in
    force of the International Chamber of Commerce, which rules
    are deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement. The
    tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, with each
    side to the dispute choosing one arbitrator and such two
    arbitrators choosing the third.  If within 30 days any of the
    parties to the dispute has not selected its arbitrator, or the
    two arbitrators have been unable to agree on the selection of
    the third arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be chosen by the
    ICC.  The third arbitrator shall serve as the chairperson of
    the arbitration panel.  The language of the arbitration shall
    be English.

12. MISCELLANEOUS

    (a)  PRESS RELEASES AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS
         
         No Party shall issue any press release or make any public
         announcement relating to the subject matter of this
         Agreement prior to the Closing without the prior written
         approval of Buyer and Seller; provided, however, that any
         Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good
         faith is required by applicable law or any listing or
         trading agreement concerning its publicly-traded
         securities (in which case the disclosing Party will use
         its reasonable best efforts to advise the other Parties
         prior to making the disclosure).
         
    (b)  NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES


                                                                     16

<PAGE>
         
         This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies
         upon any Person other than the Parties and their
         respective successors and permitted assigns.
         
    (c)  Entire Agreement
         
         This Agreement (including the documents referred to
         herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the
         Parties and supersedes any prior understanding,
         agreements, or representations by or among the Parties,
         written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to
         the subject matter hereof.
         
    (d)  Succession and Assignment
         
         This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
         benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective
         successors and permitted assigns.  No Party may assign
         either this Agreement or any of his or its rights,
         interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior
         approval of Buyer and Seller.
         
    (e)  Counterpart
         
         This Agreement may be executed in one or more
         counterpart, each of which shall be deemed an original
         but all of which together will constitute one and the
         same instrument.
         
    (f)  Headings
         
         The section headings contained in this Agreement are
         inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any
         way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
         
    (g)  Notices
         
         All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other
         communications hereunder will be in writing, deemed duly
         given (and received five days after) if sent by
         registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
         postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient
         as set forth below:
         
         If to Seller:  Continental Communications Limited
                        PO Box 108
                        2-6 Church Street   
                        St. Helier, Jersey
                        Channel Islands JE4 8QD


                                                                     17

<PAGE>
         
         If the Buyer:  Hugh McClung
                        Vice-Chairman
                        International Wireless Communications, Inc.
                        12/F, Sun Hung Kai Centre
                        30 Harbour Road
                        Wanchai, Hong Kong
         
                        John Troy
                        Executive Director
                        Asian Infrastructure Fund Advisers Limited
                        Suite 2302-03
                        Nine Queen's Road Central
                        Hong Kong
         
         Any Party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or
         other communication hereunder to the intended recipient
         at the address set for the above using any other means
         (including personal delivery, expedited courier,
         messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail, or
         electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand,
         claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have
         been fully duly given unless and until it actually is
         received by the intended recipient.  Any Party may change
         the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims,
         and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by
         giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set
         forth.
    
    (h)  GOVERNING LAW
         
         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
         accordance with the laws of England without giving effect
         to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that
         would cause the application of the laws of any
         jurisdiction other than that of England.
         
    (i)  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
         
         No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be
         valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
         Buyer and Seller.  No waiver by any Party of any default,
         misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant
         hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to
         extend to any prior or subsequent default,
         misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant
         hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by
         virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.
         
    (j)  SEVERABILITY
         

                                                                     18

<PAGE>

         Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid
         or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction
         shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the
         remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or
         enforceability of the offending term or provision in any
         other situation or in any other jurisdiction.
         
    (k)  EXPENSES
         
         Each of Buyer and Seller will bear its own costs and
         expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in
         connection with this Agreement and the transactions
         contemplated hereby.
         
    (l)  CONSTRUCTION
         
         The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation
         and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an
         ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises,
         this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly
         by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof
         shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue
         of the authorship of any of the provisions of this
         Agreement.  Any reference to any federal, state, local,
         or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer
         to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,
         unless the context requires otherwise.  The word
         "including" shall mean including without limitation.
         
    (m)  INCORPORATION OF ANNEXES, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
         
         The Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits identified in this
         Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a
         part hereof.
         



                                                                     19

<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement
on the date first above written.


Continental Communications Limited

By: /s/                                               
   ------------------------------------------------

Title:                                                
      ---------------------------------------------


Witnessed by:    1. /s/                               
                    -------------------------------


                 2. /s/                               
                    -------------------------------


International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited

By: /s/ Antonio Yeung   /s/ Robin Maule          
   ------------------------------------------------

Title:   Director               Director              
      ---------------------------------------------


Witnessed by:    1. /s/                               
                    -------------------------------


                 2. /s/                               
                    -------------------------------


                                                                  20

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.27C





                              RESTATED AND AMENDED

                             SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


                                  by and among



                 MOTOROLA INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

                                       and

                             SAIF TELECOM (PVT) LTD

                                       and

             INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN LIMITED


                                August ___, 1997



<PAGE>

                                      INDEX


                                                                       Page
1.  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.  INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.  CAPITALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.  THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5.  DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
6.  SHAREHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
7.  ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
8.  BUSINESS PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
9.  CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
10. DIVIDEND POLICY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
11. EMPLOYMENT POLICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
12. TRANSFER AND ENCUMBRANCE OF SHARES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
13. CONFIDENTIALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
14. NON COMPETITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
15. PROTECTION OF NAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
16. TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
17. GENERAL WARRANTIES REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS . . . . . . . .22
18. MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

                                       i

<PAGE>


                   RESTATED AND AMENDED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

     This Restated and Amended Shareholders' Agreement is made as of the ____
     day of _______, 1997 by and among INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
     PAKISTAN LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of Mauritius with its
     registered office located at P.O. Box 1130, 3rd Floor, 12 Remy Ollier
     Street, Port Louis, Mauritius ("IWCPL"); SAIF TELECOM (PVT) LIMITED, a
     company organized under the laws of PAKISTAN with a place of business
     located at 4th Floor, Kulsum Plaza, 42 Blue Area, Islamabad, Pakistan
     ("SAIF"); and MOTOROLA INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a company
     organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, USA with its registered
     office located at 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois, USA
     ("MOTOROLA"); (all of the above individually referred to herein as a
     "Party" and collectively as the "Parties"). Capitalized terms, other than
     proper nouns, if not defined in the text immediately where used, are
     defined in DEFINITIONS in Article 1 hereof.

          WHEREAS, Motorola and SAIF as shareholders of PAKISTAN MOBILE
     COMMUNICATIONS (PVT) LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of
     Pakistan (the "Company") as a private limited company which operates a
     network of cellular mobile telephone systems in Pakistan known as Mobilink
     pursuant to a license for the establishment and operation of cellular
     mobile telephone systems in Pakistan granted by the Ministry of
     Communications, Government of Pakistan, Islamabad pursuant to its letter No
     7(30)/89-P&T dated 6 July 1992 (the "License"), had entered into a
     Shareholders' Agreement on 3rd June, 1993 (the "Original Shareholders'
     Agreement");   

          WHEREAS, IWCPL has as of July __, 1997 and July __, 1997 respectively
     entered into separate Share Purchase Agreements with Motorola and
     Continental Communications Limited ("CCL") (until today's date, also a
     Shareholder of the Company), pursuant to which IWCPL has agreed to purchase
     from Motorola and CCL a portion of the shareholding percentages of the
     Company (collectively, the "Share Purchase Agreements"); and

          WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to restate and amend the Original
     Shareholders' Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and
     undertakings contained herein and other good and valuable consideration,
     the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties
     agree as follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS

     "Affiliate" means an entity in which any of the Shareholders or their 
     shareholders hold at least twenty percent of the ownership interest of 
     such entity.

     "Agreement" means this Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement 
     entered into by and among the Parties.

     "AIF" means the Asian Infrastructure Fund.

                                       3

<PAGE>

     "the Articles" means the Articles of Association of the Company to be 
     amended as provided in Clause 2.2.

     "Associate" in relation to any company means any body corporate which is 
     for the time being a majority owned subsidiary of that company or the 
     holding company owning a majority of that company or the parent of that 
     holding company, using the terms "holding company" and "subsidiary" as 
     they are defined in Section 3 of the Ordinance.

     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time.

     "Competitor" means any entity (other than a Shareholder) operating a 
     wireless telecommunications business in Pakistan which the Board 
     reasonably determines is competitive with the business of the Company.

     "Directors" means the members of the Board from time to time.

     "Five Year Business Plan" means the business plan of the Company 
     containing the business and financial statements projected for the next 
     five calendar years from, time to time approved by the Directors.

     "IWC" means International Wireless Communications, Limited, one of the 
     principal shareholders of IWCPL.

     "Ordinance" means the Companies Ordinance 1984 of Pakistan or any 
     statutory modification or reenactment thereof for the time being in 
     force.

     "Related Transaction" means any transaction, agreement or other 
     arrangement for any subject matter with a consideration or value of 
     US$10,000 or more (or the equivalent in Pakistan Rupees) or for a 
     duration of more than 12 months, between the Company, on the one hand, 
     and any Shareholder, Affiliate or Associate of a Shareholder or any 
     officer or director of any of the foregoing, or any officer or director 
     of the Company, on the other hand.

     "Saifullah Family" means Javed Saifullah Khan and Osman Saifullah Khan, 
     their respective spouses and/or their direct descendants.

     "SAIF Associate" means any company which has the same persons on its 
     board of directors as SAIF has (i.e., Javed Saifullah Khan and Osman 
     Saifullah Khan) and of which 51% or more of the shares are owned by 
     members of the Saifullah Family.

     "Shares" means the ordinary shares of the Company's share capital of par 
     value Rs.10 each and in issue at any point in time.

     "Shareholders" means, collectively, the Parties hereto, or, where Shares 
     are transferred to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or to a SAIF Associate or a 
     member of the Saifullah Family in the case of SAIF, the respective 
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or SAIF Associate or a member of the Saifullah 
     Family holding Shares, or where Shares are transferred to an unrelated 
     third party in accordance with Clause 12 hereof, then with respect to 
     such transferee, when such transferee becomes a Party hereto in 
     accordance with Clause 12.1.3 hereof.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     "South Asia" means South Asia Wireless Communications (Mauritius) 
     Limited, one of the principal shareholders of IWCPL.

     "Supermajority" means an affirmative vote (x) in the case of the 
     Shareholders, by Shareholders holding not less than eighty percent of 
     the total issued Shares and (y) in the case of the Board, by six 
     Directors of an eight member Board, or eight Directors of a ten member 
     Board. 

     "Surplus Cash" means the residue of revenues received by the Company in 
     the course of conducting its business, which remains after deduction of 
     Company expenses and other obligatory payments, provided there is no 
     need for additional cash infusions in the two succeeding years under the 
     then-current Five Year Business Plan, and which shall be computed 
     pursuant to the formula set forth in the attached Exhibit A. 

     "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" in relation to any company means a wholly 
     owned subsidiary, of that company or of the holding company of that 
     company, or any wholly owned subsidiary of a wholly owned subsidiary of 
     such holding company, fas the terms "subsidiary" and "holding company" 
     are defined in the Ordinance.

2.   INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY

2.1  The Company has been incorporated as a private company limited by shares 
     under the Ordinance. 

2.2  As soon as practicable after execution of this Agreement, the Articles 
     of the Company shall be amended to reflect the terms of this Agreement, 
     including, at least, the essence of Clauses 3.3, 5, 6 and 12, and shall 
     be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

3.   CAPITALIZATION 

3.1  The authorized share capital of the Company consists of 60,000,000 
     Shares of Rs.10 per share. As at the date hereof the issued and paid up 
     share capital of the Company is held as follows:

               IWCPL:    ___ Shares     46% shareholding
               SAIF:     ___ Shares     11.31% shareholding
               Motorola: ___ Shares     42.69% shareholding

3.2  Any future allotment of Shares will be made pro rata to the Shareholders 
     in proportion to the then current ownership of the Shares already held 
     by each Shareholder, unless otherwise agreed by the Shareholders or 
     otherwise provided for in this Agreement. 

3.3  As provided for in the Articles, each Share certificate of the Company 
     shall conspicuously bear the following legend: 


          "The shares represented by this certificate are subject 
          to restrictions, including but not limited to, 
          restrictions on transfer, under a Restated and Amended 
          Shareholders Agreement dated ____, 1997 among the 
          Shareholders of the Company."

                                       5

<PAGE>

4.   THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY 

4.1  The Company shall continue to carry on the business of providing and 
     maintaining telecommunications services in Pakistan and the sale and/or 
     lease of subscriber equipment to its customers and the provision of 
     related services. 

4.2  The business of the Company shall at all times be conducted honestly and 
     independently from the business of the Shareholders, but subject thereto 
     and the provisions of Clause 6.2(k), the Company may transact business 
     with any of the Shareholders and shall purchase products and services 
     supplied by its Shareholders provided that such products or services are 
     competitive in all material respects with third party suppliers 
     including but not limited to such items as price, quality, delivery and 
     terms of sale. 

5.   DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

5.1  The Board shall be responsible for the management and operation of the 
     Company and for determining the overall policies and objectives of the 
     Company. Meetings of the Board shall be held at least quarterly and at 
     least two Board meetings a year shall be held in Pakistan. At the 
     applicable annual meeting of Shareholders, the Shareholders shall elect 
     to the Board the Directors nominated by each of them to three year 
     terms. The Shareholders shall at all times exercise their respective 
     voting rights as shareholders of the Company and shall procure that the 
     Directors nominated or elected by each of them to the Board shall vote 
     so as to ensure the proper maintenance and observance of the terms of 
     this Agreement relating to the Board's management of the Company. The 
     Directors shall appoint one of their members to the Board to serve as 
     the Company's Chief Executive.

5.2  For so long as the shareholding percentages shall be as stated in Clause 
     3.1, the Company shall have a Board of eight Directors, composed as 
     follows: 

               IWCPL                    4 Directors
               MOTOROLA                 3 Directors
               SAIF                     1 Director

     The Parties anticipate that IWCPL may increase its shareholding 
     percentage of the Company up to 58.69% by purchasing additional Shares 
     from Motorola pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement between Motorola 
     and IWCPL. In such event, IWCPL's membership on the Board shall increase 
     by two Directors, and the total number of Directors on the Board shall 
     be ten (10). If at any time thereafter either IWCPL's or Motorola's 
     shareholding percentages in the Company change such that their 
     representation on the Board no longer equitably reflects their ownership 
     of the Company, the Parties shall amend this Agreement so that the 
     composition of the Board shall reflect the Parties' then current 
     ownership of the Company. It is expressly understood that, for so long 
     as South Asia holds not less than 30 percent of the issued share capital 
     of IWCPL, AIF shall have the right to nominate to the Board initially 
     two of the Directors representing IWCPL, and if the number of Directors 
     is increased to ten (10), then it shall have the right to nominate to 
     the Board three of the Directors repersenting IWCPL, but if South Asia's 
     shareholding in IWCPL falls below 30 percent but is more than 15 
     percent, AIF shall have the right to nominate one Director from IWCPL to 
     the Board if the total number of Directors is eight (8) and two (2) 
     Directors representing IWCPL if the total number of Directors is ten 
     (10). Altemates may be 


                                       6

<PAGE>


     designated by the Directors who reside outside Pakistan or residing in 
     Pakistan, leave Pakistan for three months or more, and the alternate 
     director may attend meetings and vote in the appointing Director's 
     absence.

5.3  No Director nominated by any Shareholder shall be removed by the 
     Shareholders without the consent of the Shareholder nominating such 
     Director; PROVIDED, however, if a Director is disqualified pursuant to 
     section 188 of the Ordinance, then the Board shall immediately appoint 
     another Director, nominated by the Shareholder who had nominated the 
     disqualified Director, to fill the vacancy caused by the 
     disqualification. 

5.4  The quorum for any meeting of the Board shall be five (5), including at 
     least one Director or his alternate from each of SAIF, and MOTOROLA, and 
     at least two Directors from IWCPL, representing each of AIF and IWC. In 
     the event that a meeting is called and no quorum is present within 30 
     minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall stand 
     adjourned until the same time and place 48 hours from the time appointed 
     for the meeting (or if that day be a public holiday then to the next 
     business day following such holiday). If at such adjourned meeting a 
     quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for such 
     adjourned meeting, then the presence in person of any five Directors, or 
     their alternates, shall constitute a quorum.

5.5  The Chairman of the Board shall be elected by Supermajority vote of the 
     Board, provided, however, that in recognition of his pioneering role in 
     obtaining the cellular license from the Government of Pakistan for the 
     Company and in view of the continued association of SAIF as an 11.31% 
     Shareholder in the Company, the first Chairman after the execution of 
     this Agreement shall be Mr. Javed Saifullah Khan, and his current term 
     as Chairman of the Board shall be extended through financial year 1998. 
     SAIF shall cause Mr. Javed Saifullah Khan to be available as Chairman of 
     the Board after fiscal year 1998, subject to such reappointment being 
     approved by the Supermajority vote of the Board. 

5.6  The Directors shall not be entitled to be paid fees or be reimbursed for 
     their expenses in attending Board meetings, but shall receive such 
     remuneration for executive services performed for the Company as 
     approved by the Board. 

5.7  The Chairman of the Board shall not be entitled to a second or casting 
     vote. In case of an equality of votes (tied vote) on a matter requiring 
     only a simple majority to pass, the resolution shall be deemed to have 
     been rejected. 

6.   SHAREHOLDERS 

Annual Meetings, Quorum. An annual meeting of Shareholders shall be held 
within the first six months of each financial year for the purpose of:

          (a)  if applicable, the election of new members of the Board, 

          (b)  the election of auditors, and 

          (c)  such other matters as may be properly brought before the 
               annual meeting. 

                                       7

<PAGE>

     All other matters to be decided by the Shareholders shall be decided at 
     extraordinary meetings called as provided in the Articles. Notices of 
     Shareholder Meetings shall be given as provided in the Articles. 
     Requirements for a quorum for any general meeting shall be as provided 
     in the Articles.

6.2  VOTING. Except for the following designated matters, a vote of 
     Shareholders representing a majority of the total issued Shares shall be 
     required for approval by the Shareholders. The following matters shall 
     require approval by Shareholders holding a Superrnajority of total 
     issued Shares:

     (a)  the consolidation or merger of the Company or the sale, mortgage, 
          lease, license, charge, lien, pledge or encumbrance of any of its 
          assets, unless such assets are not a substantial portion of its 
          assets and such transaction is in the ordinary course of business 
          or the transaction is made in connection with the replacement of 
          any assets sold;

     (b)  the acquisition or formation of any subsidiary entity or joint 
          venture or the making of any investments in any other entity or 
          business, or the offering of the Shares to the public, or the 
          entering into of a new business segment of telecommunications 
          outside of mobile cellular services (it being understood that 
          mobile cellular services include PCS and long distance services);

     (c)  except as provided in Clause 9.1, the determination of and any 
          changes to the capital structure of the Company, including both 
          debt and equity, as appropriate from time to time including the 
          amount of issued and paid up share capital, and any increases 
          thereto, and the amount and timing of any call upon the 
          Shareholders for the contribution of equity, the provision of any 
          Shareholder loans, and Shareholder debt guarantees, and including 
          also the reduction of capital and the subdivision or consolidation 
          of Shares;

     (d)  the voluntary winding up or liquidation of the Company; 

     (e)  contracts involving payments to or by the Company, or any 
          expenditures, commitments or capital dispositions in excess of US$ 
          500,000 (or the equivalent thereof) for one item or a series of 
          related items;

     (f)  the entering into of any agreement for a term in excess of one year 
          with expenditures of more than US$500,000 (or the equivalent 
          thereof) over the full term;

     (g)  the incurring of any indebtedness in the ordinary course of 
          business (whether current or term) in excess of US$250,000 (or the 
          equivalent thereof);

     (h)  the borrowing of any sum (including the issuance of any debt 
          instruments) other than in the ordinary course of business;

     (i)  the settlement of any claims in excess of US$250,000 (or the 
          equivalent thereof); 

     (j)  annual approval of the Company's Five Year Business Plan, as well 
          as annual budgets relating to income, capital expenditures, 
          operating expenses, cash flows, 

                                       8

<PAGE>

          and dividends, and approval of any revisions of the current Five 
          Year Business Plan by an aggregate amount in excess of ten percent 
          ( 10%) of the then current Five Year Business Plan;

     (k)  the entering into or modification or termination of any Related 
          Transaction;

     (l)  delegation of the Shareholders authority, including, but not 
          limited to, the granting of powers of attorney; 

     (m)  establishment of personnel policies or practices of the Company or 
          any significant modifications thereof, which would be contrary to 
          the policy of Clause 1; 

     (n)  the making of loans or advances (other than deposits with a banking 
          or financial institution) except in the ordinary course of business 
          for employee travel and expense purposes; 

     (o)  any decision to enter into discussions or negotiations involving 
          labor relations issues and the entering into of any collective 
          bargaining agreements; 

     (p)  setting the minimum and maximum number of Directors and increasing 
          or reducing such number or the number of directors of any 
          subsidiary of the Company; 

     (q)  appointment of the President and the Executive Director, Finance, 
          of the Company, including the approval of, entering into or 
          amendment of employment contracts between the Company and such 
          officers, as well as the making of any changes in appointments 
          and/or in the powers, and any increase in excess of 10% in the 
          remuneration of, such officers of the Company; 

     (r)  redemption and cancellation of any securities or offering shares or 
          equity securities or instruments exercisable for, or convertible 
          into, Shares; 

     (s)  the declaration and payment of any dividends or distributions of 
          the Company; 

     (t)  the granting of any guarantee or similar surety for the obligations 
          of any corporation, partnership, entity or person whether 
          controlled by the Company or not; and 

     (u)  any amendment of the Articles. 

6.3  If a resolution concerning any of the matters requiring a Superrmajority 
     vote pursuant to Clause 6.2 is proposed and not passed by a 
     Supermajority, the President of the Company shall be free to, and shall 
     have the responsibility to, continue to manage the day-to-day affairs of 
     the Company in the Company's sole best interest within the bounds of the 
     Company's then current Five Year Business Plan and the powers of 
     attorney of the President or others, as approved by the Shareholders. 

6.4  In the event that the Shareholders are not able to resolve any dispute 
     relating to any resolution that is proposed but not adopted by the 
     requisite vote of the Shareholders by the end of a 30 working day period 
     following the holding of the relevant extraordinary 

                                       9

<PAGE>


     general meeting of Shareholders, or if any Shareholder is not satisfied 
     with such resolution, the Shareholder(s) shall be free to pursue the 
     sale of all (but not less than all) of its/their Shares pursuant to 
     Clause 12.1; PROVIDED, however, that nothing in this Clause 6.4 shall be 
     deemed to be a restriction of any Shareholder's right to sell its Shares 
     as provided in Clause 12.1 at any time. 

6.5  Except as provided for in Clause 6.2 (q), all officers of the Company 
     who report directly to the President shall be appointed by a simple 
     majority vote of the Shareholders.

7.   ACCOUNTS 

7.1  The Shareholders shall procure that the Company maintains accurate, 
     up-to-date and complete accounting records. All books and records of the 
     Company and all reports prepared by the management of the Company shall 
     be in such form as the Shareholders may prescribe from time to time, 
     provided that all such books and records shall be kept in accordance 
     with the Ordinance and generally accepted accounting principles of both 
     Pakistan and the United States. In addition, each of the Shareholders 
     shall procure, among other things, that the financial affairs of the 
     Company are managed properly and that the internal audits of the Company 
     are timely and properly performed. 

7.2  The accounts of the Company shall be audited annually by the auditors 
     for the time being of the Company. Audits additional to the statutory 
     annual audit shall be made if requested by any Shareholder owning at 
     least 10% of the issued and paid up share capital of the Company, but in 
     such case shall be at the expense of the requesting Shareholder. Such 
     additional audits shall be conducted in accordance with principles and 
     procedures to be determined by the financial representatives of the 
     requesting Shareholder and conducted by such financial representatives 
     or such nominated auditors as shall be determined by the requesting 
     Shareholder. 

7.3  The financial year of the Company shall commence on 1st July and end on 
     30th June. 

7.4  The auditors of the Company shall be such firm as may from time to time 
     be proposed by the Board and approved by the Shareholders by simple 
     majority vote, which firm shall be one of the internationally recognized 
     "Big Six" firms or a correspondent firm thereof. 

7.5  Each Director shall have the right to inspect and copy from time to time 
     the books and all other financial records and documents of the Company 
     at such Director's own expense. 

7.6  The President shall prepare and submit to each member of the Board 
     monthly management reports, to be handed over personally or sent by 
     facsimile (to be followed by the original via courier) by the 15th day 
     of each following month, consisting of at least a profit and loss 
     statement, cash flow statement, and a balance sheet. 

7.7  The Company shall furnish to the Shareholders and their auditors such 
     financial and other information relating to the business of the Company 
     as any of them may reasonabley require and shall comply with any other 
     reporting requirements of each Shareholder. 

                                       10

<PAGE>

8.   BUSINESS PLAN 

     The following procedure shall be followed in preparing the Five Year 
     Business Plan: 60 days before the beginning of each calendar year of the 
     Company, a Five Year Business Plan commencing with such calendar year 
     shall be prepared by the President and presented to the Shareholders for 
     their approval. If, at the beginning of any calendar year, the 
     Shareholders have not approved an updated Five Year Business Plan for 
     that calendar year, the then-current Five Year Business Plan previously 
     approved shall continue in effect and shall be used as the Business Plan 
     for those calendar years until the Shareholders approve a new Five Year 
     Business Plan. Shareholder approvals specified by this Clause 8 shall 
     require the appropriate Supermajority vote in accordance with the terms 
     of Clause 6.2 hereof.

9.   CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

9.1  The Shareholders understand that increases in equity capital shall be 
     needed to carry on the business of the Company. In particular, for 
     financial years 1997 and 1998, the Shareholders hereby pledge to provide 
     the equity contributions (at par) and shareholder loans that shall be 
     necessary to support the capital investments called for under the 1997 
     and 1998 Five Year Business Plans (which shall not require Supermajority 
     vote for initial approval), but may be amended by the Shareholders from 
     time to time by Supermajority vote, provided, however, that there shall 
     be no amendment by the Shareholders of the capital investments as 
     initially approved.under such Business Plans. Failure to participate in 
     any equity call or request for shareholder loans, except as may be 
     separately agreed to by the Shareholders, made by the Board during 1997 
     and/or 1998 shall be treated as an Event of Default pursuant to Clause 
     16.3 (d) of this Agreement. 

9.2  Where equity contributions are to be made pursuant to the then-currently 
     approved Five Year Business Plan, the Board shall determine the time and 
     size of any such contributions, which shall be made at the same time and 
     on the same terms for all Shareholders and the Shareholders shall 
     subscribe for Shares in cash, which (except for capital calls for fiscal 
     years 1997 and 1998, which shall be at par) shall be at a price 
     determined by the Board by Supermajority vote, and shall reflect the 
     fair market value per Share as allowed within the regulatory framework 
     of Pakistani law. All Shares issued in relation to such an increase of 
     share capital shall be offered to the Shareholders in proportion to the 
     number of Shares then held by them. Except for calls made during 1997 
     and/or 1998, for which provision has been made above, in the event a 
     Shareholder declines to subscribe and pay for the Shares offered to it 
     pursuant to the Board's call for capital within 30 business days of the 
     due date for responding to such capital call, as provided in this Clause 
     9.2, said refusing Shareholder shall be diluted in its share ownership 
     of the Company and the unsubscribed Shares shall be offered to the other 
     Shareholders at 90% of the issue price. If in the two weeks following 
     the capital call a Shareholder objects to the market price determined by 
     the Board, the market price shall be determined within thirty (30) days 
     thereafter, through the use of an independent third party appraiser 
     acceptable to a Supermajority of the Board, and the cost of the 
     appraisal shall be borne by the Company. If the Board cannot agree on an 
     appraiser, it shall rely on the procedure for choosing an appraiser set 
     forth in Clause 12.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a third party 
     appraisal has been prepared within six months of any capital call, the 
     fair market price shall be the fair market price established by such 
     third party appraisal, unless a Shareholder objects to the use of such 
     appraisal, in which event a new 


                                       11

<PAGE>

     appraisal shall be prepared at the objecting Shareholder's cost. The due 
     date for responding to any capital call shall be 30 business days 
     thereafter, unless a new appraisal is being prepared, in which event the 
     due date shall be 30 business days after completion of such appraisal.  
     Unsubscribed Shares shall be offered to the remaining Shareholders on a 
     pro-rata basis. To the extent any Shares remain unsubscribed, such 
     Shares shall be offered in subsequent rounds until all such Shares have 
     been subscribed for, or unless no remaining Shareholder desires to 
     purchase such Shares. Completion of the subscription of the unsubscribed 
     Shares shall take place within 30 days after the date on which such 
     Shares are offered to the Remaining Shareholders.

9.3  Where debt contributions are to be made pursuant to the then currently 
     approved Five Year Business Plan, the Board shall determine the time, 
     size and conditions of any such loans (which shall be on the same terms 
     for all Shareholders) and the Shareholders shall lend the funds in 
     proportion to the number of Shares then held by them, or as may be 
     otherwise agreed by the Shareholders. When all Shareholders provide 
     loans on a pro-rata basis, such loans shall be either interest free or 
     shall be simple interest-bearing loans, as determined by the Board by 
     simple majority vote. Any such debt contributions made to the Company 
     shall be repaid on a proportionate basis with respect to all loans 
     extended by the Shareholders to, or on behalf of, the Company. If a 
     Shareholder fails to provide any portion of its share of the 
     Shareholders' loans and the other Shareholders provide any Shareholder 
     loans to the Company, whether in a principal amount equal to or more or 
     less than their respective pro rata share of the Shareholders' loans, 
     then the entire principal amount of the loans made by such other 
     Shareholders will be convertible into such number of Shares as is 
     determined by the principal amount of each such loan divided by 90% of 
     the fair market value per Share at the time such loan is made. The 
     provisions on the determination of fair market value in Clause 9.2 shall 
     apply MUTATIS MUTANDIS to the determination of fair market value under 
     this Clause 9.3. The right to convert such loans into Shares may be 
     exercised at any time during the three year period from the date the 
     loan is made. It is expressly understood that any Shareholder shall have 
     the right, in lieu of providing a Shareholder loan, to arrange for a 
     third party loan which is supported by such Shareholder's guarantee, and 
     that such guaranteed loan shall, for purposes of convertibility into 
     equity and under Clause 10.1, be treated as a Shareholder loan. 

9.4  Except for the third party debt existing as of the date hereof and 
     supported by a guarantee from Motorola (or its Associate), the 
     Shareholders do not anticipate the provision of Shareholder guarantees 
     to support third party debt. If, however, in order for the Company to 
     borrow money from bankers and others on terms acceptable to the Company, 
     it is necessary for such borrowings to be wholly or partially guaranteed 
     by the Shareholders, such obligation to guarantee shall be required only 
     upon approval of the Shareholders and, except as may be separately 
     agreed to by the Shareholders, each Shareholder shall provide such 
     guarantee in a form reasonably acceptable to such Shareholder on a 
     several basis in proportion to its pro-rata shareholding in the Company. 
     In the event a Shareholder provides a loan guarantee in excess of its 
     pro-rata shareholding in the Company, such Shareholder shall acquire an 
     option to purchase additional Shares at par. The number of additional 
     Shares shall be determined as follows: the cost of issuing such 
     guarantee (based on the average cost of what three banks would charge 
     for issuing a guarantee of like tenor), divided by the fair market value 
     per Share, such option being exercisable from the date the guarantee is 
     issued for a period of three years. The provisions on the determination 
     of fair market value in Clause 9.2 shall apply MUTATIS MUTANDIS to the 
     determination of fair market value under this 

                                       12

<PAGE>

     Clause 9.4. In the event of the Company's default under any such 
     guaranteed loan and any Shareholder being called upon to pay out under 
     its supporting guarantee, the Shareholders shall cause the Board to 
     implement a capital call for the express purpose of providing funds to 
     enable the Company to repay such guaranteeing Shareholder's payment 
     under its supporting guarantee. Failure by any Shareholder to 
     participate in such capital call shall result in dilution of such 
     Shareholder's share ownership of the Company at 75 percent of the 
     subscription price determined by the Board, pursuant to Clause 9.2 above 
     (the guaranteeing Shareholder shall be deemed to have participated by 
     virtue of its payout under its guarantee).

9.5  The Parties acknowledge that at some point during the term of this 
     Agreement the Board may determine, after consultation with the Company's 
     financial advisers, that it may be in the best interest of the Company 
     to effect a listing of the Shares on the Pakistan Stock Exchange or 
     other stock exchange. Any such public offering shall be subject to the 
     requirements of the applicable laws governing public offerings and the 
     applicable stock exchange listing rules. The Shareholders shall use 
     their best endeavors to ensure that the Company complies with all such 
     laws and rules. 

9.6  The Company will give prompt written notice to each Shareholder of its 
     intention to register any Shares under any applicable law or to list any 
     Shares on any stock exchange in Pakistan or other stock exchange or to 
     qualify any Shares for trading in any other market and will include in 
     any such registration, offering, listing or qualification, subject to 
     the next two succeeding sentences, upon the written request of any 
     Shareholder made within 30 days after the Company's notice has been 
     given, all Shares with respect to which the Company has received written 
     requests for inclusion therein. If the managing underwriters of an 
     underwritten offering advise the Company in writing that the number of 
     Shares requested to be included in any registration, offering, listing 
     or qualification exceeds the number which can be included therein 
     without having a material adverse effect on the price of the Shares, the 
     Company will include in such registration first, the Shares requested to 
     be included in such registration allocated, if necessary, pro rata among 
     the holders thereof requesting such inclusion on the basis of the number 
     of Shares requested to be included and second, any Shares the Company 
     proposes to sell. Provided that if such registration, offering, listing 
     or qualification relates solely to new Shares for the purpose of raising 
     additional share capital for the Company, Shareholders shall not be 
     entitled to have included therein any Shares held by them but each 
     Shareholder shall have a prior right to purchase such part of the new 
     Shares as shall maintain that Shareholder's percentage holding of the 
     outstanding share capital of the Company immediately after such 
     registration, offering, listing or qualification at the same level as it 
     was immediately before such registration, offering, listing or 
     qualification. All expenses incident to any such registration, offering, 
     listing or qualification will be borne by the Company. The Company will 
     reimburse each Shareholder for its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in 
     connection with any such registration, offering, listing or 
     qualification including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements 
     of counsel for such Shareholder. The Company will indemnify each 
     Shareholder selling Shares in such registration, offering, listing or 
     qualification and its respective officers, directors, agents and 
     employees against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising 
     out of any misrepresentation or violation of law by the Company in 
     connection with any such registration, offering, listing or 
     qualification. Except for this Clause 9.6, the Company will not grant to 
     any person the right to participate in any such registration, offering, 
     listing or qualification of its Shares. 


                                       13

<PAGE>

10.    DIVIDEND POLICY 

10.1   Subject to any agreement or restriction binding the Company to the 
       contrary, and provided that the Company shall have first, paid down 
       any third party debt to the extent such third party debt is supported 
       by Shareholder guarantees not in proportion to any guaranteeing 
       Shareholder's equity interest in the Company, and second, repaid all 
       outstanding Shareholder loans, the Shareholders shall procure that for 
       each financial year the Company distributes all of the Surplus Cash 
       which the Board has, in accordance with the formula set forth in the 
       attached Exhibit A, recommended as available for distribution.

10.2   Distributions shall be made to the Shareholders on a pro-rata basis 
       when there is Surplus Cash and the Shareholders by Supermajority vote 
       determine that a distribution should be made.

11.    EMPLOYMENT POLICES 

11.1   The Shareholders shall procure that the management of the Company 
       deals directly with the employees of the Company, without any 
       intermediary parties, and will retain and/or cause the adoption of 
       such personnel policies and practices as appropriate in order 
       reasonably to achieve such results.

11.2   The Shareholders shall procure that the management of the Company 
       retains and/or develops personnel practices that fairly reward 
       employees for services rendered in a manner consistent with common 
       business practice in Pakistan.

12.    TRANSFER AND ENCUMBRANCE OF SHARES 

12.1   A transfer of Shares by any Shareholder following the date of this 
       Agreement shall be subject to the following restrictions:

12.1.1 A Shareholder may at any time transfer all (but not less than all) of 
       its Shares to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, provided that such 
       Shareholder remains responsible to the other Shareholders for the 
       actions of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and hereby guarantees to the 
       other Shareholders that it will procure that such Wholly-Owned 
       Subsidiary acts in relation to such Shares as it would be required to 
       do under the terms of this Agreement and the Articles as if it were 
       still the holder of such Shares and that such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary 
       remains associated to it in the terms of the definition of a 
       Wholly-Owned Subsidiary contained in Clause 1.  SAIF may transfer all 
       (but not less than all) of its Shares to a SAIF Associate or Saifullah 
       Family member subject to the same terms, conditions and limitations 
       stated above, after SAIF has provided evidence that the SAIF Associate 
       is a SAIF Associate or the Saifullah Family member is a Saifullah 
       Family member as deemed in Clause 1.

12.1.2 A sale or transfer at any time of the shares of a Wholly-Owned 
       Subsidiary of SAIF, or a SAIF Associate to which Shares have been 
       transferred, or a transfer of an equity interest of 35% or more of 
       SAIF to persons other than the Saifullah family members named in 
       Clause 1, shall be deemed a transfer of Shares subject to the 
       provisions of Clauses 12.1.4 through 12.1.7.


                                       14

<PAGE>


12.1.3 The Shareholders shall procure that no transfer of any Shares to a 
       person other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or a SAIF Associate or 
       Saifullah Family member shall be registered until the transferee has 
       agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a deed 
       of adherence substantially in the form set out in Exhibit C.

12.1.4 A Shareholder may transfer all of its Shares, or any portion thereof 
       equal to or greater than 10% of the total paid up share capital of the 
       Company, provided, however, that the transferring Shareholder retains 
       not less than 10% of the total paid up share capital after such 
       transfer, except for SAIF, who may transfer only all and not less than 
       all of its Shares, to a third party in accordance with the provisions 
       of Clauses 12.1.5 through 12.1.7. If any Shareholder ("Offering 
       Shareholder") desires to transfer all of its Shares, or any portion 
       thereof equal to or greater than 10% of the total paid up share 
       capital of the Company ("Offered Shares"), provided, however, that the 
       transferring Shareholder retains not less than 10% of the total paid 
       up share capital after such transfer, it shall so notify in writing 
       ("Transfer Notice") the other Shareholders ("Remaining Shareholders") 
       and the Board of its desire to sell the Offered Shares at a specified 
       price ("Prescribed Price"). If the proposed transfer is to a third 
       party, then the Transfer Notice shall include a copy of the bona fide 
       offer for such Shares by the proposed third party transferee, which 
       copy shall include the identity of the third party, and its beneficial 
       owner (if applicable), and all of the terms and conditions of the 
       offer, including but not limited to the price per Share offered, all 
       guarantees of Company debt offered and/or loans to the Company, or 
       assumptions thereof, which would be undertaken.  In the case of a bona 
       fide offer to purchase the Offered Shares by a third party, the 
       Prescribed Price shall be the price offered by the third party. If 
       there is no offer by a third party, the Prescribed Price shall be the 
       price stated in the Transfer Notice.

12.1.5(a)  The Remaining Shareholders shall have a period of thirty (30) days 
           from the date of receipt of such Transfer Notice to notify the 
           Board and each of the other Remaining Shareholders in writing 
           whether they desire to purchase the Offered Shares from the 
           Offering Shareholder at the Prescribed Price and on the same terms 
           and conditions relating to all guarantees of Company debt offered 
           (with a demonstration that said guarantee is of equal validity 
           with that offered by the third party) and/or the provision of 
           loans to the Company or assumptions thereof which would be 
           undertaken. If each of the Remaining Shareholders indicates its 
           desire to purchase the number of Offered Shares which is pro rata 
           to its proportionate shareholding in the Company, the transfer of 
           the Offered Shares pursuant to this subparagraph (a) shall be 
           completed within 30 days of the expiry of the 30-day period within 
           which the Remaining Shareholders have to notify the Board and each 
           of the other Remaining Shareholders of their desire to purchase 
           the Offered Shares.

      (b)  If any of the Remaining Shareholders is interested in making an 
           offer, but disagrees with the Prescribed Price, it may call for an 
           appraisal of the Shares pursuant to Clause 12.4. Any third party 
           appraisal of the Company shall be concluded within 30 days of a 
           request for appraisal having been made. A Remaining Shareholder 
           may withdraw its offer to purchase within five days after the 
           Share price is determined by appraisal by notifying the other 
           Remaining Shareholders and the Board of such withdrawal. Those 
           Remaining Shareholders who approve of the appraised Share price 
           shall notify the other Remaining Shareholders and the Board of 
           their desire to purchase the Offered Shares at such price within 
           the said five days. The Offering Shareholder shall 

                                       15

<PAGE>

           not be obliged to sell the Offered Shares to the Remaining 
           Shareholders unless all (but not less than all) of the Offered 
           Shares shall be purchased by the Remaining Shareholders.

      (c)  In exercising any purchase right hereunder, a Shareholder may 
           purchase all, but not less than all, of the number of Offered 
           Shares, as applicable, in proportion to its then shareholding in 
           the Company (its first round pro rata share). If less than all of 
           the Remaining Shareholders exercise their purchase right, those 
           Shareholders that have exercised their right to purchase may, 
           within five days after the expiry of the 30-day period referred to 
           in subparagraph (a) above, or the five-day period referred to in 
           subparagraph (b) above, as the case may be, elect to purchase the 
           Offered Shares which are not taken up by the uninterested 
           Shareholders in the proportion that the number of Shares held by 
           each of them bears to the aggregate number of Shares held by the 
           Remaining Shareholders who have indicated their desire to purchase 
           the Offered Shares. This process shall be repeated until the 
           entire amount of Offered Shares are purchased. If all of the 
           Offered Shares are not elected for purchase by the Remaining 
           Shareholders, the right to purchase the Offered Shares shall 
           lapse. Subject thereto, the transfer of the Offered Shares 
           pursuant to this Clause shall be completed within thirty (30) days 
           of the Remaining Shareholders' election under this Clause, or 
           within thirty (30) days of completion of an appraisal, whichever 
           is later. Notwithstanding the result of any third party appraisal, 
           in the event there is no bona fide third party offer, but an 
           Offering Shareholder is interested in selling its Shares, such 
           Offering Shareholder and the Remaining Shareholders shall be free 
           to determine a mutually satisfactory price based on negotiation 
           between the buying and selling sides.

12.1.6     If no purchase of the Offered Shares is made by the Remaining 
           Shareholders within the thirty (30) day time limit provided for in 
           Clause 12.1.5, then the Offering Shareholder shall be free for a 
           period of three months from the expiry of the thirty day period, 
           to transfer or dispose of the Offered Shares to the third party 
           named In the Transfer Notice or, if there were none, to any entity 
           in a bona fide sale at any price not being less than the 
           Prescribed Price (after deductions, as appropriate, for any 
           dividends declared or made after the date of the Transfer Notice 
           and to be retained by the Offering Shareholder) and on terms no 
           more favorable than those offered in the Transfer Notice relating 
           to such Offered Shares; PROVIDED that the Offering Shareholder 
           shall not be entitled to transfer any of the Offered Shares to a 
           third party unless all of the Offered Shares are so transferred to 
           that third party.

12.1.7     In the event the Offering Shareholder is unable to find a third 
           party buyer (as provided in Clause 12.1.6 above) willing to 
           purchase the Offered Shares at the Prescribed Price but has 
           located a third party buyer willing to purchase the Offered Shares 
           at a price lower than the Prescribed Price and/or on terms more 
           favorable than those offered in the Transfer Notice ("Revised 
           Offer"), the Offering Shareholder shall notify the Remaining 
           Shareholders in writing of the Revised Offer and the Remaining 
           Shareholders shall have fourteen (14) days from the date of 
           receipt of the notice containing the terms of the Revised Offer to 
           agree to purchase and thirty (30) days to purchase the Offered 
           Shares at the price and on the same terms as those contained in 
           the Revised Offer in accordance with the procedure set forth in 
           Clause 12. 1.5. If the Remaining Shareholders fail to exercise 
           their option to purchase the Offered Shares as provided by this 
           Clause, then the Offering Shareholder shall be free to sell the 
           Offered Shares to the third party buyer 

                                       16

<PAGE>


           within three months of the date of the notice given by the 
           Offering Shareholder containing the terms of the Revised Offer, on 
           such terms.

12.1.8     If and when SAIF shall cease to hold any Shares, whether directly 
           or through any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, then any third party 
           to whom such Shares shall have been transferred, to the extent 
           such third party shall own less than one-ninth of the issued and 
           outstanding Shares, shall not be entitled to nominate a Director 
           to the Board or be protected by the provisions of this Agreement, 
           but shall be required to enter into an agreement acceptable to 
           IWCPL and MOTOROLA relating to payment of its share of the funding 
           requirements (i.e., equity calls, Shareholder loans and guarantees 
           of third-party debt) of the Company.

12.2       No Shareholder shall without the written consent of the other 
           Shareholders create or permit to arise any mortgage, charge, 
           pledge, lien or other encumbrance over any of its Shares.

12.3       Any Change of Legal Control, as hereafter defined, shall be deemed 
           a transfer subject to Clauses 12.1.3 through 12.1.7, whereby the 
           Shareholder whose legal control is changed shall be deemed an 
           Offering Shareholder, the other Shareholders shall be deemed the 
           Remaining Shareholders, the Transfer Notice shall be a written 
           notice from any Shareholder to the other Shareholders notifying 
           them that a Change of Legal Control has occurred and the 
           Prescribed Price shall be determined by appraisal pursuant to 
           Clause 12.4. With respect to MOTOROLA or an Associate of MOTOROLA, 
           a Change of Legal Control shall have occurred when the entity(ies) 
           ultimately controlling MOTOROLA or its Associate on the date it 
           becomes a party to this Agreement ceases to hold 65% or more of 
           the issued and outstanding common stock of MOTOROLA or of its 
           Associate. With respect to IWCPL, a Change of Legal Control shall 
           occur when AIF, IWC and the other shareholders of IWCPL on the 
           date of this Agreement, and/or their respective Associates, in the 
           aggregate, cease to hold more than half of the issued share 
           capital of IWCPL. This provision shall apply as well to any 
           Associate of a Shareholder to which Shares are transferred under 
           Clause 12.1 even if such Associate does not become a party to this 
           Agreement; provided, however, a change of control for an Associate 
           shall occur if it ceases to fit the definition of an Associate in 
           Clause 1.

12.4.1     Appraisers appointed in connection with the sale of Shares under 
           this Clause 12 shall in all instances be qualified in the 
           appraisals of businesses such as the Company. Appraisal shall be 
           made on the basis of the Company as an ongoing business, for a 
           transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller, and 
           subject to the conditions of the License.

12.4.2     In the event the parties cannot agree upon the selection of an 
           appraiser within 30 days of the call for an appraisal, the 
           Offering Shareholder shall select an appraiser and the RemainIng 
           Shareholders shall select an appraiser within 15 days thereafter. 
           The appraisers shall each determine a value for the Shares within 
           30 days after they are appointed. If the two appraisers do not 
           agree but their valuations are within ten percent of one another, 
           then their valuations shall be averaged and the average shall be 
           the valuation price. If their valuations are more than ten percent 
           apart, then the two appraisers shall appoint a third appraiser. If 
           the third appraiser's valuation is not the same as either of the 
           first two valuations, then the two closest appraised values shall 
           be averaged and the result shall be deemed the price established 
           by the appraisers.


                                       17

<PAGE>

12.4.3    The cost of one appraiser appointed jointly by the parties, or a 
           third appraiser appointed by the first two appraisers shall be 
           divided with the Offering Shareholder paying one half and the 
           Remaining Shareholders paying the other half, based on the 
           proportion that the number of Shares held by each of them bears to 
           the aggregate number of Shares held by all the Remaining 
           Shareholders who have indicated their desire to purchase Shares 
           (whether or not any such Remaining Shareholders may subsequently 
           withdraw their offers to purchase any Shares after the appraisal 
           has been completed). In the event the Offering Shareholder 
           appoints one appraiser and the Remaining Shareholders appoint one, 
           they each shall bear the cost of the one they appointed. 
           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Offering 
           Shareholder withdraws its offer to sell Shares after the 
           appointment of appraisers, such Shareholder shall bear the full 
           cost of all of the appraisers theretofore appointed.

12.5.1     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Clause 12, no transfer of 
           Shares shall be allowed:

          (a)  to any Competitor, unless this provision is expressly waived 
               in writing by all the other Shareholders, or

          (b)  to any person who is prohibited by law or regulation from 
               being a participant in the holder of the License or if the 
               transfer would result in grounds for revocation of the License.

12.5.2     Any transfer of Shares permitted by this Agreement shall be 
           subject to whatever government or regulatory approvals as may be 
           necessary to ensure the continued validity of the License. The 
           Directors shall be bound, upon transfer of Offered Shares in 
           accordance with this Clause 12 and upon payment in full for the 
           Offered Shares (whether by the Remaining Shareholders or by a 
           third party), to register such transfer.

12.6       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this 
           Agreement, IWCPL shall have the right (i) to freely transfer all 
           of its Shares to all of its individual shareholders upon the 
           occurrence of a deadlock among the shareholders of IWCPL, provided 
           that (;c) the board of IWCPL shall have notified the other 
           Shareholders in writing of the existence of the deadlock, and (y) 
           each of the individual shareholders of IWCPL shall agree to be 
           bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a deed of 
           adherence substantially in the form set out in Exhibit C, and (ii) 
           as separately agreed to by the Parties, to freely transfer a 
           portion of its Shares to any of its shareholders which default in 
           making their pro rata share of any capital contributions or 
           shareholder loans to be made by IWCPL to the Company. In each 
           case, the rights of first refusal provisions of this Clause 12 
           shall not apply to any such transfer, and the parties shall cause 
           their Directors to register any such transfer and take all such 
           other actions as may be necessary or desirable to effect such 
           transfers.

13.        CONFIDENTIALITY 

13.1       All trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information of 
           the Company and !of the Shareholders shall be kept confidential 
           and, except to the extent that any such information shall be or 
           become part of the public domain (other than as a result of a 
           breach by a Shareholder of this Clause), such information shall 
           not be disclosed in whole or in part by any Shareholder to any 
           person other than:

                                       18

<PAGE>


           (a) to the respective Associates of the Shareholders and their 
               representatives, directors, officers, employees and auditors 
               if required for the business of the Company; or 

           (b) as required by law, or as is reasonably necessary for the 
               proper carrying on of the business of the Company; or

           (c)  as is necessary in relation to a proposed sale of any Shares 
               by a Shareholder, 


           PROVIDED THAT any Shareholder proposing to disclose information to 
           any person (other than to an Associate) shall, prior to the 
           proposed disclosure, unless the other Shareholders agree in 
           writing to the contrary, procure a covenant from that person in 
           favor of the Shareholders, to the effect that the person will 
           comply with the provisions of this Clause 13.

13.2       This obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

14.        NON COMPETITION 

14.1       Save as otherwise agreed among the Shareholders, until the 
           termination of this Agreement, the Shareholders shall not, and 
           shall procure that their Associates and shareholders, and the 
           Associates of their shareholders, shall not, and shall use 
           reasonable endeavors to procure that their directors, officers and 
           key employees and the directors, officers and employees of their 
           Associates, shareholders and Associates of shareholders shall not, 
           engage in any business in Pakistan which provides, or participates 
           in providing, telecommunications services directly competitive 
           with the businesses undertaken or agreed to be undertaken by the 
           Company, as set forth in Schedule 14.1 attached hereto. 
           Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that AIF 
           shall not be bound by this Clause 14, provided the following is 
           adhered to:

           (a) AIF shall promptly disclose to the Board that there is a 
               conflict of interest and shall thereafter in all instances 
               refrain from attending any relevant discussions, including any 
               meeting of the Board or of Shareholders where such matter 
               causing the conflict of interest is being considered.

           (b) If AIF engages in a business that would breach the 
               non-competition provision if it were otherwise bound thereby, 
               then (i) AIF must notify the Company of its interest in the 
               competing business as soon as it is able to do so without 
               violating any confidentiality obligations, (ii) a fire wall 
               (or Chinese wall) will be created, for example, different 
               persons will serve as the AIF nominees on the board of the 
               Company and the board (or similar governing body) of the 
               competing business, and there will not be any exchange of 
               information between the AIF employees or officers that handle 
               AIF's investments in the Company and those engaged in the 
               competing business, (iii) the Board shall take such fair and 
               reasonable measures to ensure that no sensitive information 
               that it determines could give a competitive advantage to a 
               competitor is transmitted to AIF, including but not limited to 
               exclusion of AlF from any Shareholders' and/or Board meetings, 
               and (iv) AIF shall ensure that at all times its nominees on 
               the Board will exercise their voting rights in accordance with 
               their fiduciary duty to the Company.

                                       19

<PAGE>

     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if (i) the Company and 
     the competing business are proposing to make independent bids for 
     licenses or other rights that are being offered by the Government of 
     Pakistan, (ii) AIF wishes to participate in both bids through its 
     investment in the Company and the competing business, and (iii) the 
     Shareholders deem that AIF's participation in both bids would be harmful 
     to the interests of the Company, then (x) the Board shall take such fair 
     and reasonable measures to ensure that no information regarding the 
     Company's efforts to formulate the bid is transmitted to AIF, and (y) if 
     MOTOROLA, SAIF and IWC think it necessary or desirable, then instead of 
     the Company formulating a bid, MOTOROLA, SAI and IWC shall be entitled 
     to form another consortium, with or without any third parties, to make a 
     bid for such license or rights.

     (c)  The provisions of paragraph (h) without prejudice to AIF's 
          obligations or the obligations of AIF's nominees on the Board to 
          disclose the existence of any conflict of interest with respect to 
          any matter involving the Company and to recuse themselves from any 
          Shareholders' or Board discussion or vote on such matter.

14.2 If any Shareholder or any of its Associates ceases to be a Shareholder 
     for any reason other than the liquidation of the Company, or any party 
     ceases to be a shareholder of the Shareholder, that Shareholder shall 
     not, and shall procure that its Associates (and former shareholders) 
     shall not, and shall use reasonable endeavors to procure that their 
     directors, officers, key employees (or the directors, officers or key 
     employees of such former shareholders), or in the case of SAIF, 
     Saifullah Family members shall not, for a period of two years from the 
     date of such cessation directly or indirectly carry on or be interested 
     in any business in Pakistan which provides or participates in providing, 
     telecommunications services directly competitive with the businesses 
     undertaken or agreed to be undertaken by the Company, including 
     specifically but not limited to PCS, long distance services related to 
     cellular telephony, and any other mobile telephony services, at the time 
     of such Shareholder's ceasing to hold Shares.

14.3 For purposes of this Clause 14, the supply of cellular, two-way radio 
     (conventional and trunking) and/or radio paging equipment (and related 
     engineering, installation and maintenance services), either 
     infrastructure or subscriber units shall not be considered competitive 
     to the business of the Company. Furthermore, it is expressly understood 
     that neither Motorola nor any of its Associates shall be prohibited from 
     participating, either directly or indirectly, in the provision of 
     services in Pakistan using the telecommunications system known as 
     Iridium.

14.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholders and their Associates and 
     shareholders and the Associates of their shareholders may engage in any 
     manner in the businesses set forth in Schedule 14.2 attached hereto.

14.5 A Shareholder or its Associates or shareholders or the Associates of its 
     shareholders (a "Related Party") may not, without the prior written 
     consent of the other Shareholders, engage in Pakistan in any of the 
     businesses set forth in Schedule 14.3 attached hereto. If such 
     Shareholder or any of its Related Parties wishes to engage in any such 
     business, the relevant Shareholder shall give notice to the other 
     Shareholders, indicating the nature of the business it or its Related 
     Party wishes to engage in, the other persons that it wishes to cooperate 
     with in such business, and a general description of the proposed form of 
     participation in such business. The other Shareholders shall give their 
     response within 


                                       20

<PAGE>

     90 days after the date of receipt of such notice. If any of the other 
     Shareholders fails to respond to such notice, it shall be deemed to have 
     given its consent to the requesting Shareholder's or its Related Party's 
     engaging in the business described in the notice.

15.  PROTECTION OF NAME 

15.1 In the event that a Shareholder or any of its Associates ceases to be a 
     Shareholder, the Remaining Shareholders shall take such steps within a 
     reasonable period of time as may be necessary to procure the Company to 
     remove any reference to the first mentioned party's name in the name or 
     business description of the Company.

15.2 For so long as Motorola or any of its Associates is a Shareholder, the 
     Company may use the tradenarne or mark "Motorola" in the phrase "A 
     Motorola Network" in conjunction with the Company's tradename, 
     "Mobilink". The Company may not use the "Motorola" name or mark in any 
     other manner without the express consent of Motorola.

16.  TERMINATION 

16.1 Save as otherwise provided, this Agreement shall continue indefinitely. 

16.2 This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Shareholder upon such 
     Shareholder or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or, in the case of 
     SAIF, a SAIF Associate or a member of the Salfullah Family, ceasing to 
     be a Shareholder by reason of a transfer of Shares pursuant to Clause 
     12.1 or by reason of an Event of Default occurring as set forth below in 
     Clause 16.3, and shall terminate with respect to all the Shareholders 
     upon the Company being wound up or otherwise dissolved. Unless the 
     Shareholders determine otherwise, this Agreement shall terminate and the 
     Company shall be dissolved in the event the License to operate the 
     cellular telephone business in Pakistan is terminated or the Company 
     otherwise loses the right to effectively use the License. 

16.3 Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default 
     hereunder with respect to a Shareholder: 

     (a)  the voluntary filing of a petition in bankruptcy, winding up, or 
          insolvency or the like by a Shareholder, or the making of an 
          arrangement with the Shareholders' creditors, the liquidation, 
          dissolution or winding up of the Shareholder otherwise than 
          pursuant to an internal reorganization of the Shareholder, the 
          appointment of a receiver over its assets or the incurrence of some 
          analogous action as a consequence of the Shareholders' debt; 

     (b)  the purported sale, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition by a 
          Shareholder of any of its Shares (including the purported transfer 
          of a controlling interest in the ownership of the entity ultimately 
          controlling the Shareholder which is a Party hereto or a 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of said Shareholder to which Shares have 
          been transferred, pursuant to Clause 12.1.1) other than in 
          accordance with the terms of this Agreement, unless agreed to by 
          all the other Parties; 

     (c)  the breach by a Shareholder of any of its obligations under Clauses 
          13 and 14, or breach of any representation or warranty under this 
          Agreement which (if capable of remedy) is not remedied within 60 
          days after receipt of notice of breach from a non breaching 
          Shareholder requiring it to remedy the breach; or 

                                       21

<PAGE>

        (d)  the failure by a Shareholder promptly on the due date, or within 
        a reasonable time thereafter not to exceed sixty (60) days from the 
        due date, to provide capital contributions or Shareholder loans which 
        it has agreed to provide pursuant to Clause 9.1 of this Agreement. 

16.4    Any such termination under this Clause shall be without prejudice to 
        the accrued rights of the Parties under this Agreement against each 
        other.

16.5(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by a defaulting 
        Shareholder, the non defaulting Shareholders may terminate, at the 
        end of any cure period (or earlier if there is no specified cure 
        period), this Agreement with respect to a defaulting Shareholder by 
        notice to the defaulting Shareholder, and the non-defaulting 
        Shareholders shall have the right by notice to the defaulting 
        Shareholder to purchase within 60 days of the date of said notice all 
        of the Shares of such Shareholder at a price equal to fifty percent 
        of the fair market value of the Shares (as established by an 
        independent appraiser acceptable to all Shareholders), minus the cost 
        of such independent appraisal in the proportion that the number of 
        Shares held by each nondefaulting Shareholder bears to the total 
        number of Shares held by all the nondefaulting Shareholders. If the 
        Shareholders cannot agree on a single appraiser, the non-defaulting 
        Shareholders shall appoint one appraiser, the defaulting Shareholder 
        shall appoint one appraiser, each side being responsible for the cost 
        thereof and, in the case of the non-defaulting Shareholders, they 
        shall bear the costs of their appointed appraiser equally. If the two 
        appraisals are within 10 percent of each other, then the fair market 
        value shall be the average of the two appraisals. If the two 
        appraisals are apart by more then 10 percent, then the two appraisers 
        shall appoint a third appraiser. The fair market value shall be the 
        valuation price of the independent third appraiser averaged with the 
        price closest to his of the other two appraisers. The cost of the 
        third appraisal shall be deducted from the purchase price to be paid 
        to the defaulting Shareholder.

        (b)   The Board is hereby appointed as the agent of any defaulting 
             Shareholder for administration of the sale and purchase of the 
             Shares, and any Director is hereby irrevocably authorized by 
             such Shareholder to sign any document and take any action 
             required to effect such sale and purchase. Upon such purchase, 
             the defaulting Shareholder's interest in the Company shall 
             terminate; however, such termination shall be without prejudice 
             to the rights of the other Shareholders pursuant to any and all 
             remedies available for damages caused by the defaulting 
             Shareholder by reason of an Event of Default as defined in 
             Clause 16.3.

17.     GENERAL WARRANTIES REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

        Each Shareholder represents and warrants to the others that:

17.1    It is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good 
        standing in its country of incorporation; and has the corporate power 
        and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement.

17.2    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been 
        duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and the 
        persons signing this Agreement are duly authorized to do so on its 
        behalf.

                                       22

<PAGE>

17.3    No governmental authorization, license, consent or the like is 
        required for the execution and performance of this Agreement, except 
        such as have been obtained.

17.4    This Agreement and the performance hereof by the Shareholder does not 
        conflict with any provisions of its charter, bylaws or any material 
        contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or its 
        properties are bound, and does not violate any law or any rule or 
        regulation of any administrative agency or governmental body or any 
        order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, administrative agency 
        or governmental body applicable to it or its properties.

18.     MISCELLANEOUS

18.1    Assignment

        This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit 
        of the parties, their successors and assigns, provided that the 
        rights and obligations of this Agreement may not be assigned or 
        transferred in whole or in part by any Shareholder without the 
        consent of the other Shareholders (except as provided in Clause 
        12.1), provided however, that IWCPL shall have the right to transfer 
        Shares held by it to a company which is held in the same proportions 
        as IWCPL by AIF and IWC and that IWCPL shall be further entitled to 
        assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to such company 
        without the consent of any other Shareholder.

18.2    Implementation of Agreement Each Shareholder agrees that it will at 
        all times:

        (a)  use all means reasonably available to it (including its voting 
             power direct or indirect in relation to the Company) so as to 
             ensure that the Company and any Director of the Company 
             nominated by it (and any alternate of such Director) shall 
             implement the provisions of this Agreement relating to the 
             Company;

        (b)  cooperate in good faith and execute such documents and take such 
             action as may be reasonably required to give full effect to the 
             provisions and intent of this Agreement; and

        (c)  use its best endeavors to develop and expand the business of the 
             Company. 

18.3    No Agency or Partnership

        Nothing contained in or relating to this Agreement shall or shall be 
        deemed to constitute a partnership or agency relationship between any 
        of the Parties.

18.4    Arbitration

18.4.1  All disputes which arise out of or in connection with this Agreement 
        shall be submitted for final and binding arbitration in Paris, France 
        to be conducted by the International Chamber of Commerce ("ICC"), in 
        accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules, and in accordance 
        with its procedural rules, PROVIDED, however, that the following 
        shall apply:

                                       23

<PAGE>


        (a)  all proceedings shall be conducted in English and a daily 
             transcript in English shall be prepared;

        (b)  each side to the dispute shall select one arbitrator, and these 
             arbitrators shall jointly select an additional arbitrator, who 
             shall concurrently serve as Chairman of the arbitration panel, 
             provided however, that if the arbitrators chosen by the parties 
             to the dispute cannot agree on the additional arbitrator, such 
             additional arbitrator shall be selected by the ICC (in the event 
             there are multiple parties on a particular side of the dispute, 
             they shall agree within 15 days from the demand for arbitration 
             on a single arbitrator to be appointed for their side of the 
             dispute, and if the parties fail to agree on the appointment of 
             the arbitrator for their side, the ICC shall appoint the 
             arbitrator for their side);

        (c)  the arbitrators shall be fluent in the English language; and

        (d)  the English-language text of this Agreement shall be used in the 
             arbitration proceedings.

18.4.2  The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties. The 
        costs of arbitration and the party(ies) who should pay such costs 
        shall be determined by the arbitration panel. Any award of the 
        arbitrators shall be enforceable by any court having jurisdiction 
        over the Party or Parties against which the award has been rendered, 
        or wherever the assets of the Party or Parties against which the 
        award has been rendered are located.

18.5    COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

        The Shareholders shall ensure that the Company shall at all times 
        conduct its business in compliance with all applicable laws, 
        regulations, and authorizations of all relevant governmental 
        authorities, including those of Pakistan and the United States, to 
        the extent that such are applicable because of the participation of 
        MOTOROLA and via IWCPL, of IWC, provided that the Company is advised 
        of such laws in writing and provided further that such laws do not 
        conflict with any of the laws of Pakistan. In particular, the 
        Shareholders shall ensure that the Company and each of its officers, 
        Board members, employees, agents and distributors comply with all 
        applicable laws prohibiting corrupt practices in obtaining any 
        consents, licenses, approvals, authorizations, rights, privileges or 
        benefits in respect of the Company's business, shall ensure the 
        integrity and accuracy of the recordkeeping practices of the Company, 
        and that the Company's business is otherwise conducted in compliance 
        with all applicable laws. The Company will not do business with any 
        distributor, agent, customer or other person where the Company knows 
        or suspects that payoffs or similar practices are or will be involved 
        in doing such business.

18.6    Notices

        All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications 
        hereunder shall be in writing, sent by registered or certified mail, 
        return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the intended 
        recipient as set forth below and shall be deemed duly given upon 
        actual receipt:

        if to Motorola:


                                       24

<PAGE>
     
     J. Michael Norris
     Vice President
     Motorola International Development Corporation
     425 Martingale Rd.
     Schaumburg, IL, 60173
     Facsimile Number: (847) 435-3915
     
     if to IWCPL:
          
     Hugh McClung, Vice President
     International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited
     c/o 1 2/F Sun Hung Kai Centre
     30 Harbour Road
     Wanchai, Hong Kong
     
     John Troy
     Executive Director
     Asian Infrastructure Fund Advisors Limited
     Suite 2302-03, Nine Queen's Road Central
     Hong Kong
     
     with a copy to Antonio Y.P.Yeung
     (same address as for John Troy)
     if to SAIF:
     Javed Saifullah Khan
     SAIF Telecom (PVT) Limited 4th F1., Kulsum Plaza
     42 Blue Area,
     Islamabad, Pakistan
     Facsimile number:

     Any Party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other 
     communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address or 
     number set forth above using any other means (including personal 
     delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, 
     ordinary mail, or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, 
     claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been fully duly 
     given unless and until it actually is received by the intended 
     recipient. Any Party may change the address or number to which any 
     communication hereunder is delivered by giving the other Parties notice 
     in the manner set forth herein.

18.7 Severability

     If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found to be invalid 
     or unenforceable for any reason, the other terms or provisions shall not 
     be affected and such invalid or unenforceable term shall be deemed to be 
     deleted.

18.8 Inconsistency

     In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Articles and 
     any - provisions of this Agreement the provisions of this Agreement 
     shall prevail.

18.9 Counterparts


                                       25

<PAGE>

       This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which 
       when fully executed shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

18.10  Integration

       This Agreement, and the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, 
       constitute the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the subject 
       matter hereof and any prior negotiations and/or other agreements among 
       the Parties relating to this subject matter, including but not limited 
       to the original Shareholders Agreement dated June 3rd, 1993, are 
       hereby superseded by and integrated into this Agreement. This 
       Agreement shall not be released, discharged or modified in any manner 
       except by an instrument in writing signed by the duly authorized 
       officers or representatives of the Parties hereto.

18.11  Governing Law

       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
       law of Pakistan.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
       of the date first above-written.

SIGNED by:

for and on behalf of                            for and on behalf of           
SAIF TELECOM                                    INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS         
(PVT) LIMITED                                   COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN 
LIFTED 


Witnessed by:
              ------------------------------

              ------------------------------


for and on behalf of
MOTOROLA INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Witnessed by:
              ------------------------------

              ------------------------------


                                       26

<PAGE>

            EXHIBIT A TO RESTATED AND AMENDED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
     
Formula using generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the 
United States and Pakistan, for computing surplus cash: 

Profit before interest and taxes

- -    depreciation
- -    amortization
- -    interest paid
- -    taxes paid
+/-  changes in working capital
- -    capital purchases under the Business Plan
- -    cash needs in future years (computed under the same formula)
- -    any mandatory legal reserves and prudent reserves
- -    current portion of long term debt
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
=  Surplus Cash, if any, available for distribution


                                       27

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 14.1
                         DIRECTLY COMPETITIVE BUSINESSES

     GSM, PCN, PCS, COMA, AMPS and other forms of cellular wireless 
technology, long distance services related to mobile telephony and any other 
mobile telephony services.

     
                                  SCHEDULE 14.2
                           NON-COMPETITIVE BUSINESSES

     The provision of paging, trunking, two-way radio, mobile data 
services, fixed wire local loop, and Iridium -TM- or any other 
satellite-based telecommunication services.

     Any business that is not within the scope of telecommunications services.
     

                                  SCHEDULE 14.3
                       POTENTIALLY COMPETITIVE BUSINESSES

     International Gateway.


                                       28




<PAGE>

                                                                     1

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.27D

                                                                    Final Draft
_____________, 1997

International Wireless Communications
  Pakistan Limited
P.O. Box 1130
3rd Floor
12 Remy Ollier Street
Port Louis, Mauritius

Saif Telecom (Pvt.) Limited
4th Floor
Kulsum Plaza
42 Blue Area
Islamabad
Pakistan

                  Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt.) Limited
                               (the "Company")                     
                    ----------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to the Restated and Amended Shareholders Agreement,
dated as of even date herewith (the "Shareholders Agreement"), among
International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited, a company organized
under the laws of Mauritius ("Newco"), Saif Telecom (Pvt.) Limited, a company
organized under the laws of Pakistan ("SAIF"), and Motorola International
Development Corporation, a company organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware, United States of America ("MIDC").  All capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the
Shareholders Agreement.

          The parties hereto agree that the execution and delivery of this
letter agreement by each of them is a condition precedent to the execution and
delivery of the Shareholders Agreement.

          Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings
contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

          1.   FIVE YEAR BUSINESS PLAN.
          
          Each Shareholder agrees that, at the meeting of the board of directors
of the Company (the "Board") to be held on the date of this letter agreement or
immediately thereafter, 


<PAGE>
                                                                     2

it shall cause its representatives on the Board to vote in favor of the 
approval and adoption of the Five Year Business Plan which is attached hereto 
as Annex A.

          2.   DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO.

          The Shareholders agree that they intend to procure non-recourse
project financing for the Company as soon as is feasible.  Accordingly, the
Shareholders anticipate that the debt to equity ratio of the Company will be
adjusted to 60:40 or, if the Shareholders think necessary, 50:50 in 1997 and
1998, through a combination of additional capital contributions and loans to be
made by the Shareholders ("Shareholder Loans") to the Company as more fully
described in Paragraph 3 of this letter agreement.  For the purpose of
determining the Company's debt-to-equity ratio, all Shareholder Loans shall be
treated as equity.

          3.   RECAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY.

               (a)  On the date hereof, the Shareholders shall make additional
capital contributions in the aggregate amount of US$8,100,000 and Shareholder
Loans in the aggregate amount of US$5,900,000, each such capital contributions
and Shareholder Loans to be made on a pro rata basis in respect of the Shares
that are held by them as of the date hereof.

               (b)  For the purpose of Paragraph 3(a), SAIF has, concurrently
with the execution of the Shareholders Agreement and this letter agreement,
remitted or caused to be remitted on its behalf the amount of US$2,000,000 (the
"Base Amount") to the bank account of the Company.  The portion of the Base
Amount in excess of the additional capital contributions required to be made by
SAIF under Paragraph 3(a) shall be treated as a Shareholder Loan made by SAIF to
the Company (the "SAIF Loan").

               (c)  The Shareholders agree that, from the date hereof through
December 31, 1999 (the "Carry Period"), SAIF shall not be obligated to provide
its pro rata share of any additional capital contributions or Shareholder Loans
that the Board calls for in excess of the Base Amount, and with respect to the
SAIF pro rata share of any such additional capital contributions or Shareholder
Loans, the matter shall be handled in accordance with Paragraphs 3(d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i) and (j), as the case may be.

               (d)  If, during the Carry Period, the Company requires additional
funds, then except where applicable Pakistan law requires, or the Board
determines that it is necessary or desirable, that such funding be made in the
form of capital contributions, such funding shall be made in the form of
Shareholder Loans.  All Shareholder Loans (including the SAIF Loan) shall bear
interest at 15% per annum compounded annually or, if less, the maximum interest
rate permitted by the State Bank of Pakistan, and shall be evidenced by a
promissory note in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and
the Shareholders.

<PAGE>

                                                                     3


               (e)  Subject to Paragraph 3(i), if, during the Carry Period, the
Board makes calls for Shareholder Loans and SAIF declines to make its pro rata
share of the Shareholder Loans called for by the Board, each of MIDC and Newco
shall, in addition to the pro rata Shareholder Loans that are required to be
made by them, make an additional Shareholder Loan on a pro rata basis based on
their then respective shareholdings in the Company without taking into account
the shareholding percentage of SAIF (such ratio, the "MIDC/Newco Ratio") in an
aggregate principal amount of the pro rata Shareholder Loan that would otherwise
have been made by SAIF.  Such Shareholder Loans made by MIDC and Newco shall be
non-convertible loans bearing interest at 15% per annum compounded annually or,
if less, the maximum interest rate permitted by the State Bank of Pakistan, and
shall be evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Company, MIDC and Newco.

               (f)  If the Board calls for additional capital contributions to
be made by the Shareholders after the date hereof and during the Carry Period, a
corresponding principal amount of the SAIF Loan shall be automatically converted
as of the due date of the capital contributions into SAIF's pro rata share of
the capital contributions that have been called for by the Board.
               
               (g)  To the extent that, during the Carry Period, (i) the Company
requires additional funds, (ii) applicable Pakistan law requires or the Board
determines that it is necessary or desirable for such additional funding to be
in the form of additional capital contributions and (iii) the Board makes calls
for additional capital contributions after the entire principal amount of the
SAIF Loan has theretofore already been converted into capital contributions by
SAIF to the Company as contemplated by Paragraph 3(f), at SAIF's request made on
or before the due date of the capital call, MIDC and Newco shall lend funds to
SAIF in United States dollars based on the MIDC/Newco Ratio in the amount of
SAIF's pro rata share of the additional capital contributions that have been
called for (the "MIDC/Newco Loans").  If SAIF does not request or incur a
MIDC/Newco Loan for the applicable capital call, it shall be diluted
accordingly.  The MIDC/Newco Loans shall be evidenced by promissory notes to be
in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Shareholders, which shall
contain the following principal terms: (i) the proceeds of the MIDC/Newco Loans
shall be used solely by SAIF to make its pro rata share of the capital
contributions called for by the Board, (ii) the MIDC/Newco Loans shall bear
interest at 15% per annum compounded annually or, if less, the maximum interest
rate permitted by the State Bank of Pakistan, and all principal of and interest
on the MIDC/Newco Loans shall be payable in United States dollars, (iii) the
final maturity date of all amounts outstanding under any MIDC/Newco Loan shall
be the eighth anniversary of the making of each such MIDC/Newco Loan, (iv) SAIF
shall, as of the making of any such MIDC/Newco Loan, instruct the Company in
writing to pay directly to MIDC and Newco in accordance with the MIDC/Newco
Ratio (A) all of the cash dividends or distributions that SAIF is entitled to
receive from the Company in respect of the Shares that are subscribed for by
SAIF and paid for with the proceeds of such MIDC/Newco Loan, and (B) half of all
cash dividends or distributions that SAIF is entitled to receive from the
Company in respect of all of the Shares held by it that are not encumbered or
pledged in any way in favor of MIDC or Newco, which 


<PAGE>

                                                                     4


payments shall be applied in the order set forth in clause (vi), (v) SAIF 
shall, on the date of receipt of any cash proceeds from any sale, transfer or 
other disposition of any or all of its Shares pay such amounts to MIDC and 
Newco in accordance with the MIDC/Newco Ratio, which amounts shall be applied 
in the order set forth in clause (vi), and (vi) any amounts received by MIDC 
or Newco pursuant to clauses (iv) and (v) shall be applied first to the 
payment of interest accrued but unpaid on, and then to the outstanding 
principal amount of, all of their respective MIDC/Newco Loans, and to the 
extent that more than one MIDC/Newco Loan has been made by MIDC and Newco, 
then payment of interest or principal shall be made with respect to the 
MIDC/Newco Loans in the order that they were made.  In addition, SAIF shall 
pledge to each of MIDC and Newco the applicable number of Shares, determined 
on the basis of the MIDC/Newco Ratio on which the applicable MIDC/Newco Loans 
were made, that were subscribed to and acquired by SAIF with the additional 
capital contributions made by it using the proceeds of the MIDC/Newco Loans, 
which pledge shall be pursuant to a pledge agreement in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholders.

          If either MIDC or Newco fails to make its respective MIDC/Newco Loan
to SAIF as provided in this Paragraph 3(g), then MIDC or Newco (as the case may
be) shall be a defaulting Shareholder, such default shall be deemed to
constitute an Event of Default under Clause 16.3(d) of the Shareholders
Agreement and the provisions of Clause 16.5 of the Shareholders Agreement shall
apply MUTATIS MUTANDIS with respect to such default, except that as between MIDC
or Newco (as the case may be) and SAIF as the non-defaulting Shareholders, SAIF
shall have the right to first acquire from MIDC or Newco (as the case may be),
as the defaulting Shareholder, without paying any consideration to the
defaulting Shareholder, such number of Shares of the defaulting Shareholder so
as to preserve its shareholding percentage in the Company as if the requisite
MIDC/Newco Loans had been made under this Paragraph 3(g) and SAIF had made its
pro rata share of the additional capital contributions that had been called for
using the proceeds of such MIDC/Newco Loans.  Thereafter, SAIF and MIDC or Newco
(as the case may be) shall have the right under Clause 16.5 of the Shareholders
Agreement to purchase the remaining Shares of the defaulting Shareholder on a
pro rata basis as set forth therein.

               (h)  With respect to any call for additional capital
contributions made by the Board after the date hereof and during the Carry
Period, there shall be an increase in the share capital of the Company, with
each Shareholder subscribing for additional Shares in cash at the subscription
price determined by the Board in proportion to the number of Shares then held by
them.
               
               (i)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
letter agreement, if the aggregate amount of calls for additional capital
contributions or Shareholder Loans made by the Board after the date hereof
exceed, at any time prior to December 31, 1998, the aggregate commitments of any
party to make capital contributions and Shareholder Loans to the Company through
to December 31, 1998 as set forth in the Five Year Business Plan attached hereto
as Annex A, then such party shall have no obligation to make any capital
contributions or Shareholder Loans in excess of its commitments and the making
of any such capital contributions or Shareholder Loans in excess of its
commitments shall be handled in accordance 


<PAGE>

                                                                     5

with Clause 9.2 and Clause 9.3 of the Shareholders Agreement, respectively, 
except that in order to ensure that SAIF's interest in the Company during the 
Carry Period is not diluted: (x) with respect to the application of Clause 
9.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, MIDC and Newco shall lend funds to SAIF in 
United States dollars based on the MIDC/Newco Ratio to enable SAIF to make 
its pro rata share of the capital contributions called for pursuant to Clause 
9.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, and the provisions of Paragraph 3(g) of 
this letter agreement shall apply MUTATIS MUTANDIS to such loans from MIDC 
and Newco; and (y) with respect to the application of Clause 9.3 of the 
Shareholders Agreement, the maker of any convertible Shareholder Loan 
thereunder shall enter into arrangements, including, but not limited to the 
loan mechanism set out in Paragraph 3(g), reasonably satisfactory to SAIF as 
of the date of the making of such Shareholder Loan to ensure that SAIF's 
interest in the Company is not diluted by virtue of the right to convert such 
Shareholder Loan into Shares of the Company (even though such right of 
conversion may be exercised after the expiration of the Carry Period).

               (j)  For the avoidance of doubt, if the aggregate amount of calls
for additional capital contributions or Shareholder Loans made by the Board
after the date hereof through to December 31, 1998 is less than the aggregate
commitments of any party to make capital contributions and Shareholder Loans to
the Company through to December 31, 1998 as set forth in the Five Year Business
Plan attached hereto as Annex A, then all such unfulfilled commitments shall
automatically terminate as of December 31, 1998.

          4.   SAIF SALE OF SHARES.

               (a)  If, during the Carry Period and in accordance with the
provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, SAIF accepts a bona fide offer from an
unrelated third party for the purchase of its Shares after the Remaining
Shareholders have waived their rights of first refusal under Clause 12 of the
Shareholders Agreement with respect to such proposed sale of the Shares held by
SAIF, then as of the date of SAIF's acceptance of such offer:

                    (i)    the Carry Period shall automatically terminate;

                    (ii)   the proposed transferee of the Shares shall not be
     entitled to any of the rights of SAIF contained in this letter agreement,
     except that any Shareholder Loans made by MIDC and Newco pursuant to
     Paragraph 3(e) shall continue in effect and remain outstanding in
     accordance with their terms; and

                    (iii)  any future needs of the Company for Shareholders
     Loans shall be handled in accordance with Clause 9.3 of the Shareholders
     Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                     6


PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if SAIF fails to consummate the sale of its Shares to
the unrelated third party, then this letter agreement shall continue in full
force and effect as though SAIF had never accepted any such offer.

               (b)  In addition to the provisions of Paragraph 4(a), on the date
of the closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares held by SAIF to such
unrelated third party, SAIF shall repay the principal of all outstanding
MIDC/Newco Loans used for the purchase of such Shares, together with any
interest accrued but unpaid thereon, and upon receipt of all amounts due and
owing with respect thereto, MIDC and Newco shall deliver to SAIF the applicable
promissory notes evidencing such MIDC/Newco Loans marked "canceled," together
with the share certificates evidencing the Shares that were purchased with the
proceeds of such MIDC/Newco Loans and which were pledged by SAIF to MIDC and
Newco to secure the MIDC/Newco Loans made by them, respectively.

               (c)  For the avoidance of doubt, the anti-dilution provisions in
this letter agreement in favor of SAIF shall not inure to the benefit of an
unrelated third party transferee of the Shares held by SAIF. 
                                   
          5.   SHAREHOLDER GUARANTIES.  

               Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in Clause 9.4
of the Shareholders Agreement and other than with respect to the third party
debt of the Company existing as of the date hereof which is dealt with
separately in Paragraph 6 of this letter agreement, if the Company needs to
borrow money from third party lenders and it is a condition precedent to the
extension of such credit that the Shareholders issue guaranties with respect
thereto, SAIF shall not be required to issue any such Shareholder guaranty, but
each of MIDC and Newco shall issue a Shareholder guaranty in accordance with the
MIDC/Newco Ratio in respect of the amounts that are required to be so
guaranteed.  The provisions of Clause 9.4 of the Shareholders Agreement granting
an option to purchase additional Shares at par to Shareholders that provide
disproportionate Shareholder guaranties shall not apply to the Shareholder
guaranties made by MIDC and Newco under this Paragraph 5.

          6.   MOTOROLA GUARANTY.  
               
               (a)  The parties hereto acknowledge that an Associate of MIDC,
Motorola Inc. ("Motorola Parent"), has heretofore issued (i) two guaranties for
the benefit of Citibank, N.A., the first dated December 20, 1993 and the second
dated June 7, 1994 (together, the "Citibank Guaranties") and (ii) a guaranty for
the benefit of Sanwa Bank, dated February 14, 1997 (the "Sanwa Guaranty", and
together with the Citibank Guaranties, the "Motorola Guaranties") to guarantee
the payment of the principal of, and interest on, loans made by Citibank, N.A.
and Sanwa Bank, respectively (together, the "Lenders") to the Company and all
other amounts payable by the Company to the Lenders with respect thereto
(together, the "Obligations").  As of the date of this letter agreement, the
aggregate outstanding Obligations guaranteed under the Motorola Guaranties is
US$42,700,000, consisting of outstanding 


<PAGE>

                                                                     7


Obligations of US$15,000,000 under the first Citibank Guaranty and 
US$7,700,000 under the second Citibank Guaranty and outstanding Obligations 
of US$20,000,000 under the Sanwa Guaranty.

               (b)  The parties agree that if, on or before the first
anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement, dated
_______________________, 1997, between MIDC and Newco (the "Share Purchase
Agreement")), Newco has not made any arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the
Shareholders, the Lenders and Motorola Parent, with effect as of such date (i)
to terminate the Motorola Guaranties, or (ii) to reduce the liability of
Motorola Parent or any of its Associates under the Motorola Guaranties or any
guaranty or guaranties issued in substitution thereof to only a portion of the
then outstanding Obligations in an amount equal to its pro rata share thereof
based on the MIDC/Newco Ratio (such arrangements, the "Guaranty Solution"),
then, on the first anniversary of the Closing, subject to the Paragraph 6(c),
Shares representing 4% of the total issued share capital of the Company as
determined as of the date of this letter agreement (the "Subject Shares") that
have been placed in escrow with an escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent") as provided
in Clause 2(d) of the Share Purchase Agreement shall be transferred to MIDC. 
               
               (c)  The parties acknowledge and agree that all of the Subject
Shares are to be transferred to MIDC if, on or before the first anniversary of
the Closing, Newco has failed to arrange any Guaranty Solution and the amount of
the aggregate outstanding Obligations as set forth in Paragraph 6(a) has not
been reduced.  However, if Newco has arranged any partial Guaranty Solution
under which the disproportionate nature of the Motorola Guaranties has been
reduced so as to more closely proximate the MIDC/Newco Ratio or the aggregate
outstanding Obligations have been reduced from the amount set forth in Paragraph
6(a), then Newco shall only be obligated to transfer to MIDC, and MIDC shall
only be entitled to receive from Newco through the Escrow Agent, a corresponding
proportion of the Subject Shares.  On the first anniversary of the Closing,
Newco shall deliver to MIDC a statement setting forth in reasonable detail its
calculation of the number of the Subject Shares to be transferred to MIDC
pursuant to this Paragraph 6(c).  Subject to the immediately following sentence,
Newco and MIDC shall then issue joint instructions to the Escrow Agent to
release to MIDC share certificates evidencing such number of Subject Shares
(which shall have been duly endorsed for transfer to MIDC); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if Newco is required to apply to the Company to issue new share
certificates in the requisite number of Subject Shares to be transferred to MIDC
and to the relevant Pakistan authorities for approval to export out of Pakistan
such new share certificates, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver the
share certificates to MIDC for the requisite number of Subject Shares after the
appropriate share certificates have been issued by the Company in substitution
for the share certificates held by the Escrow Agent and such approval has been
obtained and until such events have occurred MIDC shall enjoy all beneficial
ownership of such Subject Shares, including the right to receive dividends and
distributions with respect thereto and the right to vote such Subject Shares. 
Any dispute between Newco and MIDC regarding the number of Subject Shares to be
transferred to MIDC that cannot be resolved through consultation shall be
handled in accordance with Clause 18.4 of the Shareholders Agreement.  If Newco
shall fail to instruct the Escrow Agent to release and transfer the requisite
number of Subject Shares to MIDC (except, however, where such failure is 


<PAGE>

                                                                     8


due to a BONA FIDE dispute between MIDC and Newco regarding the requisite 
number of Subject Shares to be transferred), then such breach shall 
constitute an Event of Default and MIDC shall have the rights set forth in 
Clause 16.5 of the Shareholders Agreement, except that in lieu of an 
appraisal of the value of the Shares held by Newco, MIDC shall have the right 
to purchase the Shares held by Newco at 50% of the Purchase Price (as defined 
in the Share Purchase Agreement) per Share that was paid by Newco at the 
Closing.

               (d)  If, on or before the date that is eighteen months after the
date of the Closing, no Guaranty Solution has been made, then Newco shall be
obligated to provide, at its option, a Shareholder guaranty (which shall be
acceptable to the third party lenders of the loans that are being so
guaranteed), a Shareholder Loan or a combination of the foregoing, in an
aggregate amount equal to its pro rata share based on the MIDC/Newco Ratio of
the then outstanding Obligations, and the liability of Motorola Parent under the
Motorola Guaranties shall accordingly be reduced to its pro rata share based on
the MIDC/Newco Ratio of the then outstanding Obligations.  If at any time
thereafter the Obligations are reduced, then to the extent that Newco shall have
provided any Shareholder Loans under this Paragraph 6(d) and the Company has not
repaid such Shareholder Loans in such amount as to preserve the pro rata nature
of MIDC's and Newco's obligations to guarantee the Obligations, then MIDC shall
make a Shareholder Loan to the Company so that, when taking into account the
then outstanding Obligations as so reduced, MIDC and Newco shall each continue
to guarantee such Obligations on a pro rata basis based on the MIDC/Newco Ratio,
whether through the provision of Shareholder guaranties and/or Shareholder
Loans.

               (e)  If Newco shall fail to perform its obligations described in
Paragraph 6(d), then MIDC shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
purchase up to such number of the Shares held by Newco, which when purchased at
50% of the Purchase Price (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) per Share
would result in a purchase price equal to the amount of Newco's pro rata share
of the then outstanding Obligations with respect to which it failed to perform
its obligations under Paragraph 6(d).  If MIDC exercises its right to purchase
any such Shares held by Newco, then Newco shall be obligated to make a
Shareholder Loan to the Company with the purchase price paid to it for such
Shares so as to cause the obligation of MIDC and Newco to guarantee the
outstanding Obligations to be made on a pro rata basis based on the MIDC/Newco
Ratio or, if MIDC has not purchased the maximum number of Shares held by Newco
that it is entitled to purchase under this Paragraph 6(e), then as closely
thereto as possible. 
               
               (f)  Any Shareholder Loans made pursuant to Paragraph 6(d) or (e)
shall be non-convertible loans bearing interest at 15% per annum compounded
annually or, if less, the maximum interest rate permitted by the State Bank of
Pakistan, and shall be evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to the Company, MIDC and Newco.  Such Shareholder Loans
shall be used to reduce the then outstanding Obligations in such manner as the
Company thinks fit for the sole purpose of preserving the pro rata shares, based
on the MIDC/Newco Ratio, of MIDC's and Newco's obligations to guarantee the
Obligations.


<PAGE>

                                                                     9


               (g)  In addition to the foregoing, if, as of the first
anniversary of the Closing, no Guaranty Solution has been made, then the parties
agree that the Company shall pay a fee to Motorola Parent to compensate it for
continuing to maintain the Motorola Guaranties on a disproportionate basis. 
Such fee shall accrue from the date of the first anniversary of the Closing
until a Guaranty Solution has been made and shall be payable in United States
dollars quarterly in arrears.  The fee shall be the greater of (x) the average
of the fees quoted by three banks or other financial institutions of
international standing reasonably acceptable to MIDC and Newco for the issuance
of guaranties of like tenor or (y) the difference between (i) the amount in
interest payable to Newco for any Shareholder Loans it may provide pursuant to
Paragraphs 6(d) and (e) and (ii) the interest that is payable by the Company on
the third party loans that are the subject of the Motorola Guaranties.  The fee
payable to Motorola Parent under this Paragraph 6(g) shall be appropriately
adjusted from time to time if a partial Guaranty Solution is made or the
aggregate outstanding Obligations are reduced from the amount set forth in
Paragraph 6(a).  If, for whatever reason, the State Bank of Pakistan does not
approve the payment of such fee to be paid to Motorola Parent or approves a fee
that does not fully compensate Motorola Parent as contemplated under this
Paragraph 6(g), then the parties agree to seek alternative solutions with which
to equitably compensate Motorola Parent for continuing to maintain the Motorola
Guaranties on a disproportionate basis.

          7.   DEFAULT OF A NEWCO INVESTOR.

               (a)  The parties acknowledge that, under Clause 16.3(d) of the
Shareholders Agreement, the failure by a Shareholder to provide capital
contributions or Shareholder loans which it has agreed to provide pursuant to 
Clause 9.1 of the Shareholders Agreement on the due date or within the cure
period stipulated in Clause 16.3(d) of the Shareholders Agreement constitutes an
Event of Default which will give the non-defaulting Shareholders the right to
purchase the Shares held by the defaulting Shareholder at a purchase price of
50% of their fair market value.
               
               (b)  The parties acknowledge that Newco has been newly-formed by
a group of investors (the "Newco Investors") and that, whenever Newco is
obligated to make capital contributions or Shareholder loans to the Company
pursuant to Clause 9.1 of the Shareholders Agreement, the Newco Investors shall
fund the requisite amounts to Newco in proportion to their shareholding
percentages in Newco so as to enable Newco to fulfil such obligations.  If any
Newco Investor (the "Defaulting Newco Investor") shall so fail to provide its
pro rata share of any such funding that is required for Newco to make capital
contributions or Shareholder loans to the Company pursuant to Clause 9.1 of the
Shareholders Agreement, but the other Newco Investors (the "Non-defaulting Newco
Investors") shall have done so and where none of the Non-defaulting Newco
Investors have elected to make up the funding that the Defaulting Newco Investor
has failed to provide as provided in the shareholders agreement among the
shareholders of Newco, then Newco shall, on the due date of the making of the
capital contributions or the Shareholder loans to the Company or within the cure
period stipulated in Clause 16.3(d) of the Shareholders Agreement, make such
part of its required capital contributions or Shareholder loans with the funds
that have been provided by the Non-defaulting Newco Investors, and in so doing
and notwithstanding Paragraph 7(a) of this letter 


<PAGE>

                                                                     10


agreement, no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred with respect 
to Newco.  Instead, the parties agree that Newco shall have the right to 
purchase the shares held by the Defaulting Newco Investor in Newco or to 
otherwise cause the Defaulting Newco Investor to divest its shares in Newco 
in consideration for the transfer by Newco to the Defaulting Newco Investor 
of such number of Shares that is attributable and corresponds to the 
shareholding percentage in Newco of the Defaulting Newco Investor, with the 
result that the Defaulting Newco Investor shall become a direct Shareholder 
of the Company.  In connection therewith, Newco shall cause the Defaulting 
Newco Investor to execute and deliver a deed of adherence substantially in 
the form of Exhibit C to the Shareholders Agreement. The parties hereby agree 
that Clause 12 of the Shareholders Agreement shall not apply to any such 
transfer of Shares by Newco.  Immediately following the transfer of Shares to 
the Defaulting Newco Investor, the Defaulting Newco Investor shall be deemed 
to have been in default under Clause 16.3(d) of the Shareholders Agreement by 
virtue of having failed to fund its share of the capital contributions or 
Shareholder loans that should have been made by it originally to Newco, and 
MIDC, SAIF and Newco (as so constituted with only the Non-defaulting Newco 
Investors as its shareholders) shall all have the right to purchase the 
Shares held by the Defaulting Newco Investor in accordance with Clause 16.5 
of the Shareholders Agreement.  
          
          8.   OPTION SHARES.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the Shareholders Agreement or in this letter agreement, until the
First Option or the Second Option (each as defined in the Share Purchase
Agreement), as applicable, is exercised or otherwise lapses, Motorola shall not
be obligated to make any capital contributions or Shareholder loans to the
Company in respect of the First Option Shares or the Second Option Shares (each
as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement); it being understood that (i) if the
First Option or the Second Option is exercised, then, concurrently with the
closing thereof, Newco shall make the capital contributions and Shareholder
loans to the Company that should have been made in respect of the First Option
Shares or the Second Option Shares during the period from and after the Closing
of the Sale Shares (each as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) until the
closing of the First Option or Second Option, as applicable,  (ii) if the First
Option is not exercised or lapses, then, upon the expiration of the First Option
Period (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), Motorola shall make the
capital contributions and Shareholder loans to the Company that should have been
made in respect of the 7.69% shareholding in the Company that it has retained
and which has not been reserved for the exercise of the Second Option during the
period from and after the Closing of the Sale Shares until the expiration of the
First Option Period, and (iii) if neither the First Option nor the Second Option
is exercised, then, in addition to clause (ii) hereof, upon the expiration of
the Second Option Period (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), Motorola
shall make the capital contributions and Shareholder loans that should have been
made in respect of the Second Option Shares during the period from and after the
Closing of the Sale Shares until the expiration of the Second Option Period.
     
          9.   SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  This letter agreement shall be read
together with the Shareholders Agreement. 

          10.  GOVERNING LAW.  This letter agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of Pakistan.


<PAGE>

                                                                     11


          11.  COUNTERPARTS.  This letter agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken
together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.     

          If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreements relating to the
subject matter thereof, please indicate by signing in the spaces indicated
below.

                              Yours sincerely,

                              MOTOROLA INTERNATIONAL
                                  DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

                              By______________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED 
AS OF THE DATE SET FORTH 
ABOVE BY:

INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS 
  COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN 
  LIMITED

By_______________________
   Name:
   Title: 

SAIF TELECOM (PVT.) LIMITED

By_______________________
   Name:
   Title: 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED AS OF 
THE DATE SET FORTH ABOVE WITH
RESPECT TO PARAGRAPH 6 ONLY BY:

MOTOROLA INC.

By_______________________
   Name:
   Title: 



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.27E

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                  -----------------------------------------------
                  -----------------------------------------------


                             SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT


                                      among


                      INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
                                PAKISTAN LIMITED,


                  INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED


                                       and


                       SOUTH ASIA WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
                               (MAURITIUS) LIMITED






                            Dated as of July 17, 1997


                  -----------------------------------------------
                  -----------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE/SECTION                                                         PAGE
- ---------------                                                         ----

1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     1.1    Certain Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     1.2    Principles of Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2.   Business of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     2.1    General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     2.2    PMCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

3.   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     3.1    Limitation on Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     3.2    Transfers in Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     3.3    Affiliate Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     3.4    Right of First Refusal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     3.5    Veto Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4.   Right of First Offer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

5.   First Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     5.1    Exercise of First Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     5.2    IWC Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     5.3    SA Put Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     5.4    Closing of IWC Option or SA Put Right. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     5.5    Second Option Shares.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

6.   Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     6.1    General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     6.2    Shareholder Votes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     6.3    Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     6.4    Board Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     6.5    PMCL Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     6.6    PMCL Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     6.7    Management of PMCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     6.8    Non-Competition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     6.9    Deadlock with respect to PMCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     6.10   Directors' Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

7.   Financial Reports and Auditing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     7.1    Right of Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     7.2    Books and Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     7.3    Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

<PAGE>

ARTICLE/SECTION                                                         PAGE
- ---------------                                                         ----

     7.4    PMCL Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

8.   Funding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     8.1    Additional Capital Contributions; Shareholder Loans. . . . . .18
     8.2    Failure to Subscribe for Additional Shares or Provide
            Shareholder Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     8.3    Procedures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     8.4    Divestment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     8.5    Dilution of Breaching Shareholder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

9.   Memorandum and Articles of Association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

10.  Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

11.  Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

12.  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     12.1   General Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     12.2   Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     12.3   Disclosure to Third Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

13.  Publicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

14.  U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

15.  Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     15.1   Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     15.2   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     15.3   Discrepancies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     15.4   Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.5   Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.6   Term of Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.7   Amendment and Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.8   Consent to Specific Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.9   Assignment; Binding on Transferee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.10  GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     15.11  Arbitration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
     15.12  Shareholder Obligations; Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . .27
     15.13  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Annex A:       Pro Rata Share of Capital Contributions and Shareholder Loans to
               be made to PMCL

Exhibit A:     Form of Deed of Adherence

<PAGE>

                                                                     1


          SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, dated as of July 17, 1997 (this "Agreement"),
among INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN LIMITED, a Mauritius
company with its registered offices at P.O. Box 1130, 3rd Floor, 12 Remy Ollier
Street, Port Louis, Mauritius  (the "Company"), INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED, a Mauritius corporation with its principal offices at
400 South El Camino Real, San Mateo, CA 94402, U.S.A. ("IWC") and  SOUTH ASIA
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS (MAURITIUS) LIMITED, a Mauritius corporation with its
principal offices at Suite 2302-03, Nine Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong ("SA
Wireless").

          As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized share capital of the
Company is US$1,000,000, comprised of 1,000,000 ordinary shares, nominal value
US$1.00 each ("Shares").

          The Company has issued and allotted to IWC, and IWC has subscribed
for, 26 Shares, and the Company has issued and allotted to SA Wireless, and SA
Wireless has subscribed for, 20 Shares.

          The parties have agreed to enter into this Shareholders' Agreement to
provide for certain matters relating to the transfer of Shares and the
management and operation of the Company.

          In consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

          1.   DEFINITIONS.

               1.1    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  The following capitalized terms
shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:

               "AFFILIATE" means, in relation to any Shareholder, a Person
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Shareholder.  For
purposes of this Agreement, "control" means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

               "AIF" means the Asian Infrastructure Fund.

               "BOARD" means the board of directors of the Company.


<PAGE>

                                                                     2


               "BUSINESS DAY" means any day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) on
which banks in the State of New York, USA, Hong Kong and Mauritius are open for
business.

               "CHARTER DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the Memorandum of
Association and the Articles of Association of the Company.

               "DIRECTOR" means a director of the Company (including any duly
appointed alternate director).

               "FINANCIAL YEAR" means the financial year of the Company, which
shall end on December 31.

               "PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, partnership,
firm, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, governmental authority or other legal entity.

               "PMCL" means Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt.) Limited, a
company incorporated under the laws of Pakistan.

               "SECURITIES" means shares in the share capital of the Company and
any options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such share capital.

               "SHAREHOLDER" means (i) each of IWC and SA Wireless for so long
as such Shareholder remains a shareholder of the Company, and (ii) any other
Person who becomes a shareholder of the Company in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement and executes a Deed of Adherence substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A, for so long as such Person remains a shareholder
of the Company.

               "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation, partnership or other entity
in which the Company directly or indirectly holds a majority interest in the
form of shares, membership, partnership interests or otherwise.

               "US DOLLARS" or "US$" means United States dollars, the lawful
currency of the United States of America.

               1.2    PRINCIPLES OF INTERPRETATION.

                      (a)    Any reference herein to any Article, Section or
Exhibit shall refer to such Article or Section of, or Exhibit to, this
Agreement.  The words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," and words of like
import, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
provision hereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                     3


                      (b)    All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be
deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the
identity of the antecedent Person may require.

                      (c)    The headings in this Agreement are intended solely
for convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the interpretation
of this Agreement.

          2.   BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY.

               2.1    GENERAL.  The business of the Company shall be restricted
to its holding of shares in the capital of PMCL.  Unless the Shareholders
unanimously agree, the Company shall not form or establish any other
Subsidiaries.

               2.2    PMCL.  

                      (a)    Promptly after the date hereof, the Company will
enter into separate share purchase agreements with Motorola International
Development Corporation ("Motorola") and Continental Communications Limited to
acquire, in the aggregate, a 46% interest in PMCL.  Under the share purchase
agreement to be entered by and between the Company and Motorola (the "Motorola
Share Purchase Agreement"), (i) Motorola will grant an option to the Company to
acquire up to a further 12.69% interest in PMCL from Motorola (the "First
Option") and (ii) if the First Option is not exercised, then the Company shall
have an option (the "Second Option") to purchase from Motorola the Second Option
Shares (as defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement).

                      (b)    At the closing of the transactions contemplated by
the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement, the Company will enter into a
Shareholders Agreement with the other shareholders of PMCL relating to certain
rights and obligations of the shareholders of PMCL (the "PMCL Shareholders
Agreement").

          3.   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

               3.1    LIMITATION ON TRANSFER.  No Shareholder shall sell, give,
transfer, assign, charge, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a
security interest in or otherwise dispose of (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) (each, a "Transfer") any Securities, or any right, title or interest
therein or thereto, except as expressly permitted by this Article 3.  Any
attempt to Transfer any Securities or any rights therein or thereto in violation
of this Article 3 shall be null and void AB INITIO, and the Company shall not
register any such Transfer.
               
               3.2    TRANSFERS IN COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, no Transfer may be made pursuant to this
Article 3 unless (a) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the
terms and conditions of this Agreement 


<PAGE>

                                                                     4


pursuant to a Deed of Adherence substantially in the form attached hereto as 
Exhibit A, (b) the transferee assumes all shareholder loans that have been 
made by the transferor to the Company on or prior to the Transfer, (c) the 
Transfer complies in all respects with the applicable provisions of this 
Agreement and (d) the Transfer complies in all respects with applicable 
securities laws.  If requested by the Company in its reasonable discretion, 
an opinion of counsel to such transferring Shareholder shall be supplied to 
the Company, at such transferring Shareholder's expense, to the effect that 
such Transfer complies with applicable securities laws.

               3.3    AFFILIATE TRANSFERS.  

                      3.3.1  PERMITTED TRANSFEREES.  Any Shareholder may
Transfer some or all of the Securities held by such Shareholder to an Affiliate
of such Shareholder without compliance with the provisions of Section 3.4;
PROVIDED that the Shareholder shall remain liable for any and all of its
obligations under this Agreement.

                      3.3.2  CHANGE IN STATUS.  If Securities are Transferred by
a Shareholder to an Affiliate of such Shareholder and such transferee shall at
any time cease to be an Affiliate of such Shareholder, such Shareholder shall
notify the other Shareholders of such an event within five Business Days after
the occurrence of such an event, and such Securities shall be transferred
(i) back to the original Shareholder or (ii) to another Affiliate of that
Shareholder without compliance with the provisions of Section 3.4.

                      3.3.3  COMBINED HOLDINGS.  The Securities held by a
Shareholder and such Shareholder's Affiliates shall for all purposes of this
Agreement be treated as Securities held by a single Shareholder.

                      3.3.4  IWC TRANSFERS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
within 120 days after the date of this Agreement, IWC may, with notice to SA
Wireless, Transfer 6.52% of the then total issued Shares that are held by IWC to
Vanguard Cellular Systems Inc. ("Vanguard") without compliance with the
provisions of Section 3.4, but so long as Section 3.2 is complied with and so
long as IWC provides SA Wireless with evidence reasonably satisfactory to SA
Wireless that a voting arrangement has been entered into between IWC and
Vanguard pursuant to which IWC shall vote all the Shares held by Vanguard and
that such voting arrangement will be in full force and effect at all times while
Vanguard is a Shareholder, and thereafter or concurrently therewith, IWC may,
with notice to, and the prior written agreement of, SA Wireless, Transfer all,
but not less than all, of the remaining Securities held by it to one of its
Affiliates without compliance with the provisions of Section 3.4 and, upon such
Transfer to its Affiliate, IWC shall no longer be liable for any of its
obligations under this Agreement and all references in this Agreement to "IWC"
shall automatically be deemed a reference to such Affiliate.

<PAGE>

                                                                     5


               3.4    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  Each Shareholder (each, a
"Transferor") who proposes to Transfer Securities to a third party (a "Third
Party Purchaser") other than pursuant to Section 3.3, grants to each other
Shareholder (a "Section 3.4 Rightholder") a right of first refusal ("Right of
First Refusal") to purchase such Section 3.4 Rightholder's pro-rata share of the
Transferor's Securities, exercisable at the option of each Section 3.4
Rightholder in accordance with Section 3.4(b).

                      (a)    Each Transferor shall furnish to each Section 3.4
Rightholder written notice (the "Transferor Notice") of the intended
disposition, including the identity of the Third Party Purchaser, the number of
Securities to be Transferred (the "Offered Securities"), the price at which the
Securities are proposed to be Transferred and the general terms upon which such
Transfer is proposed to be made.

                      (b)    Subject to Sections 3.4(c) and 3.4(d), each
Section 3.4 Rightholder shall have 21 calendar days (the "Notice Period") after
the receipt of the Transferor Notice to agree irrevocably to purchase up to its
pro-rata share of the Offered Securities for the price and upon the general
terms specified in the Transferor Notice by giving written notice to the
Transferor and stating therein the quantity of the Offered Securities to be
purchased (each such Section 3.4 Rightholder exercising such right being
referred to herein as a "Section 3.4 Purchaser").  Failure by a Section 3.4
Rightholder to respond within such Notice Period shall be regarded as a waiver
of its Right of First Refusal with respect to the Transfer of the Offered
Securities.  

                      (c)    Each Transferor shall, promptly after the end of
the Notice Period, give written notice (the "Last-Chance Notice") to all Section
3.4 Rightholders stating whether the Offered Securities have been taken up by
the Section 3.4 Purchasers, and, if not, the number of Offered Securities not so
taken up (the "Remaining Offered Securities").  Subject to Section 3.4(d), each
Section 3.4 Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase
all, but not less than all, of the Remaining Offered Securities.  The right of
each Section 3.4 Purchaser to purchase the Remaining Offered Securities shall be
exercisable irrevocably by written notice delivered to each Transferor, with a
copy to the Company, given within ten calendar days (the "Last Chance Period")
after receipt of the Last-Chance Notice.  If more than one Section 3.4 Purchaser
timely elects to exercise its right to purchase the Remaining Offered
Securities, the right to purchase the Remaining Offered Securities shall be
allocated pro rata among those Section 3.4 Purchasers electing to purchase the
Remaining Offered Securities, based on the proportion that the number of
Securities owned by such Section 3.4 Purchaser bears to the total number of
Securities owned by all Section 3.4 Purchasers that elect to purchase the
Remaining Offered Securities.  A failure of any Section 3.4 Purchaser to
exercise such right within the Last Chance Period shall be regarded as a waiver
of its right to purchase such Remaining Offered Securities as provided herein.

<PAGE>

                                                                     6


                      (d)    Notwithstanding anything in this Article 3 to the
contrary, the right of the Section 3.4 Purchasers to purchase any of the Offered
Securities pursuant to this Article 3 shall be exercisable if and only if the
Section 3.4 Purchasers collectively have exercised their rights to purchase all,
but not less than all, of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Section 3.4. 
Any exercise by any Shareholder of a Right of First Refusal pursuant to this
Section 3.4 shall be final and irrevocable.

                      (e)     If the Section 3.4 Purchasers collectively have
exercised their Rights of First Refusal with respect to all of the Offered
Securities, then the closing of such sale and purchase shall take place promptly
after the final allocation with respect to such Offered Securities has been
determined, at the principal offices of the Company or such other place and time
as the relevant parties may agree.  If the Section 3.4 Purchasers collectively
have not exercised their Rights of First Refusal with respect to all of the
Offered Securities, then the Transferor shall have 120 calendar days after the
end of the Last Chance Period to make the Transfer of the Offered Securities to
the Third Party Purchaser at the price and upon the terms specified in the
Transferor Notice.  In the event the Transferor does not Transfer such
Securities to the Third Party Purchaser within such 120-day period, the
Transferor shall not thereafter make a Transfer of such Offered Securities
without again complying with the Right of First Offer provisions in this
Section 3.4.

                      (f)    The exercise or non-exercise of the Right of First
Refusal by a Section 3.4 Rightholder with respect to a Transfer of Securities by
a Transferor shall not affect such Section 3.4 Rightholder's Right of First
Refusal with respect to subsequent Transfers of Securities.

                      (g)    A change in the beneficial ownership of any
Shareholder or any Person that controls a Shareholder shall not constitute a
Transfer of Securities that causes the Right of First Refusal to arise hereunder
so long as such Shareholder's ownership interest in the Company does not
constitute the primary asset of such Shareholder or other Person in respect of
which such change in beneficial ownership occurs.

               3.5    VETO RIGHTS.  If a Shareholder proposes to Transfer
Securities to a Third Party Purchaser that is engaged in a business directly
competing with that of the Company or PMCL at the time of the proposed Transfer,
non-Transferring Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 25% of the
issued Shares shall each have the right to prohibit such Transfer,
notwithstanding compliance by the Transferor with Section 3.4.  For the
avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not apply to Transfers made pursuant to
Section 3.3.1.
          
          4.   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.  Except as provided in Articles 5 and 8,
the Company hereby grants to each Shareholder a right of first offer ("Right of
First Offer") to subscribe for such Shareholder's pro-rata share of any New
Securities (as defined in Section 4(e) below) that the Company may from time to
time propose to issue, and the provisions of this Article 4 shall apply to such
issuances.


<PAGE>

                                                                     7


               (a)    In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an
issuance of New Securities, the Company shall give written notice (the "Company
Notice") of its intention to so issue such New Securities to each Shareholder. 
The Company Notice shall include the type and number of such New Securities, the
price and the general terms upon which such New Securities are proposed to be
issued, the number of such New Securities for which each Shareholder is entitled
to subscribe pursuant to this Article 4 and the identity of the Person(s) to
whom such New Securities are proposed to be issued (the "Proposed Acquirers").

               (b)    Each Shareholder shall have 28 calendar days after the
receipt of the Company Notice to agree irrevocably to subscribe for up to its
pro-rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms
specified in the Company Notice by giving written notice to the Company and
stating therein the number of New Securities for which such Shareholder shall
subscribe.  If any Shareholder fails to exercise or waives its Right of First
Offer hereunder (a "Non-Exercising Shareholder"), the Company shall give notice
to all Shareholders who do exercise their Right of First Offer (the "Exercising
Shareholders") of such failure or waiver.

               (c)    Each Exercising Shareholder shall have a right of over
allotment to subscribe for up to its pro-rata portion of any New Securities not
subscribed for by a Non-Exercising Shareholder hereunder.  Each Exercising
Shareholder may exercise irrevocably such right of over allotment by giving
written notice to the Company within 28 calendar days of receipt of the notice
of non-exercise or waiver from the Company described in Section 4(b) and stating
therein the number of New Securities for which such Exercising Shareholder shall
subscribe.  Upon exercises of the Right of First Offer hereunder in connection
with any proposed issuance of New Securities, the Company shall simultaneously
issue such New Securities pursuant to such exercises at such time and place as
the Company shall determine.  Any exercise by any Shareholder of a right of
subscription pursuant to this Article 4 shall be final and irrevocable.

               (d)    If the Shareholders waive or fail to exercise in full the
Right of First Offer set forth in Sections 4(b) and (c) with respect to all of
the New Securities within the above-mentioned time periods, then the Company
shall have 120 calendar days thereafter to sell any New Securities with respect
to which the Shareholders did not exercise their Right of First Offer at a price
and upon general terms no more favorable to the Proposed Acquirers than those
specified in the Company Notice.  In the event the Company does not sell the New
Securities within such 120-day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or
sell such New Securities without first offering such New Securities to the
Shareholders in accordance with this Article 4.

<PAGE>

                                                                     8


               (e)    For the purposes of this Article 4, the term "New
Securities" shall mean any Securities, whether now authorized or authorized in
the future, that are offered for subscription or sale by the Company.

               (f)    The exercise or non-exercise of the Right of First Offer
by a Shareholder hereunder with respect to an issuance of New Securities shall
not affect such Shareholder's Right of First Offer with respect to subsequent
issuances of New Securities.

               (g)    Any Proposed Acquirer to whom New Securities are issued
pursuant to this Article 4 shall become a party to and shall be bound by the
restrictions on Transfer and the other restrictions and obligations set forth in
this Agreement to the same extent and with the same force and effect as if such
person were an original signatory hereto.  Each Proposed Acquirer shall, as a
condition to subscribing for such New Securities, execute a Deed of Adherence
substantially in the form of Exhibit A upon or before the consummation of the
issuance of such New Securities.

          5.   FIRST OPTION; IWC OPTION SHARES; SECOND OPTION SHARES.

               5.1    EXERCISE OF FIRST OPTION.  The parties hereto agree and
acknowledge that the decision to exercise the First Option shall be made by SA
Wireless.  If SA Wireless wishes to exercise the First Option, it shall notify
the other Shareholders and the Company, and each Shareholder shall cause the
Company to exercise the First Option in accordance with the provisions of
Clauses 9(a) to (d) of the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement.  The parties agree
that the cost of the acquisition of the First Option Shares (as defined in the
Motorola Share Purchase Agreement) shall be funded entirely by SA Wireless
through the subscription by SA Wireless of new Shares at an aggregate
subscription price equal to the amount of the First Option Purchase Price (as
defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement).  The number of new Shares to
be issued to SA Wireless for this purpose shall be such number of Shares as to
cause IWC (together with Vanguard (if applicable)) and SA Wireless to have a
shareholding in the Company immediately prior to or concurrently with the First
Option Closing (as defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement) of 44.3%
and 55.7%, respectively.

               5.2    IWC OPTION.  
                      
                      (a)    SA Wireless hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
grants an option to IWC (the "IWC Option"), effective upon the exercise of the
First Option, exercisable on one occasion only at any time in the 12 month
period commencing from January 1, 1998 (the "IWC Option Period") to purchase
from SA Wireless such number of Shares held by SA Wireless so as to enable IWC
(together with Vanguard (if applicable)) to have a shareholding in the Company
of 50.01% (the "IWC Option Shares") on the terms and subject to the conditions
of this Section 5.2 and Section 5.4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding the


<PAGE>

                                                                     9


foregoing, IWC may exercise the IWC Option on one occasion at any time prior to
the commencement of the IWC Option Period if it pays to SA Wireless the IWC
Option Share Price (as defined in Section 5.4(a)) calculated as if the IWC
Option had been exercised as of January 1, 1998.

                      (b)    Subject to this Section 5.2 and Section 5.4, IWC
may, at any time during the IWC Option Period, exercise the IWC Option by
serving on SA Wireless written notice of such exercise.  The notice of exercise
of the IWC Option once served shall be irrevocable and binding on IWC and may
not be withdrawn without the prior written consent of SA Wireless.

               5.3    SA PUT RIGHT.

                      (a)    SA Wireless shall have the right (the "SA Put
Right"), effective upon the exercise of the First Option, exercisable on one
occasion only at any time in the 12 month period commencing from January 1, 1998
(the "SA Put Period") and so long as the IWC Option has not theretofore been
exercised, to sell the IWC Option Shares to IWC and IWC shall be obligated to
purchase the IWC Option Shares from SA Wireless on the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Section 5.3 and Section 5.4.

                      (b)    Subject to this Section 5.3 and Section 5.4, SA
Wireless may, at any time during the SA Put Period and so long as the IWC Option
has not theretofore been exercised, exercise the SA Put Right by serving on IWC
written notice of such exercise.  The notice of exercise of the SA Put Right
once served shall be irrevocable and binding on SA Wireless and may not be
withdrawn without the prior written consent of IWC.

               5.4    CLOSING OF IWC OPTION OR SA PUT RIGHT.
                      
                      (a)    The purchase price (the "IWC Option Share Price")
payable by IWC for the IWC Option Shares, whether pursuant to the exercise of
the IWC Option under Section 5.2 or the exercise of the SA Put Right under
Section 5.3, shall be the sum of the amounts that have been paid by the Company
in respect of the underlying shares of PMCL that are attributable and correspond
to the IWC Option Shares (the "Underlying PMCL Shares") by way of the original
Purchase Price (as defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement) per share
of the Underlying PMCL Shares, any amounts funded by the Company as additional
capital contributions or shareholder loans to PMCL in respect of the Underlying
PMCL Shares, the amounts of any loans that the Company may have made to Saif
Telecom (Pvt.) Limited, a shareholder of PMCL ("SAIF"), to enable SAIF to
respond to any shareholder loans to, or any capital call of, PMCL which are
attributable to the Underlying PMCL Shares and the pro rata share based on the
percentage of the IWC Option Shares to the total issued Shares of the fees,
costs and expenses of third party advisers and consultants engaged on behalf of
the Company in connection with evaluating the proposed acquisition of shares in
PMCL and of any fees (if any) required to have been paid in connection with the
consummation of the acquisition by the 

<PAGE>

                                                                     10


Company of shares in PMCL (such amounts, collectively, the "Actual Investment 
Cost"), plus a return in United States dollars terms on the Actual Investment 
Cost calculated at a rate equal to 40% internal rate of return.  The 
calculation of the internal rate of return shall be made with respect to each 
separate amount that constitutes the Actual Investment Cost commencing on the 
date each such separate amount was paid by the Company in respect of the 
Underlying PMCL Shares.  For the purposes of this Section 5.4(a), "internal 
rate of return" means the discount rate which, when applied, constitutes the 
present value, as of the date of closing of the sale and purchase of the IWC 
Option Shares, of the Actual Investment Cost that is equal to the present 
value of all the proceeds generated from the Actual Investment Cost.

                      (b)    Following the exercise of the IWC Option in
accordance with Section 5.2 or the exercise of the SA Put Right in accordance
with Section 5.3, the closing of the sale and purchase of the IWC Option Shares
shall take place at the principal offices of the Company or such other place as
IWC and SA Wireless mutually agree on the seventh Business Day after the date of
the exercise of the IWC Option or the SA Put Right, as the case may be.  At the
closing, (i) SA Wireless shall deliver share certificates to IWC totalling the
number of the IWC Option Shares, together with instruments of transfer in
respect thereof, and (ii) IWC shall pay the IWC Option Share Price in cash by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account designated by
SA Wireless in writing.

               5.5    SECOND OPTION SHARES.  If the First Option is not
exercised and the provisions of Clause 9 of the Motorola Share Purchase
Agreement relating to the Second Option apply, the parties hereto agree and
acknowledge that the decision to exercise the Second Option shall be made by
IWC.  If IWC wishes to exercise the Second Option, it shall notify the other
Shareholders and the Company, and each Shareholder shall cause the Company to
exercise the Second Option in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 9(e) to
(h) of the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement.  The parties agree that the cost
of the acquisition of the Second Option Shares shall be funded entirely by IWC
through the subscription by IWC of new Shares at an aggregate subscription price
equal to the amount of the Second Option Purchase Price (as defined in the
Motorola Share Purchase Agreement).  The number of new Shares to be issued to
IWC for this purpose shall be such number of Shares as to cause IWC (together
with Vanguard (if applicable)) and SA Wireless to have a shareholding in the
Company immediately prior to or concurrently with the closing of the sale and
purchase of the Second Option Shares of 60.8% and 39.2%, respectively.

          6.   MANAGEMENT.
               
               6.1    GENERAL.  From and after the date hereof, each Shareholder
shall vote its Shares at any ordinary general meeting or extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders (a "Shareholders' Meeting") or in any written resolution
executed in lieu of such a meeting of Shareholders (a "Written Resolution"), and
shall take all other actions necessary, to give effect to the provisions of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 6.3.2) and to ensure that the
Charter Documents do not, at any time hereafter, conflict in any respect with
the provisions 


<PAGE>

                                                                     11


of this Agreement.  In addition, each Shareholder shall vote its Shares at 
any Shareholders' Meeting, or act by Written Resolution with respect to such 
Shares, upon any matter submitted for action by the Shareholders or with 
respect to which such Shareholder may vote or act by Written Resolution, in 
conformity with the specific terms and provisions of this Agreement and the 
Charter Documents.

               6.2    SHAREHOLDER VOTES. 

                      (a)    The following matters in relation to the Company
shall require the unanimous consent of all of the Shareholders in a Written
Resolution or the unanimous consent of representatives of all of the
Shareholders present at a duly convened Shareholders' Meeting:
     
                             (i)     any amendment, modification or waiver of
     the Charter Documents;

                             (ii)    the formation or establishment of any
     Subsidiary;

                             (iii)   any change to the scope of business of the
     Company or any Subsidiary;

                             (iv)    any sale or other disposition of all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;

                             (v)     the liquidation, winding up or dissolution
     of the Company, the making or entry into by the Company of any general
     assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its
     creditors, or the cessation by the Company to carry on its business or any
     material part of its business; 
                             
                             (vi)    the settlement, waiver or discontinuance of
     any litigation or arbitration proceedings involving a claim exceeding the
     equivalent of US$500,000 per claim and US$1,000,000 in the aggregate in any
     financial year or the commencement of any litigation or arbitration
     proceedings involving a claim exceeding the equivalent of US$500,000;

                             (vii)   any merger, amalgamation or consolidation
     of the Company or any Subsidiary with any other entity;<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                     12


                             (viii)  issuance of any Securities of the Company
     or any Subsidiary other than pursuant to Articles 5 and 8;

                             (ix)    the acquisition or disposition of any
     material assets by the Company or any Subsidiary other than in the ordinary
     course of business;

                             (x)     any of the matters referred to in the PMCL
     Shareholders Agreement that require a Supermajority (as defined therein)
     vote of the board of directors of PMCL (the "PMCL Board") or the
     shareholders of PMCL;

                             (xi)    any decision of the Company with respect to
     the making of (i) additional capital contributions to PMCL pursuant to
     Clause 9.2 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement, (ii) shareholder loans to
     PMCL pursuant to Clause 9.3 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement, and (iii)
     shareholder guarantees for the obligations of PMCL pursuant to Clause 9.4
     of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement; and

                             (xii)   other than pursuant to Section 6.9 or 8.4,
     any decision of the Company with respect to the sale or other disposition
     of all or a part of its shares in PMCL or the exercise of rights of first
     refusal to acquire shares of PMCL pursuant to Clause 12 of the PMCL
     Shareholders Agreement or the exercise of rights to acquire shares of a
     defaulting shareholder of PMCL pursuant to Clause 16.5 of the PMCL
     Shareholders Agreement. 

                      (b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
6.2(a)(vi), where litigation or arbitration proceedings are or are proposed to
be brought by or against the Company against or by any Shareholder or any
Affiliate of any Shareholder, irrespective of the amount involved, such
Shareholder, and the Directors appointed by such Shareholder to the Board, shall
have no vote in determining whether such litigation or arbitration proceedings
shall be commenced, settled or discontinued or how the same shall be conducted.

                      (c)    Any decision of the Company to exercise its right
to postpone the Closing (as defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement) of
the transactions contemplated by the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement pursuant
to Clause 11 thereof or to terminate the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement prior
to the Closing (as defined therein) pursuant to Clause 12 thereof may be made by
SA Wireless by notice to the other Shareholders, whereupon all of the
Shareholders shall cause the Company to postpone the Closing or terminate the
Motorola Share Purchase Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11
or 12, respectively, thereof.

<PAGE>

                                                                     13


                      (d)    The parties acknowledge that if IWC exercises its
right to Transfer a portion of its Shares to Vanguard as provided in Section
3.3.4, IWC will enter into a voting arrangement with Vanguard pursuant to which
IWC shall vote the Shares held by Vanguard.
                      
               6.3    BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  

                      6.3.1  AUTHORITY OF BOARD.  Subject only to the provisions
of this Agreement and the Charter Documents, the Board shall have ultimate
responsibility for management and control of the Company.

                      6.3.2  NUMBER AND COMPOSITION.  The number of members
constituting the entire Board shall be six; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the
Second Option is exercised and IWC funds the purchase by the Company of the
Second Option Shares pursuant to Section 5.3, then the number of members
constituting the Board shall be reduced to five.  Each Shareholder shall vote
its Shares at any Shareholders' Meeting called for the purpose of filling the
positions on the Board or in any Written Resolution executed for such purpose to
elect, and shall take all other actions necessary to ensure the election to the
Board of initially, (i) three nominees of IWC and (ii) three nominees of SA
Wireless, and if the number of members constituting the Board is reduced to five
as provided in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 6.3.2, then (i)
three nominees of IWC and (ii) two nominees of SA Wireless.  Each Shareholder
who has a right to nominate a director (a "Nomination Right") pursuant to this
Section 6.3.2 shall not be permitted to transfer its Nomination Right in
connection with any Transfer of its Securities without the prior written consent
of all other Shareholders who have Nomination Rights at the time of such
Transfer.

                      6.3.3  REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF DIRECTORS.

                             (a)     A Director shall be removed from the Board,
with or without cause, upon, and only upon, the affirmative vote of the
Shareholders in accordance with this Section 6.3.3.  Each Shareholder shall vote
its Shares for the removal of a Director upon the request of the Shareholder
that nominated such Director.  Otherwise, no Shareholder shall vote for the
removal of a Director.

                             (b)     In the event any Director resigns or is
removed in accordance with Section 6.3.3(a), the Shareholders shall, before the
transaction of any other business by the Shareholders or the Board, elect a
successor or replacement nominated by the Shareholder that nominated such
Director.  Such successor or replacement Director shall be elected on or as soon
as possible after the date of such resignation or removal.

<PAGE>

                                                                     14


                      6.3.4  ALTERNATE DIRECTORS.  A Director may at any time
appoint another person (including another Director) to be his alternate
Director, and may at any time terminate such appointment.  Any person so
appointed shall be entitled to receive notices of and to attend and vote at
meetings of the Board and count towards a quorum and shall automatically vacate
his office on the expiration of the term for, or the happening of the event,
until which he is by the terms of his appointment to hold office or if the
appointor in writing terminates the appointment or if the appointor himself
ceases for any reason to hold office as a Director.  An appointment of an
alternate Director shall not prejudice the right of the appointor to receive
notices of and to attend and vote at meetings of the Board, and the powers of
the alternate Director shall automatically be suspended during such time as the
Director appointing him is himself present in person at a meeting of the Board. 

               6.4    BOARD MEETINGS.

                      6.4.1  NOTICE.  Meetings of the Board may be called by the
Chairman of the Board or any two Directors.  Not less than 14-days' notice of
any Board meeting shall be given to all Directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
notice period may be reduced if approved by all of the Directors in writing. 
The venue for Board meetings shall be the principal offices of the Company
unless otherwise approved by the Board.

                      6.4.2  QUORUM.  All meetings of the Board shall require a
quorum consisting of at least three Directors, including at least one Director
nominated by IWC and at least one Director nominated by SA Wireless. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such a quorum is not present within one hour
from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall adjourn to such place
and time (which is at least 14 days later) as those Directors who did attend
shall decide or, if no such decision is reached, at the same place and time 14
days later, at which time any three Directors present shall constitute a quorum;
PROVIDED that not less than seven days' notice of such adjourned meeting of the
Board shall be given to all the Directors.

                      6.4.3  TELEPHONIC MEETINGS.  Directors may participate in
a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment whereby all persons participating in the meeting can
hear each other at the same time. 
 
                      6.4.4  VOTING.  The adoption of any resolution of the
Board shall require the affirmative vote of Directors holding a majority of the
votes held by Directors present at a duly constituted meeting of the Board at
which a quorum is present.  The Chairman of the Board shall have no casting
vote.

                      6.4.5  WRITTEN RESOLUTION.  By notice and copy to all
Directors, resolutions may be adopted in writing by a majority of Directors.

<PAGE>

                                                                     15


               6.5    PMCL BOARD.  The parties agree that (a) so long as the
beneficial ownership of Shares owned by SA Wireless is not less than 30% of the
total issued Shares, AIF shall have the right to directly nominate two directors
to the PMCL Board where the PMCL Board has eight members but if the number of
directors constituting the PMCL Board is increased to 10, then AIF shall have
the right to directly nominate three directors to the PMCL Board, and (b) if the
beneficial ownership of Shares owned by SA Wireless is less than 30%, but more
than 15%, of the total issued Shares, then AIF shall have the right to directly
nominate one director to the PMCL Board where the PMCL Board has eight members
and two directors to the PMCL Board where the PMCL Board has 10 members.  Each
of the Shareholders shall cause the Company to vote its shares in PMCL for the
election of the SA Wireless nominees nominated in accordance with this Section
6.5.

               6.6    PMCL AFFAIRS.

                      (a)    If any of the matters referred to in Section
6.2(a)(x) fails to obtain a unanimous vote of the Shareholders, then the
Shareholders shall cause the Company acting in its capacity as a shareholder of
PMCL or the nominees of the Company on the PMCL Board, as the case may be, to
vote at the applicable shareholders' meeting of PMCL or applicable PMCL Board
meeting, as the case may be, to maintain the status quo.

                      (b)    Except for the matters referred to in Section 6.2,
the Shareholders and the Board shall discuss matters concerning the business of
PMCL with a view to achieving a unanimous position of IWC and SA Wireless in
respect of decisions of the shareholders of PMCL or of the PMCL Board.  If a
unanimous position cannot be reached then (i) in the case of a PMCL shareholder
decision, the Company in its capacity as a shareholder of PMCL shall vote the
shares held by it in PMCL in such manner to reflect the differing positions of
IWC (which shall have the right to vote the Shares held by Vanguard (if
applicable)), on the one hand, and SA Wireless, on the other hand, and (ii) in
the case of a PMCL Board decision, each of IWC and SA Wireless shall be free to
direct their nominees on the PMCL Board to vote as IWC or SA Wireless, as the
case may be, may determine.

                      (c)    With respect to a unanimous decision of the
Shareholders in respect of the matters  referred to in Section 6.2(a)(x), (xi)
or (xii), if at any meeting of the PMCL Board, any nominee of any Shareholder to
the PMCL Board shall not vote on any matter in accordance with the specific
resolution of the Shareholders on such matter thereby resulting in the PMCL
Board passing a resolution contrary to such specific resolution of the
Shareholders, then the Shareholder nominating such nominee shall be deemed to
have committed a material breach of this Agreement.
               
               6.7    MANAGEMENT OF PMCL.  The parties hereto acknowledge and
agree that IWC or an Affiliate wishes to enter into a management services
agreement with PMCL pursuant to which IWC or its Affiliate will provide such
management services as are required to ensure the proper day-to-day management
and operation of PMCL and at such a level and to 

<PAGE>

                                                                     16


such an extent so as to enable IWC and its Affiliates to comply with the 
requirements of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 so as not to be 
deemed an "investment company" thereunder. The parties hereto acknowledge 
that any such management services agreement will be in a form to be agreed 
between IWC and SA Wireless and will require a Supermajority vote of the 
shareholders of PMCL.  SA Wireless hereby agrees to take all such actions to 
support and encourage the shareholders of PMCL to vote in favor of PMCL 
entering into any such management services agreement.

               6.8    NON-COMPETITION.  With respect to Clause 14.1(b) of the
PMCL Shareholders Agreement, if another consortium is formed without SA Wireless
or an Affiliate thereof as contemplated in subclause (y) of the second paragraph
of Clause 14.1(b) and such consortium is successful in bidding for a license or
other rights that are offered by the Government of Pakistan, then IWC agrees
that as soon as it is practicable, it will transfer to SA Wireless or an
Affiliate designated by it part of the equity interest of IWC in such
consortium, which shall reflect the then current shareholding of IWC and SA
Wireless in the Company.  The purchase price of such equity interest in the
consortium to be transferred by IWC to SA Wireless or its Affiliate shall be
equal to the subscription price per share that IWC originally paid for such
interest, plus any additional capital contributions or shareholder loans
subsequently made by IWC in respect of such interest.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, IWC shall not be required to make any transfer to SA Wireless of
equity interests in such consortium if such transfer would result in (i) a
violation of any order, decree, award or injunction of any governmental or
administrative authority or (ii) the revocation, restriction or imposition of
conditions on the license or rights that have been acquired by the consortium.

               6.9    DEADLOCK WITH RESPECT TO PMCL.  

                      (a)    If the requisite vote of the Shareholders pursuant
to Section 6.2(a)(x), 6.2(a)(xi) or 6.2(a)(xii) cannot be obtained or there
occurs an irreconcilable difference of opinion or interest among the
Shareholders or the Directors with respect to a subject on which their
concurrence is required and which relates to the management or operations of the
Company or PMCL, then a deadlock (a "Deadlock") shall be deemed to arise.

                      (b)    If a Deadlock occurs and shall continue for more
than 30 days, the Company shall notify PMCL of the existence of the Deadlock and
the Shareholders shall cause the Company to transfer the shares of PMCL held by
it to each of the Shareholders on a pro rata basis based on their shareholding
in the Company, with the result that each of the Shareholders shall become
direct shareholders of PMCL.

<PAGE>

                                                                     17


               6.10   DIRECTORS' ACCESS.  Each Director shall be entitled to
examine the books and accounts of the Company. The Company shall provide to each
Director, within 30 days after the end of each month, a monthly operating report
of the Company and each Subsidiary containing such information as may be
specified by the Board and such information relating to the business affairs and
financial position of the Company as such Director may require.  Any Director
may provide such information to a Shareholder.

          7.   FINANCIAL REPORTS AND AUDITING.

               7.1    RIGHT OF INSPECTION.  The Company shall allow the
Shareholders and their authorized representatives the right during normal
business hours to inspect its books and accounting records and those of the
Subsidiaries, to make extracts and copies therefrom at their own expense and to
have full access to all of the Company's and each of the Subsidiaries' property
and assets.  Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 7.1, the Company
shall not be obligated to provide any information to any Shareholder or
Shareholder's representatives or to any competitor of the Company pursuant to
this Section 7.1 that the Company considers to be a trade secret or similar
confidential information unless such Shareholder and such Shareholder's
representatives agree not to use such information and to keep such information
confidential.  The foregoing rights of visitation and inspection shall be in
addition to any other similar rights the Shareholders may have under the laws of
Mauritius.

               7.2    BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Company and the Subsidiaries shall
keep proper, complete and accurate books of account in US dollars in accordance
with international accounting standards and shall have their accounts audited
annually in accordance with such standards by a reputable firm of international
accountants appointed by the Shareholders.  The audited financial statements
shall be prepared in US dollars and reconciled according to United States
generally accepted accounting principles.

               7.3    REPORTS.  The Company shall provide to each Shareholder
(i) within 60 days after the end of each Financial Year, the annual audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company for such Financial Year, (ii) 
within 15 days after the end of each month, monthly unaudited consolidated
financial statements of the Company for such month, (iii) within 30 days after
the end of each quarter, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements
of the Company for such quarter which have been reconciled according to United
States generally accepted accounting principles, and (iv) such other reports as
the Board may determine.  The Company shall furnish to the Shareholders and
their auditors such financial and other information relating to the business of
the Company and its Subsidiaries as any of them may reasonably require.<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                     18

               7.4    PMCL REPORTS.  

                      (a)    If any Shareholder wishes to obtain financial or
other information relating to the business of PMCL that is not otherwise being
provided by PMCL, upon its request, the Shareholders shall cause the Company to
make a request pursuant to Clause 7.7 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement for
such financial or other information.

                      (b)    Upon the request of any Shareholder, the
Shareholders shall cause the Company to take all such actions or do all such
things as may be necessary or desirable to procure that the books and records,
financial affairs and internal audits of PMCL comply with the provisions of
Clauses 7.1 and 7.2 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement.

          8.   FUNDING.

               8.1    ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; SHAREHOLDER LOANS.

                      (a)    To the extent that the Company is required to make
capital contributions or shareholder loans to PMCL as provided in Clause 9.1 of
the PMCL Shareholders Agreement, each Shareholder shall make its pro rata share,
as set forth in Annex A attached hereto, of the required capital contributions
or loans to the Company to enable the Company to fulfil its obligations with
respect to PMCL. 

                      (b)    Except as provided in Section 8.1(a), if the
Shareholders unanimously approve the making of capital contributions or
shareholder loans by the Company as referred to in Section 6.2(a)(xi), then each
Shareholder shall make its pro rata share of the approved capital contributions
or loans to the Company to enable the Company to fulfil its obligations with
respect to PMCL.

                      (c)    For the avoidance of doubt, all equity capital
contributions required to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by
way of subscription for additional Shares by the Shareholders.  The aggregate
subscription price for such additional Shares shall be equal to the aggregate
amount of the capital contributions required to be made by the Company to PMCL. 
If it shall be necessary to increase the authorized share capital of the Company
to issue additional Shares in connection with the making of any additional
equity capital contributions, then each Shareholder shall vote its Shares in
favor of a resolution to increase appropriately the share capital of the Company
and to allot such additional Shares in accordance with this Agreement, and shall
cause its Directors to adopt a resolution authorizing such increase and the
allotment of such additional Shares in accordance with this Agreement.
                      
                      (d)    If shareholder loans are required to be made
pursuant to this Agreement to enable the Company to provide a shareholder loan
to PMCL, then the terms 

<PAGE>

                                                                     19


and conditions of the loans made by the Shareholders to the Company shall be 
the same as the terms and conditions on which the shareholder loan of the 
Company to PMCL is being made.

               8.2    FAILURE TO SUBSCRIBE FOR ADDITIONAL SHARES OR PROVIDE
SHAREHOLDER LOANS.  

                      (a)    If any Shareholder (the "Defaulting Shareholder")
fails to (i) subscribe and pay for its pro rata portion of any additional Shares
required to be subscribed by such Shareholder pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and
(c) within 20 Business Days after receiving notice from the Company of the
Shares to be offered by the Company pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (c) and the
subscription price therefor, or (ii) provide its pro rata portion of any
shareholder loans required to be made by such Shareholder pursuant to Section
8.1(a) within 20 Business Days after receiving notice from the Company of a call
for such loans, then the other Shareholders (the "Non-Defaulting Shareholders")
shall have the right (the "Section 8.2 Right") to purchase all, but not less
than all, of the Shares of the Defaulting Shareholder (the "Subject Shares") at
a purchase price equal to 50% of their fair market value as established in
accordance with Section 8.3(c).

                      (b)    Any Non-Defaulting Shareholders who exercise their
Section 8.2 Right shall make up the share of the capital contributions or
shareholder loans to the Company that the Defaulting Shareholder failed to make,
and shall make the requisite capital contributions or shareholder loans on the
original due date thereof, notwithstanding that the closing of the sale and
purchase of the Subject Shares may occur after such date as provided in Section
8.3.  If there are more than one such Non-Defaulting Shareholders, they shall
make up the capital contributions or shareholder loans that the Defaulting
Shareholder failed to make in proportion to the Shares of the Defaulting
Shareholder that they have each elected to purchase.

               8.3    PROCEDURES.

                      (a)    Upon the expiration of the 20-Business Day period
referred to in Section 8.2(a), the Company shall notify the Non-Defaulting
Shareholders in writing of their Section 8.2 Right.  Within five Business Days
after delivery of such notice from the Company, the Non-Defaulting Shareholders
shall decide whether they wish to purchase the Subject Shares, and shall notify
the Company and the Defaulting Shareholder of their decision.  If more than one
Non-Defaulting Shareholder wishes to purchase the Subject Shares, then they
shall have the right to purchase a pro rata portion of the Subject Shares based
on the proportion that the number of Shares owned by each such Non-Defaulting
Shareholder bears to the total number of Shares owned by all such Non-Defaulting
Shareholders that elect to purchase the Subject Shares.  Failure by a Non-
Defaulting Shareholder to respond within such five-Business Day period shall be
regarded as a waiver of its right to purchase the Subject Shares.

<PAGE>

                                                                     20


                      (b)    If the Non-Defaulting Shareholders decline to
exercise their Section 8.2 Right or otherwise fail to elect to purchase all of
the Subject Shares within the five-Business Day period referred to in Section
8.3(a), then the right to exercise the Section 8.2 Right shall lapse and the
provisions of Section 8.4 shall apply.

                      (c)    If the Non-Defaulting Shareholders elect to
exercise their Section 8.2 Right, then the Company shall, within two Business
Days after receipt of the Non-Defaulting Shareholders' notice of election,
notify the Defaulting Shareholder and the Non-Defaulting Shareholders.  Within
10 Business Days of the date of the Company's notice, an appraiser (the
"Appraiser"), which shall be an internationally recognized investment banking
firm that has not had a substantial relationship with any of the Shareholders or
any of their Affiliates in the immediately preceding five years, shall be
selected in the following manner to determine the fair market value of the
Subject Shares.  The Non-Defaulting Shareholders, on the one hand, and the
Defaulting Shareholder, on the other hand, shall each select an investment
banking firm and the investment banking firms so selected shall designate the
Appraiser; PROVIDED that if either the Non-Defaulting Shareholders or the
Defaulting Shareholder shall fail to select an investment banking firm within
such 10-Business Day period, then the appraisal shall be conducted by the
investment banking firm that is so selected.  The Appraiser shall be instructed
to make its determination and to deliver its report within 20 Business Days of
its appointment.  In addition, the Appraiser shall be instructed to take into
account the dilution of the Defaulting Shareholder's shareholding in the Company
as a result of its failure to make its share of the required capital
contributions or shareholder loans to the Company.  The fees and expenses of the
Appraiser shall be borne by the Defaulting Shareholder.  The Appraiser shall act
as an expert and not an arbitrator, and the determination of the Appraiser shall
be final and binding on all parties.

                      (d)    The Company shall determine the date for the
closing of the sale and purchase of the Subject Shares (which date shall not be
more than 10 days after the date of receipt of the report of the Appraiser) and
shall notify all the Shareholders thereof.  The closing shall take place at the
principal office of the Company on the date so specified.
               
               8.4    DIVESTMENT.  In the case of capital contributions or
shareholder loans that are required to be made by the Company to PMCL pursuant
to Clause 9.1 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement, if the Non-Defaulting
Shareholders have not elected to purchase all of the Subject Shares, the Company
shall, on the due date of the making of the capital contributions or the
shareholder loans to PMCL or within the cure period stipulated in Clause 16.3(d)
of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement, make such part of its required capital
contributions or shareholder loans with the funds that have been provided by the
Non-Defaulting Shareholders.  The parties agree that thereupon the Company shall
have the right to purchase the Shares held by the Defaulting Shareholder or to
otherwise cause the Defaulting Shareholder to divest its Shares in consideration
for the transfer by the Company to the Defaulting Shareholder of such number of
shares of PMCL that is attributable and corresponds to the shareholding


<PAGE>

                                                                     21


percentage in the Company of the Defaulting Shareholder, with the result that
the Defaulting Shareholder shall become a direct shareholder of PMCL.  Each
Shareholder covenants that, if it is a Defaulting Shareholder, it shall execute
and deliver a deed of adherence, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the
PMCL Shareholders Agreement.  Immediately following the transfer of shares of
PMCL to the Defaulting Shareholder, the Defaulting Shareholder shall be deemed
to have been in default under Clause 16.3(d) of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement
by virtue of having failed to fund its share of the capital contributions or
shareholder loans that should have been made by it originally to the Company,
and the Company (as so constituted with only the Non-Defaulting Shareholders as
its shareholders) shall, together with the other shareholders of PMCL, have the
right to purchase the shares of PMCL held by the Defaulting Shareholder in
accordance with Clause 16.5 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement.

               8.5    DILUTION OF BREACHING SHAREHOLDER.  In the case of capital
contributions or shareholder loans that are required to be made by the Company
pursuant to Clause 9.2 or 9.3 of the PMCL Shareholders Agreement following the
unanimous approval of the Shareholders as required under Section 6.2(a)(xi), if
a Shareholder (the "Breaching Shareholder") fails to (i) subscribe and pay for
its pro rata portion of any additional Shares required to be subscribed by such
Shareholder pursuant to Sections 8.1(b) and (c) or (ii) provide its pro rata
portion of any shareholder loans required to be made by such Shareholder
pursuant to Section 8.1(b), then the Company shall, on the due date of the
making of the capital contributions or the shareholder loans to PMCL, make such
part of its required capital contributions or shareholder loans with the funds
that have been provided by the other Shareholders (the "Non-Breaching
Shareholders").  The parties agree, however, that any dilution of the Company's
shareholdings in PMCL resulting from the failure of the Company to make its
required capital contributions or shareholder loans in full to PMCL shall
require a corresponding dilution of the shareholding of the Breaching
Shareholder in the Company.  Accordingly, in the case of the Breaching
Shareholder's failure to make its pro rata share of capital contributions, the
number of Shares to be issued to the Non-Breaching Shareholders for their
capital contributions and the subscription price therefor shall be determined
based upon the extent of such dilution and the aggregate amount of the capital
contributions made by the Non-Breaching Shareholders.  In the case of the
Breaching Shareholder's failure to make its pro rata shareholder loan, such
dilution shall be effected through the issuance by the Company of additional
Shares to the Non-Breaching Shareholders at no cost.  Each of the Shareholders
agrees that it shall vote its Shares in favor of a resolution to increase
appropriately the share capital of the Company (if required) and to allot such
additional Shares to the Non-Breaching Shareholders in accordance with this
Section 8.5, and shall cause its Directors to adopt a resolution authorizing
such increase (if required) and the allotment of such additional Shares in
accordance with this Section 8.5.

<PAGE>

                                                                     22


          9.   MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION.  The parties agree,
promptly after the date hereof, to take all necessary actions and execute all
documents and instruments necessary to amend the Charter Documents to conform to
the terms of this Agreement.

          10.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each party hereto represents
with respect to itself, severally and not jointly, to the other parties hereto
that: 

               (a)    such party has the full power and authority to enter into,
execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated
hereby and such party is duly organized and existing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its  organization and that the execution and delivery by such
party of this Agreement and the performance by such party of the transactions
contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or
other action of such party;

               (b)    assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery
hereof by the other parties, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance
with its terms;

               (c)    the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
by such party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will
not (i) violate any provision of the Memorandum or Articles of Association or
By-laws (or comparable instruments) of such party; (ii) require such party to
obtain any consent, approval or action of, or make any filing with or give any
notice to, any governmental authority in such party's country of organization or
any other person pursuant to any instrument, contract or other agreement to
which such party is a party or by which such party is bound other than such
filings as may be required under applicable securities laws and such notices and
copies of documents as it may be required to provide its or its Affiliates'
lenders; (iii) conflict with or result in any material breach or violation of
any of the terms and conditions of, or constitute (or with notice or lapse of
time or both constitute) a default under, any instrument, contract or other
agreement to which such party is a party or by which such party is bound; (iv)
violate any order, judgment or decree against, or binding upon, such party or
upon its respective securities, properties or businesses; or (v) violate any law
or regulation of such party's country of organization or any other country in
which it maintains its principal office; and
               
               (d)    with respect to Clause 3(b)(iv) of the Motorola Share
Purchase Agreement, neither it nor any of its Affiliated Entities (as defined in
the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement), directors, employees or agents have been
advised of or have knowledge of facts or circumstances involving the Condition
of the Company (as defined in the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement) that
demonstrate an existing material misrepresentation by Motorola pursuant to the
Motorola Share Purchase Agreement that would give rise to an ability of the
Company to terminate the Motorola Share Purchase Agreement or to a claim for
indemnification pursuant to Clause 10(b)(i) of the Motorola Share Purchase
Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                     23


          11.  FEES AND EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in
this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall bear its respective fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance
of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of agents, representatives,
counsel and accountants.

          12.  CONFIDENTIALITY.

               12.1   GENERAL OBLIGATION.  Each party undertakes that it shall
not reveal, and shall cause its directors, officers and employees not to reveal,
to any third party any information acquired by it or them in connection with
this Agreement or confidential or proprietary information concerning the
organization, business, technology, finance, transactions or affairs of the
Company or the Subsidiaries or any other party hereto without the prior written
consent of the other parties.

               12.2   EXCEPTIONS.  The provisions of Section 12.1 shall not
apply to:

                      (a)    information that is publicly available (except by
virtue of a breach of this Agreement);

                      (b)    a disclosure to legal, financial or professional
advisors or bankers of any party;

                      (c)    a disclosure, after giving prior notice to the
other parties to the extent practicable under the circumstances and subject to
any practicable arrangements to protect confidentiality, to the extent required
under the rules of any stock exchange or by applicable laws or governmental
regulations or judicial or regulatory process or in connection with any judicial
process regarding any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement;

                      (d)    a disclosure by the Company reasonably necessary in
the ordinary course of business or otherwise in connection with transactions or
proposed transactions of the Company; or

                      (e)    a disclosure required by the lenders of any
Shareholder or of any Shareholder's Affiliates.
               
               12.3   DISCLOSURE TO THIRD PARTIES.  Upon any Shareholder
entering into negotiations with any Person with a view to selling any Shares to
such Person, information in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary that is
reasonably necessary to permit such Person to evaluate the business of the
Company or such Subsidiary may be provided to such Person, provided that such
Person has executed a binding confidentiality letter in a form approved by the

<PAGE>

                                                                     24


Board; PROVIDED that where such Person is involved in a business directly
competing with that of the Company, the Board may prohibit the disclosure of any
such confidential information as the Board may reasonably determine.

          13.  PUBLICITY.  Except for a publicity release or public announcement
(after giving prior notice to and consulting with the other parties to the
extent practicable under the circumstances), to the extent required under the
rules of any stock exchange or by applicable laws or governmental regulations or
judicial or regulatory process, and except for disclosures permitted by Article
12, no publicity release or public announcement concerning the Company any
Subsidiary or the relationship or involvement of the parties shall be made by
any party without advance approval thereof by the Board; PROVIDED that no
disclosure of a party's identity may be made without the prior approval of such
party, except as permitted by Article 12.

          14.  U.S. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940.  Each of the parties hereto
agrees that the Company and the Subsidiaries shall conduct their business at all
times such that the Company or any present or future Subsidiary is not deemed to
be an "investment company" under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940.

          15.  MISCELLANEOUS.

               15.1   LEGEND.  Each certificate for any Shares now held or
hereafter acquired by any Shareholder shall, for as long as this Agreement is
effective, bear a legend as follows:

     "International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited (the "Company") is
     a company organized under the laws of Mauritius, and the shares represented
     by this certificate may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged,
     mortgaged, pledged or otherwise disposed of or encumbered without
     compliance with the provisions of that certain Shareholders' Agreement,
     dated as of ______________________________, 1997 among the Company and the
     shareholders of the Company named therein.  A copy of such Shareholders'
     Agreement is on file at the registered offices of the Company.  The Company
     will not register the transfer of such shares on the register of members of
     the Company unless and until the transfer has been made in compliance with
     the terms of such Shareholders' Agreement."
               
               15.2   NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or
sent by registered mail or international courier service, in either case postage
prepaid, or delivered by facsimile or similar telecommunications equipment.  Any
such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or, if sent by
registered mail, five days after the date of deposit in the mails or, if sent by
international courier service, three days after the date of deposit with the
courier service or, if delivered by facsimile or similar telecommunications
equipment, at the time of receipt thereof, as follows:

<PAGE>

                                                                     25


                      (a)    if to the Company, to:

                             International Wireless Communications 
                               Pakistan Limited
                             P.O. Box 1130
                             3rd Floor
                             12 Remy Ollier Street
                             Port Louis
                             Mauritius
                             Attention: _____________
                             Facsimile No.: _________

                      (b)    if to IWC, to:

                             International Wireless Communications Limited
                             400 South El Camino Real
                             San Mateo, California 94402
                             United States of America
                             Attention:  Mr. Doug Sinclair
                             Facsimile No.: 1-415-548-1842

                      (c)    if to SA Wireless, to:

                             South Asia Wireless Communications 
                               (Mauritius) Limited
                             Suite 2302-03 
                             Nine Queen's Road Central
                             Hong Kong
                             Attention: ___________________
                             Facsimile No.: ________________

               Any party may, by notice to the other parties, designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

               15.3   DISCREPANCIES.  If there is any discrepancy between any of
the provisions of the Charter Documents or documents analogous to the Charter
Documents of any of the Subsidiaries and this Agreement, the provisions of this
Agreement shall prevail, and the parties shall thereupon procure that the
Charter Documents or relevant analogous documents, as the case may be, are
promptly amended, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in order to conform
with this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                     26


               15.4   SEVERABILITY.  In the event any provision hereof is held
void or unenforceable by any court, such provision shall be severable and shall
not affect the remaining provisions hereof.

               15.5   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the other
agreements referred to herein, reflects the entire agreement among the parties
and supersedes all prior agreements and communications, either oral or in
writing, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

               15.6   TERM OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall become effective
upon the execution hereof by all of the parties hereto and shall continue in
effect until the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which at least 30% of the
Shares in issue on a fully diluted basis are publicly traded on an
internationally recognized stock exchange and (b) any date agreed upon in
writing by all of the Shareholders.

               15.7   AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.  This Agreement may be amended,
superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived,
only by a written instrument signed by all of the parties hereto or, in the case
of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any party
in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any such right, power
or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
such right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided are
cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any party may
otherwise have at law or in equity.

               15.8   CONSENT TO SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The parties hereto
declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages that would be
suffered by a party by reason of the failure by any other party to perform any
of the obligations hereunder.  Therefore, if any party shall institute any
action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, any party against whom
such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives any claim or defense therein
that the other party has an adequate remedy at law.

               15.9   ASSIGNMENT; BINDING ON TRANSFEREE.  The provisions of this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and permitted transferees from and after the
effective date hereof. 

               15.10  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES.

<PAGE>

                                                                     27


               15.11  ARBITRATION.  

                      (a)    Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof, shall be
finally settled by arbitration under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration
of the International Chamber of Commerce (the "Rules") as are currently in force
and as may be amended by the rest of this Section 15.11.  For the purpose of
such arbitration, there shall be one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance
with the Rules (such single arbitrator or board of arbitrators, as the case may
be, are referred to below as the "Arbitration Board").  The place of arbitration
shall be Hong Kong.  All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the
English language.  The arbitrators shall decide any such dispute or claim
strictly in accordance with the governing law specified in Section 15.10 of this
Agreement.  Judgment upon any arbitral award rendered hereunder may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction, or application may be made to such court for a
judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may
be.

                      (b)    Each party shall cooperate in good faith to
expedite (to the maximum extent practicable) the conduct of any arbitral
proceedings commenced under this Agreement.

                      (c)    The costs and expenses of the arbitration,
including, without limitation, the fees of the Arbitration Board, shall be borne
equally by each party to the dispute or claim, and each party shall pay its own
fees, disbursement and other charges of its counsel.

                      (d)    Any award made by the Arbitration Board shall be
final and binding on the parties hereto.  The parties expressly agree to waive
the applicability of any laws and regulations that would otherwise give the
right to appeal the decisions of the Arbitration Board so that there shall be no
appeal to any court of law for the award of the Arbitration Board, and a party
shall not challenge or resist the enforcement action taken by another party in
whose favor the award of the Arbitration Board was given.

               15.12  SHAREHOLDER OBLIGATIONS; FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The parties
hereto shall comply with the provisions of this Agreement in relation to their
investment in the Company and in transacting business with the Company and shall
exercise their respective rights and powers in accordance with and so as to give
effect to this Agreement.  Each of the parties shall execute such documents and
other papers and take such further actions as may be reasonably required or
desirable to carry out the provisions hereof and the transactions contemplated
hereby.

<PAGE>

                                                                     28


               15.13  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                         INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS
                           COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN LIMITED


                         By: /s/ Antonio Yeung
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Antonio Yeung
                             Title:   Director


                         INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS
                           COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED


                         By: /s/ Robin Maule
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  R. Maule
                             Title:  Director


                         SOUTH ASIA WIRELESS
                           COMMUNICATIONS (MAURITIUS)
                           LIMITED


                         By: /s/ Antonio Yeung
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name:  Antonio Yeung
                             Title:  Director


                                    EXHIBIT A


<PAGE>

                                                                     29


                                DEED OF ADHERENCE


THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE is made the                 day of              199

BETWEEN:

(1)  International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited, a company
     incorporated in Mauritius (the "Company"); and

(2)  [Name of New Shareholder] (the "New Shareholder").

WHEREAS:

(A)  On the [       ] day of [                ] 1997, the Company and its
     shareholders entered into a Shareholders' Agreement (the "Shareholders'
     Agreement") to which a form of this Deed is attached as Exhibit A.

(B)  The New Shareholder wishes to [be allotted/have transferred to him/her/it]
     [ ] shares (the "Shares") in the share capital of the Company from [      ]
     (the "Former Shareholder") and in accordance with the Shareholders' 
     Agreement has agreed to enter into this Deed.

(C)  The Company enters this Deed on behalf of itself and as agent for all the
     existing Shareholders of the Company.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1.   INTERPRETATION.

     In this Deed, except as the context may otherwise require, all words and
     expressions defined in the Shareholders' Agreement shall have the same
     meanings when used herein.

2.   COVENANT.
     
     The New Shareholder hereby covenants to the Company as trustee for all
     other persons who are at present or who may hereafter become bound by the
     Shareholders' Agreement, and to the Company itself to adhere to and be
     bound by all the duties, burdens and obligations of a shareholder holding
     the same class of share capital as the Shares imposed pursuant to the
     provisions of the Shareholders' Agreement and all documents expressed in
     writing to be supplemental or ancillary thereto as if the New Shareholder
     had been an original party to the Shareholders' Agreement since the date
     thereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                     30


3.   ENFORCEABILITY.

     Each existing shareholder and the Company shall be entitled to enforce the
     Shareholders' Agreement against the New Shareholder, and the New
     Shareholder shall be entitled to all rights and benefits of the Former
     Shareholder (other than those that are non-assignable) under the
     Shareholders' Agreement in each case as if the New Shareholder had been an
     original party to the Shareholders' Agreement since the date thereof.

4.   GOVERNING LAW.

     THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
     WITH THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed of Adherence has been executed as a deed
on the date first above written.


                              INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS 
                                COMMUNICATIONS PAKISTAN
                                LIMITED


                              By:______________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title: 


                              [NAME OF NEW SHAREHOLDER]


                              By:______________________________
                                  Name: 
                                  Title:     

<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX A

                     PRO RATA SHARE OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                    AND SHAREHOLDER LOANS TO BE MADE TO PMCL



I.   Capital Contributions and Shareholder Loans to be made by the Company as at
     THE CLOSING (AS DEFINED IN THE MOTOROLA SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT).

1.   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

     US$___________________________ in the aggregate.

     SHAREHOLDER              SHARE OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     IWC                      US$________________________
     SA Wireless              US$________________________


2.   SHAREHOLDER LOANS.

     US$___________________________ in the aggregate.

     SHAREHOLDER              SHARE OF SHAREHOLDER LOANS

     IWC                      US$________________________
     SA Wireless              US$________________________



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.27F

                  LETTER SUPPLEMENTAL TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
                RELATING TO INTERNATIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
                     PAKISTAN LIMITED DATED 17TH JULY, 1997

We, International Wireless Communications Limited ("IWC") and South Asia
Wireless Communications (Mauritius) Limited ("South Asia") refer to:

     1.   the shareholders agreement of even date hereto (the "Shareholders
          Agreement") between ourselves relating to our investment in
          International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited ("IWC
          Pakistan"); and

     2.   the share purchase agreement of even date hereto (the "Share Purchase
          Agreement") between Motorola International Development Corporation and
          IWC Pakistan relating to the purchase of shares in Pakistan Mobile
          Communications (Pvt.) Ltd. ("PMCL").

We agree that notwithstanding any other provision of the Shareholders Agreement,
South Asia alone shall have the right to determine whether or not IWC Pakistan:

     (a)  elects to postpone Closing of the Share Purchase Agreement until 16th
          September, 1997 by reason of the License not having been re-issued by
          13th August, 1997 (the "License Condition"); and

     (b)  exercises its right by 13th September, 1997 not to acquire the shares
          in PMCL pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement 1997 by reason of the
          License Condition not having been fulfilled. 

It is further agreed that if the License Condition is not fulfilled and South
Asia shall on behalf of IWC Pakistan decide that IWC Pakistan shall not complete
the purchase of the shares in PMCL under the Share Purchase Agreement, South
Asia shall procure that the shares held by it in IWC Pakistan are forthwith
transferred at cost to IWC and that the directors nominated by it to the board
of IWC Pakistan forthwith resign. 


/s/ Robin Maule               
- ----------------------------------------------
for and on behalf of
International Wireless Communications Limited

/s/ Antonio Yeung             
- ----------------------------------------------
for and on behalf of
South Asia Wireless Communications (Mauritius) Limited 

Dated 16th July, 1997



<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.27G

[Seal] No 7(30)/89PTC.                GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN
                                    MINISTRY OF COMMUNICATIONS

                                   ISLAMABAD, the 6th July 1992
 
 
 
 
M/s Pakistan Mobile Communications (P) Limited,
4th Floor, Kulsum Plaza,
Blue Area, 
Islamabad 
 
SUBJECT:  GRANT OF LICENCE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND OPERATION OF 
          CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE SYSTEMS IN PAKISTAN.
          ----------------------------------------------
 
          In exercise of powers vested under Section 4 of the Telegraph Act 
1885 as amended in 1975 (hereinafter called the Act), the Federal Government 
hereby grants Licence to M/s Pakistan Mobile Communications (Pvt) Limited, a 
company incorporated under laws of Companies Ordinance 1984, having its 
principal office at Kulsum Plaza, Blue Area, Islamabad (hereinafter called 
the Licencee) to establish, maintain and operate Cellular Mobile Telephone 
public service and systems within the territory of Pakistan, subject to 
registration of Telegraph Licence to establish, maintain and operate Wireless 
Telegraph in Pakistan for fixed stations and land mobile stations by 
Chairman, Pakistan Telecommunications Corporation (hereinafter called PTC) or 
his successor on the following terms and conditions:
 
1.     The Licence shall be valid initially for a period of 15 years and may 
       be renewed subject to satisfactory performance, at the discretion of 
       the Government of Pakistan.  No Licence, excluding those issued to M/s 
       PAKTEL and PAKCOM and now PMCL, shall be granted for this purpose to 
       any other party during the period of 15 years from the date of 
       starting the operations.  Review period of the Licence for renewal 
       thereof could commence three years before expiry of this period.

2.1    The Licencee shall pay royalty at the rate of 4% of gross sales 
       revenues minus PTC call charges and 4% of net profit after tax.

2.2    The Licencee will make quarterly payment to the Chairman, PTC, of 
       "Royalty" as provided in the Licence in Pak Rupees in arrears but not 
       later than 30 days after the receipt by the Chairman, PTC, of the 
       audited accounts of the Licencee according to the prescribed time 
       schedule.


                                    -1-

<PAGE>

2.3    The Licencee shall have the right to bill its own charges and Pakistan 
       Telecommunications Corporation's charges directly to its customers, 
       and the Licencee shall not charge more than PTC's published charges.  
       If necessary the Licencee would be responsible for providing 
       appropriate size of billing and accounting equipment to be installed 
       at PTC premises.  In that case the purchase of such equipment would be 
       financed by Licencee and adjusted against payment due to PTC.

2.4    The rate at which the Licencee accounts with the Pakistan 
       Telecommunications Corporation for use of PTC's services shall be the 
       prevailing PTC published tariff.

2.5    The Licencee shall be responsible for submission of the monthly 
       accounts, and their settlement with the designated local Accounts 
       offices.  All charges levied by the PTC shall be paid within 30 days 
       of settlement of account.

3.     The Licencee shall pay import duties and taxes, levied on imported 
       machinery and equipment as per existing regulations inforce from time 
       to time.

4.     The Ministry of Communications shall be the Regulating Authority and 
       will exercise all the powers of the Government of Pakistan in this 
       behalf under the Act (as amended in 1975).

5.1    The Licencee shall, following consultation and agreement with the 
       licencing Authority publish its rate of Rs. 4/per minute of air time 
       and tariffs subject to changes as may be decided from time to time for 
       the use of each of the Licenced Services and the rental or purchase of 
       any apparatus or equipment needed for the use of the Licenced Services 
       and shall submit to the Licencing authority, for approval, such 
       increases to these rates as the Licencee may think reasonable from 
       time to time.  Revisions to such rates and tariffs may be allowed by 
       the Government subject to justification.

5.2    The Licencee shall submit its application for revision of rates 90 
       days prior to the date of revision and the Licencing authority will 
       respond to such applications within 60 days of receipt of same.  The 
       Licencee shall, in turn, notify its customers for any change in rates 
       30 days prior to the introduction of new rates.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

5.3    Upon the establishment or revision of the rates and tariffs, regard 
       shall be had (interalla) to the costs to the Licencee of establishing 
       and operating the Licenced Services and Licenced System, the need to 
       amortize all capital expenditure of and loans to the Licencee, the 
       need to provide for further investment in the improvement and 
       expansion of the Licenced Services or the Licenced System, the ability 
       of the Licencee to pay royalties as herein provided, the right of the 
       Licencee to a reasonable return on the investment made by it under or 
       in relation to this Licence and the published retail price index for 
       Pakistan.

5.4    Tariffs, for the use of Licenced Services, shall be effective from the 
       date of grant of this Licence and shall remain in force until such 
       time as they become subject to review.

6.     The Licencee shall provide licenced Services within 30 days of the 
       issue of this Licence in at least the major cities of Pakistan, i.e. 
       Islamabad/Rawalpindi, Karachi and Lahore to begin with.  The services 
       at other places in Pakistan shall be provided in consonance with the 
       development programme advised to the Licencing authority and based on 
       purely commercial and economic considerations.  However, it shall be 
       the responsibility of the Licencee to provide, as practically 
       possible, a nationwide network.

7.1    The Licencee shall be obliged to submit his proposals in relation to 
       the Transmission Plan, Signalling Plan, Switching Plan, Numbering 
       Plan, Charging Plan, Quality Assurance Plan to the Chairman, PTC, for 
       approval.

7.2    Initially, where the Pakistan Telecommunications Corporation plans do 
       not allow for interface with the Cellular Network, the Licencee will 
       incur the cost of the additional equipment on behalf of the PTC.  This 
       cost will be repaid out of the charges accruing to the PTC from the 
       Licencee.  The actual method of adjustment will be suitably arranged 
       between Licencee and Chairman, PTC.  The work will be undertaken by 
       the manufacturer under PTC supervision.

7.3    The Licencee shall be allowed to Interconnect the licenced System with 
       other exchanges on different hierarchical levels on grounds of 
       economy, performance and other benefits.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>

7.4    The Licencee shall be responsible, in all respects to install and have 
       necessary technical, financial, managerial and other resources to 
       ensure the provision of the services specified in the Licence.

7.5    The Licencee shall regularly publish and provide the subscribers, 
       under intimation to Chairman, PTC, suitable directory information 
       specifying the charges, terms and conditions, facilities of the 
       services in accordance with terms and conditions of the Licence.

7.6    The Chairman, PTC, may permit printing of directory information of 
       Licenced Services in the normal telephone directory published by the 
       Chairman, PTC, on payment of prescribed charges by the Licencee.

7.7    The Licencee shall comply with relevant laid-down International 
       Telecommunications Standards of Consultative Committee of 
       International telegraph and Telephone (CCITT), Consultative Committee  
       of International Radio (CCIR) and National Standards.

7.8    If desired the Licencee shall provide at his cost and set up suitable 
       equipment at Telegraph and Telephone Centres enabling Government to 
       monitor the performance, traffic billing or any other aspect desired 
       by the Chairman, PTC.

7.9    The Licencee would be required to pay rent of the facilities utilised 
       at Telegraph and Telephone Centres, within 30 days upon serving a 
       demand note by the Department.

7.10   The Licencee shall not lease or sell to any person or company the 
       ownership of the system or any part of it except subscriber terminal 
       set/apparatus.

7.11   As far as technically possible the Licencee would comply with the 
       requirement of National security and secrecy of communication and in 
       this regard shall comply with any directions given by the Chairman, 
       PTC, issued from time to time which would be binding on the Licencee 
       to implement.

8.1    The system will be designed for a system availability of 99.5% of the 
       time and maximum 3% blocking in Switching will be acceptable.

8.2    The system will be designed to cater for the number of subscribers 
       connected to it and will ensure an acceptable level of service and 
       price.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

8.3    The Licencee shall accept the frequency, powers, conditions of the 
       Wireless Licence (Cellular Mobile, Approach Links etc) issued by the 
       Chairman, PTC, with the permission of the competent authority, for the 
       system standard of ETA, IS3d, IS19A and IS20.  The Chairman, PTC, 
       reserves the right to close down such transmissions without notice in 
       event of their being harmful interference from radio equipment 
       apparatus of the Licencee.

8.4    No support poles, stays, struts or any other type fixtures will be 
       fixed at any public road or road reservation without prior approval of 
       the concerned local authority.

8.5    The aerial and mast erected for use at any of the stations shall 
       comply with the requirement of International Civil Aviation 
       Organisation rules and regulations.

8.6    The apparatus used for the Licensed Systems shall comply with the 
       relevant laid-down International regulations and recommendations of 
       CCITT/CCIR/National Standards which shall be binding on the Licencee 
       to follow and implement within the stipulated time.

9.1    The Licencee shall advise Chairman, PTC, of the format in which it 
       will enter into a formal agreement with the subscriber regarding 
       conditions of provision of Cellular Mobile services and obtain 
       approval.

9.2    The Licencee shall ensure the satisfactory billing of local, national, 
       international and other charges and that the tariffs are according to 
       rates approved by Chairman, PTC.

9.3    The Licencee shall make suitable arrangements for distribution of 
       monthly bills and allocation of charges.

9.4    The Licencee shall make suitable arrangements for settlement of 
       excessive billing and service quality complaints.

10.    The Licencee shall make suitable arrangements for interworking between 
       other licenced systems allowed to operate concurrently and parallelly, 
       and will also make suitable accounting arrangement with the other 
       Licencees direct.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

11.    The Licencee shall keep confidentiality of the message transmitted 
       over the Licencee's System and shall not divulge the contents of any 
       message or part thereof to any person not entitled to become 
       acquainted with the system.  The provision of Article 5 of the 
       Telegraph Act will be observed.  The facility of tracing of obnoxious 
       calls, would however, be afforded to the customer of this service on 
       no cost and obligation basis.  Name of such defaulter will not be 
       divulged by the Licencee to any one except the Chairman, PTC.

12.    The Licencee shall be entitled to all facilities and concessions as 
       are admissible to foreign investment in Pakistan under Pakistan Laws, 
       Rules and Regulations including but not limited to repatriation of 
       foreign capital and remittance of profits.

13.    The Licencee shall have the right to employ expatriate staff to assist 
       in the establishment, operation and maintenance of Licenced System and 
       the Licenced Services in accordance with the relevant laws/rules of 
       the Government of Pakistan subject to the condition that no qualified 
       person to run or operate the services is available in the country.

14.    The Licencee shall ensure suitable arrangements for local manufacture 
       of Cellular Subscriber's terminal equipment.

15.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Licence, if 
       the Licencee shall be rendered unable to carry out the whole or any 
       part of its obligations under this Licence for any reasons beyond the 
       control of the Licencee, including but not limited to, acts of God, 
       strikes, wars, riots etc. then the performance of the obligations of 
       the Licencee as it is affected by such cause shall be excused during 
       the continuance of any inability so caused, provided that the Licencee 
       has taken all appropriate precautions and reasonable measures to 
       fulfill its obligations and that it shall without delay give notice to 
       Government/Chairman, PTC, stating the causes of such inability and its 
       effects to remove such cause and remedy its consequences.

16.    A Licence will be issued by the Chairman, PTC, to the Licencee on 
       formal application and completion of prescribed procedure for use of 
       frequencies and land mobile equipment.

17.    Cellular subscriber equipment can only be imported, distributed and 
       maintained by the Licencee or its subsidiary or its nominated agent.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>

18.1   The Chairman, PTC, shall use his authority to assist the Licencee to 
       have the right to build, construct, install, lay, exert, place, 
       assemble and otherwise deal with any plan, equipment, lines, cable, 
       buildings, Licensed System or the provision of the Licensed Services.

18.2   Where any interest in, over or under any land or building is required 
       by the Licencee for any of the purposes referred to in section 4 
       above, and the Licencee has failed after negotiation with the holder 
       of the interest to acquire such interest for purposes for which it is 
       so required, it will report such fact to the Licensor/Licencing 
       Authority and the Licensor/licencing Authority will, if it considers 
       it necessary or desirable to do so, after consultation with the 
       relevant authorities acquire the interest for and on behalf of the 
       Licencee.

18.3   The Licencee shall report to the Licencing Authority from time to time 
       on its requirements for land, buildings and other facilities, 
       including inter-connection with the Public Switched Network for use 
       within the Licenced Systems.  The Licencing Authority shall indicate 
       to the Licencee the availability of such facilities and the terms on 
       which they will be made available to the Licencee.  Furthermore, the 
       Licencing Authority shall take account of the Licencee's requirements 
       in planning and constructing the Public Switched Network.

19.    The Licencee shall initially install the mobile telephone 
       exchanges/equipment as per their original proposal and simultaneously 
       ensure compatibility with PTC's exchanges/equipment to the 
       satisfaction of the PTC authorities.

20.    The Federal Government may at any time revoke the Licence under 
       section 8 of the Act, on the breach of any of the conditions 
       hereinabove contained, or in default of payment of any consideration 
       payable under the Licence.

21.    The Licence is subject to the provisions of the Act and the rules made 
       thereunder from time to time.

22.    This Licence is subject to such changes/modifications as may be 
       considered expedient and necessary from time to time.

                                                  /s/
                                        -------------------------
                                              W.A.Asothaa
                                          Section Officer (PTC)
                                        Ministry of Communications
                                         (Communications Division)
                                                Islamabad


                                     -7-

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOUND ON PAGES 4 AND 5 OF THE COMPANY'S FORM 10-Q FOR THE YEAR TO DATE, AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                          14,571
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                34,662
<PP&E>                                          23,196
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,358
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 148,212
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            8,737
<BONDS>                                         83,640
                          104,176
                                          9
<COMMON>                                             8
<OTHER-SE>                                    (53,438)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   148,212
<SALES>                                          1,017
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 1,017
<CGS>                                            1,248
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    1,248
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                25,136
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,751
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (31,877)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (31,877)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission